Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | ---------------------- |
| 2 | HAProxy |
| 3 | Configuration Manual |
| 4 | ---------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 7915888 | 2009-06-09 11:59:08 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5 | version 1.4 |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6 | willy tarreau |
Willy Tarreau | b05613d | 2010-02-02 10:18:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7 | 2010/02/02 |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 8 | |
| 9 | |
| 10 | This document covers the configuration language as implemented in the version |
| 11 | specified above. It does not provide any hint, example or advice. For such |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 12 | documentation, please refer to the Reference Manual or the Architecture Manual. |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 13 | The summary below is meant to help you search sections by name and navigate |
| 14 | through the document. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 15 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | Note to documentation contributors : |
| 17 | This document is formated with 80 columns per line, with even number of |
| 18 | spaces for indentation and without tabs. Please follow these rules strictly |
| 19 | so that it remains easily printable everywhere. If a line needs to be |
| 20 | printed verbatim and does not fit, please end each line with a backslash |
| 21 | ('\') and continue on next line. If you add sections, please update the |
| 22 | summary below for easier searching. |
| 23 | |
| 24 | |
| 25 | Summary |
| 26 | ------- |
| 27 | |
| 28 | 1. Quick reminder about HTTP |
| 29 | 1.1. The HTTP transaction model |
| 30 | 1.2. HTTP request |
| 31 | 1.2.1. The Request line |
| 32 | 1.2.2. The request headers |
| 33 | 1.3. HTTP response |
| 34 | 1.3.1. The Response line |
| 35 | 1.3.2. The response headers |
| 36 | |
| 37 | 2. Configuring HAProxy |
| 38 | 2.1. Configuration file format |
| 39 | 2.2. Time format |
| 40 | |
| 41 | 3. Global parameters |
| 42 | 3.1. Process management and security |
| 43 | 3.2. Performance tuning |
| 44 | 3.3. Debugging |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 6b35ce1 | 2010-02-01 23:35:44 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 45 | 3.4. Userlists |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 46 | |
| 47 | 4. Proxies |
| 48 | 4.1. Proxy keywords matrix |
| 49 | 4.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference |
| 50 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c6df066 | 2010-01-05 16:38:49 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 51 | 5. Server and default-server options |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 52 | |
| 53 | 6. HTTP header manipulation |
| 54 | |
Cyril Bonté | 7d38afb | 2010-02-03 20:41:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 55 | 7. Using ACLs and pattern extraction |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 56 | 7.1. Matching integers |
| 57 | 7.2. Matching strings |
| 58 | 7.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes) |
| 59 | 7.4. Matching IPv4 addresses |
| 60 | 7.5. Available matching criteria |
| 61 | 7.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below |
| 62 | 7.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4 |
| 63 | 7.5.3. Matching at Layer 7 |
| 64 | 7.6. Pre-defined ACLs |
| 65 | 7.7. Using ACLs to form conditions |
Cyril Bonté | 7d38afb | 2010-02-03 20:41:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 66 | 7.8. Pattern extraction |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 67 | |
| 68 | 8. Logging |
| 69 | 8.1. Log levels |
| 70 | 8.2. Log formats |
| 71 | 8.2.1. Default log format |
| 72 | 8.2.2. TCP log format |
| 73 | 8.2.3. HTTP log format |
| 74 | 8.3. Advanced logging options |
| 75 | 8.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests |
| 76 | 8.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate |
| 77 | 8.3.3. Raising log level upon errors |
| 78 | 8.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections |
| 79 | 8.4. Timing events |
| 80 | 8.5. Session state at disconnection |
| 81 | 8.6. Non-printable characters |
| 82 | 8.7. Capturing HTTP cookies |
| 83 | 8.8. Capturing HTTP headers |
| 84 | 8.9. Examples of logs |
| 85 | |
| 86 | 9. Statistics and monitoring |
| 87 | 9.1. CSV format |
| 88 | 9.2. Unix Socket commands |
| 89 | |
| 90 | |
| 91 | 1. Quick reminder about HTTP |
| 92 | ---------------------------- |
| 93 | |
| 94 | When haproxy is running in HTTP mode, both the request and the response are |
| 95 | fully analyzed and indexed, thus it becomes possible to build matching criteria |
| 96 | on almost anything found in the contents. |
| 97 | |
| 98 | However, it is important to understand how HTTP requests and responses are |
| 99 | formed, and how HAProxy decomposes them. It will then become easier to write |
| 100 | correct rules and to debug existing configurations. |
| 101 | |
| 102 | |
| 103 | 1.1. The HTTP transaction model |
| 104 | ------------------------------- |
| 105 | |
| 106 | The HTTP protocol is transaction-driven. This means that each request will lead |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 107 | to one and only one response. Traditionally, a TCP connection is established |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 108 | from the client to the server, a request is sent by the client on the |
| 109 | connection, the server responds and the connection is closed. A new request |
| 110 | will involve a new connection : |
| 111 | |
| 112 | [CON1] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [CLO1] [CON2] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO2] ... |
| 113 | |
| 114 | In this mode, called the "HTTP close" mode, there are as many connection |
| 115 | establishments as there are HTTP transactions. Since the connection is closed |
| 116 | by the server after the response, the client does not need to know the content |
| 117 | length. |
| 118 | |
| 119 | Due to the transactional nature of the protocol, it was possible to improve it |
| 120 | to avoid closing a connection between two subsequent transactions. In this mode |
| 121 | however, it is mandatory that the server indicates the content length for each |
| 122 | response so that the client does not wait indefinitely. For this, a special |
| 123 | header is used: "Content-length". This mode is called the "keep-alive" mode : |
| 124 | |
| 125 | [CON] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO] ... |
| 126 | |
| 127 | Its advantages are a reduced latency between transactions, and less processing |
| 128 | power required on the server side. It is generally better than the close mode, |
| 129 | but not always because the clients often limit their concurrent connections to |
| 130 | a smaller value. HAProxy currently does not support the HTTP keep-alive mode, |
| 131 | but knows how to transform it to the close mode. |
| 132 | |
| 133 | A last improvement in the communications is the pipelining mode. It still uses |
| 134 | keep-alive, but the client does not wait for the first response to send the |
| 135 | second request. This is useful for fetching large number of images composing a |
| 136 | page : |
| 137 | |
| 138 | [CON] [REQ1] [REQ2] ... [RESP1] [RESP2] [CLO] ... |
| 139 | |
| 140 | This can obviously have a tremendous benefit on performance because the network |
| 141 | latency is eliminated between subsequent requests. Many HTTP agents do not |
| 142 | correctly support pipelining since there is no way to associate a response with |
| 143 | the corresponding request in HTTP. For this reason, it is mandatory for the |
| 144 | server to reply in the exact same order as the requests were received. |
| 145 | |
| 146 | Right now, HAProxy only supports the first mode (HTTP close) if it needs to |
| 147 | process the request. This means that for each request, there will be one TCP |
| 148 | connection. If keep-alive or pipelining are required, HAProxy will still |
| 149 | support them, but will only see the first request and the first response of |
| 150 | each transaction. While this is generally problematic with regards to logs, |
| 151 | content switching or filtering, it most often causes no problem for persistence |
| 152 | with cookie insertion. |
| 153 | |
| 154 | |
| 155 | 1.2. HTTP request |
| 156 | ----------------- |
| 157 | |
| 158 | First, let's consider this HTTP request : |
| 159 | |
| 160 | Line Contents |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 161 | number |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 162 | 1 GET /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 HTTP/1.1 |
| 163 | 2 Host: www.mydomain.com |
| 164 | 3 User-agent: my small browser |
| 165 | 4 Accept: image/jpeg, image/gif |
| 166 | 5 Accept: image/png |
| 167 | |
| 168 | |
| 169 | 1.2.1. The Request line |
| 170 | ----------------------- |
| 171 | |
| 172 | Line 1 is the "request line". It is always composed of 3 fields : |
| 173 | |
| 174 | - a METHOD : GET |
| 175 | - a URI : /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 |
| 176 | - a version tag : HTTP/1.1 |
| 177 | |
| 178 | All of them are delimited by what the standard calls LWS (linear white spaces), |
| 179 | which are commonly spaces, but can also be tabs or line feeds/carriage returns |
| 180 | followed by spaces/tabs. The method itself cannot contain any colon (':') and |
| 181 | is limited to alphabetic letters. All those various combinations make it |
| 182 | desirable that HAProxy performs the splitting itself rather than leaving it to |
| 183 | the user to write a complex or inaccurate regular expression. |
| 184 | |
| 185 | The URI itself can have several forms : |
| 186 | |
| 187 | - A "relative URI" : |
| 188 | |
| 189 | /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 |
| 190 | |
| 191 | It is a complete URL without the host part. This is generally what is |
| 192 | received by servers, reverse proxies and transparent proxies. |
| 193 | |
| 194 | - An "absolute URI", also called a "URL" : |
| 195 | |
| 196 | http://192.168.0.12:8080/serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 |
| 197 | |
| 198 | It is composed of a "scheme" (the protocol name followed by '://'), a host |
| 199 | name or address, optionally a colon (':') followed by a port number, then |
| 200 | a relative URI beginning at the first slash ('/') after the address part. |
| 201 | This is generally what proxies receive, but a server supporting HTTP/1.1 |
| 202 | must accept this form too. |
| 203 | |
| 204 | - a star ('*') : this form is only accepted in association with the OPTIONS |
| 205 | method and is not relayable. It is used to inquiry a next hop's |
| 206 | capabilities. |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 207 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 208 | - an address:port combination : 192.168.0.12:80 |
| 209 | This is used with the CONNECT method, which is used to establish TCP |
| 210 | tunnels through HTTP proxies, generally for HTTPS, but sometimes for |
| 211 | other protocols too. |
| 212 | |
| 213 | In a relative URI, two sub-parts are identified. The part before the question |
| 214 | mark is called the "path". It is typically the relative path to static objects |
| 215 | on the server. The part after the question mark is called the "query string". |
| 216 | It is mostly used with GET requests sent to dynamic scripts and is very |
| 217 | specific to the language, framework or application in use. |
| 218 | |
| 219 | |
| 220 | 1.2.2. The request headers |
| 221 | -------------------------- |
| 222 | |
| 223 | The headers start at the second line. They are composed of a name at the |
| 224 | beginning of the line, immediately followed by a colon (':'). Traditionally, |
| 225 | an LWS is added after the colon but that's not required. Then come the values. |
| 226 | Multiple identical headers may be folded into one single line, delimiting the |
| 227 | values with commas, provided that their order is respected. This is commonly |
| 228 | encountered in the "Cookie:" field. A header may span over multiple lines if |
| 229 | the subsequent lines begin with an LWS. In the example in 1.2, lines 4 and 5 |
| 230 | define a total of 3 values for the "Accept:" header. |
| 231 | |
| 232 | Contrary to a common mis-conception, header names are not case-sensitive, and |
| 233 | their values are not either if they refer to other header names (such as the |
| 234 | "Connection:" header). |
| 235 | |
| 236 | The end of the headers is indicated by the first empty line. People often say |
| 237 | that it's a double line feed, which is not exact, even if a double line feed |
| 238 | is one valid form of empty line. |
| 239 | |
| 240 | Fortunately, HAProxy takes care of all these complex combinations when indexing |
| 241 | headers, checking values and counting them, so there is no reason to worry |
| 242 | about the way they could be written, but it is important not to accuse an |
| 243 | application of being buggy if it does unusual, valid things. |
| 244 | |
| 245 | Important note: |
| 246 | As suggested by RFC2616, HAProxy normalizes headers by replacing line breaks |
| 247 | in the middle of headers by LWS in order to join multi-line headers. This |
| 248 | is necessary for proper analysis and helps less capable HTTP parsers to work |
| 249 | correctly and not to be fooled by such complex constructs. |
| 250 | |
| 251 | |
| 252 | 1.3. HTTP response |
| 253 | ------------------ |
| 254 | |
| 255 | An HTTP response looks very much like an HTTP request. Both are called HTTP |
| 256 | messages. Let's consider this HTTP response : |
| 257 | |
| 258 | Line Contents |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 259 | number |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 260 | 1 HTTP/1.1 200 OK |
| 261 | 2 Content-length: 350 |
| 262 | 3 Content-Type: text/html |
| 263 | |
Willy Tarreau | 816b979 | 2009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 264 | As a special case, HTTP supports so called "Informational responses" as status |
| 265 | codes 1xx. These messages are special in that they don't convey any part of the |
| 266 | response, they're just used as sort of a signaling message to ask a client to |
Willy Tarreau | 5843d1a | 2010-02-01 15:13:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 267 | continue to post its request for instance. In the case of a status 100 response |
| 268 | the requested information will be carried by the next non-100 response message |
| 269 | following the informational one. This implies that multiple responses may be |
| 270 | sent to a single request, and that this only works when keep-alive is enabled |
| 271 | (1xx messages are HTTP/1.1 only). HAProxy handles these messages and is able to |
| 272 | correctly forward and skip them, and only process the next non-100 response. As |
| 273 | such, these messages are neither logged nor transformed, unless explicitly |
| 274 | state otherwise. Status 101 messages indicate that the protocol is changing |
| 275 | over the same connection and that haproxy must switch to tunnel mode, just as |
| 276 | if a CONNECT had occurred. Then the Upgrade header would contain additional |
| 277 | information about the type of protocol the connection is switching to. |
Willy Tarreau | 816b979 | 2009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 278 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 279 | |
| 280 | 1.3.1. The Response line |
| 281 | ------------------------ |
| 282 | |
| 283 | Line 1 is the "response line". It is always composed of 3 fields : |
| 284 | |
| 285 | - a version tag : HTTP/1.1 |
| 286 | - a status code : 200 |
| 287 | - a reason : OK |
| 288 | |
| 289 | The status code is always 3-digit. The first digit indicates a general status : |
Willy Tarreau | 816b979 | 2009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 290 | - 1xx = informational message to be skipped (eg: 100, 101) |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 291 | - 2xx = OK, content is following (eg: 200, 206) |
| 292 | - 3xx = OK, no content following (eg: 302, 304) |
| 293 | - 4xx = error caused by the client (eg: 401, 403, 404) |
| 294 | - 5xx = error caused by the server (eg: 500, 502, 503) |
| 295 | |
| 296 | Please refer to RFC2616 for the detailed meaning of all such codes. The |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 297 | "reason" field is just a hint, but is not parsed by clients. Anything can be |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 298 | found there, but it's a common practice to respect the well-established |
| 299 | messages. It can be composed of one or multiple words, such as "OK", "Found", |
| 300 | or "Authentication Required". |
| 301 | |
| 302 | Haproxy may emit the following status codes by itself : |
| 303 | |
| 304 | Code When / reason |
| 305 | 200 access to stats page, and when replying to monitoring requests |
| 306 | 301 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code |
| 307 | 302 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code |
| 308 | 303 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code |
| 309 | 400 for an invalid or too large request |
| 310 | 401 when an authentication is required to perform the action (when |
| 311 | accessing the stats page) |
| 312 | 403 when a request is forbidden by a "block" ACL or "reqdeny" filter |
| 313 | 408 when the request timeout strikes before the request is complete |
| 314 | 500 when haproxy encounters an unrecoverable internal error, such as a |
| 315 | memory allocation failure, which should never happen |
| 316 | 502 when the server returns an empty, invalid or incomplete response, or |
| 317 | when an "rspdeny" filter blocks the response. |
| 318 | 503 when no server was available to handle the request, or in response to |
| 319 | monitoring requests which match the "monitor fail" condition |
| 320 | 504 when the response timeout strikes before the server responds |
| 321 | |
| 322 | The error 4xx and 5xx codes above may be customized (see "errorloc" in section |
| 323 | 4.2). |
| 324 | |
| 325 | |
| 326 | 1.3.2. The response headers |
| 327 | --------------------------- |
| 328 | |
| 329 | Response headers work exactly like request headers, and as such, HAProxy uses |
| 330 | the same parsing function for both. Please refer to paragraph 1.2.2 for more |
| 331 | details. |
| 332 | |
| 333 | |
| 334 | 2. Configuring HAProxy |
| 335 | ---------------------- |
| 336 | |
| 337 | 2.1. Configuration file format |
| 338 | ------------------------------ |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 339 | |
| 340 | HAProxy's configuration process involves 3 major sources of parameters : |
| 341 | |
| 342 | - the arguments from the command-line, which always take precedence |
| 343 | - the "global" section, which sets process-wide parameters |
| 344 | - the proxies sections which can take form of "defaults", "listen", |
| 345 | "frontend" and "backend". |
| 346 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 347 | The configuration file syntax consists in lines beginning with a keyword |
| 348 | referenced in this manual, optionally followed by one or several parameters |
| 349 | delimited by spaces. If spaces have to be entered in strings, then they must be |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 350 | preceded by a backslash ('\') to be escaped. Backslashes also have to be |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 351 | escaped by doubling them. |
| 352 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 353 | |
| 354 | 2.2. Time format |
| 355 | ---------------- |
| 356 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 357 | Some parameters involve values representing time, such as timeouts. These |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 358 | values are generally expressed in milliseconds (unless explicitly stated |
| 359 | otherwise) but may be expressed in any other unit by suffixing the unit to the |
| 360 | numeric value. It is important to consider this because it will not be repeated |
| 361 | for every keyword. Supported units are : |
| 362 | |
| 363 | - us : microseconds. 1 microsecond = 1/1000000 second |
| 364 | - ms : milliseconds. 1 millisecond = 1/1000 second. This is the default. |
| 365 | - s : seconds. 1s = 1000ms |
| 366 | - m : minutes. 1m = 60s = 60000ms |
| 367 | - h : hours. 1h = 60m = 3600s = 3600000ms |
| 368 | - d : days. 1d = 24h = 1440m = 86400s = 86400000ms |
| 369 | |
| 370 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 371 | 3. Global parameters |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 372 | -------------------- |
| 373 | |
| 374 | Parameters in the "global" section are process-wide and often OS-specific. They |
| 375 | are generally set once for all and do not need being changed once correct. Some |
| 376 | of them have command-line equivalents. |
| 377 | |
| 378 | The following keywords are supported in the "global" section : |
| 379 | |
| 380 | * Process management and security |
| 381 | - chroot |
| 382 | - daemon |
| 383 | - gid |
| 384 | - group |
| 385 | - log |
| 386 | - nbproc |
| 387 | - pidfile |
| 388 | - uid |
| 389 | - ulimit-n |
| 390 | - user |
Willy Tarreau | fbee713 | 2007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 391 | - stats |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 48cb2ae | 2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 392 | - node |
| 393 | - description |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 394 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 395 | * Performance tuning |
| 396 | - maxconn |
Willy Tarreau | ff4f82d | 2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 397 | - maxpipes |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 398 | - noepoll |
| 399 | - nokqueue |
| 400 | - nopoll |
| 401 | - nosepoll |
Willy Tarreau | ff4f82d | 2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 402 | - nosplice |
Willy Tarreau | fe255b7 | 2007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 403 | - spread-checks |
Willy Tarreau | 27a674e | 2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 404 | - tune.bufsize |
Willy Tarreau | a0250ba | 2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 405 | - tune.maxaccept |
| 406 | - tune.maxpollevents |
Willy Tarreau | 27a674e | 2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 407 | - tune.maxrewrite |
Willy Tarreau | e803de2 | 2010-01-21 17:43:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 408 | - tune.rcvbuf.client |
| 409 | - tune.rcvbuf.server |
| 410 | - tune.sndbuf.client |
| 411 | - tune.sndbuf.server |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 412 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 413 | * Debugging |
| 414 | - debug |
| 415 | - quiet |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 416 | |
| 417 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 418 | 3.1. Process management and security |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 419 | ------------------------------------ |
| 420 | |
| 421 | chroot <jail dir> |
| 422 | Changes current directory to <jail dir> and performs a chroot() there before |
| 423 | dropping privileges. This increases the security level in case an unknown |
| 424 | vulnerability would be exploited, since it would make it very hard for the |
| 425 | attacker to exploit the system. This only works when the process is started |
| 426 | with superuser privileges. It is important to ensure that <jail_dir> is both |
| 427 | empty and unwritable to anyone. |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 428 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 429 | daemon |
| 430 | Makes the process fork into background. This is the recommended mode of |
| 431 | operation. It is equivalent to the command line "-D" argument. It can be |
| 432 | disabled by the command line "-db" argument. |
| 433 | |
| 434 | gid <number> |
| 435 | Changes the process' group ID to <number>. It is recommended that the group |
| 436 | ID is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must |
| 437 | be started with a user belonging to this group, or with superuser privileges. |
| 438 | See also "group" and "uid". |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 439 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 440 | group <group name> |
| 441 | Similar to "gid" but uses the GID of group name <group name> from /etc/group. |
| 442 | See also "gid" and "user". |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 443 | |
Willy Tarreau | f7edefa | 2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 444 | log <address> <facility> [max level [min level]] |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 445 | Adds a global syslog server. Up to two global servers can be defined. They |
| 446 | will receive logs for startups and exits, as well as all logs from proxies |
Robert Tsai | 81ae195 | 2007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 447 | configured with "log global". |
| 448 | |
| 449 | <address> can be one of: |
| 450 | |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 451 | - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon and a UDP port. If |
Robert Tsai | 81ae195 | 2007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 452 | no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the standard syslog |
| 453 | port). |
| 454 | |
| 455 | - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind |
| 456 | considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible inside |
| 457 | the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is appropriately |
| 458 | writeable). |
| 459 | |
| 460 | <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities : |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 461 | |
| 462 | kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news |
| 463 | uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2 |
| 464 | local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7 |
| 465 | |
| 466 | An optional level can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By default, |
Willy Tarreau | f7edefa | 2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 467 | all messages are sent. If a maximum level is specified, only messages with a |
| 468 | severity at least as important as this level will be sent. An optional minimum |
| 469 | level can be specified. If it is set, logs emitted with a more severe level |
| 470 | than this one will be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending |
| 471 | "emerg" messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations. |
| 472 | Eight levels are known : |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 473 | |
| 474 | emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug |
| 475 | |
| 476 | nbproc <number> |
| 477 | Creates <number> processes when going daemon. This requires the "daemon" |
| 478 | mode. By default, only one process is created, which is the recommended mode |
| 479 | of operation. For systems limited to small sets of file descriptors per |
| 480 | process, it may be needed to fork multiple daemons. USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES |
| 481 | IS HARDER TO DEBUG AND IS REALLY DISCOURAGED. See also "daemon". |
| 482 | |
| 483 | pidfile <pidfile> |
| 484 | Writes pids of all daemons into file <pidfile>. This option is equivalent to |
| 485 | the "-p" command line argument. The file must be accessible to the user |
| 486 | starting the process. See also "daemon". |
| 487 | |
Willy Tarreau | fbee713 | 2007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 488 | stats socket <path> [{uid | user} <uid>] [{gid | group} <gid>] [mode <mode>] |
Willy Tarreau | 6162db2 | 2009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 489 | [level <level>] |
| 490 | |
Willy Tarreau | fbee713 | 2007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 491 | Creates a UNIX socket in stream mode at location <path>. Any previously |
| 492 | existing socket will be backed up then replaced. Connections to this socket |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 493 | will return various statistics outputs and even allow some commands to be |
Willy Tarreau | 6162db2 | 2009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 494 | issued. Please consult section 9.2 "Unix Socket commands" for more details. |
| 495 | |
| 496 | An optional "level" parameter can be specified to restrict the nature of |
| 497 | the commands that can be issued on the socket : |
| 498 | - "user" is the least privileged level ; only non-sensitive stats can be |
| 499 | read, and no change is allowed. It would make sense on systems where it |
| 500 | is not easy to restrict access to the socket. |
| 501 | |
| 502 | - "operator" is the default level and fits most common uses. All data can |
| 503 | be read, and only non-sensible changes are permitted (eg: clear max |
| 504 | counters). |
| 505 | |
| 506 | - "admin" should be used with care, as everything is permitted (eg: clear |
| 507 | all counters). |
Willy Tarreau | a8efd36 | 2008-01-03 10:19:15 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 508 | |
| 509 | On platforms which support it, it is possible to restrict access to this |
| 510 | socket by specifying numerical IDs after "uid" and "gid", or valid user and |
| 511 | group names after the "user" and "group" keywords. It is also possible to |
| 512 | restrict permissions on the socket by passing an octal value after the "mode" |
| 513 | keyword (same syntax as chmod). Depending on the platform, the permissions on |
| 514 | the socket will be inherited from the directory which hosts it, or from the |
| 515 | user the process is started with. |
Willy Tarreau | fbee713 | 2007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 516 | |
| 517 | stats timeout <timeout, in milliseconds> |
| 518 | The default timeout on the stats socket is set to 10 seconds. It is possible |
| 519 | to change this value with "stats timeout". The value must be passed in |
Willy Tarreau | befdff1 | 2007-12-02 22:27:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 520 | milliseconds, or be suffixed by a time unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. |
Willy Tarreau | fbee713 | 2007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 521 | |
| 522 | stats maxconn <connections> |
| 523 | By default, the stats socket is limited to 10 concurrent connections. It is |
| 524 | possible to change this value with "stats maxconn". |
| 525 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 526 | uid <number> |
| 527 | Changes the process' user ID to <number>. It is recommended that the user ID |
| 528 | is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must |
| 529 | be started with superuser privileges in order to be able to switch to another |
| 530 | one. See also "gid" and "user". |
| 531 | |
| 532 | ulimit-n <number> |
| 533 | Sets the maximum number of per-process file-descriptors to <number>. By |
| 534 | default, it is automatically computed, so it is recommended not to use this |
| 535 | option. |
| 536 | |
| 537 | user <user name> |
| 538 | Similar to "uid" but uses the UID of user name <user name> from /etc/passwd. |
| 539 | See also "uid" and "group". |
| 540 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 48cb2ae | 2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 541 | node <name> |
| 542 | Only letters, digits, hyphen and underscore are allowed, like in DNS names. |
| 543 | |
| 544 | This statement is useful in HA configurations where two or more processes or |
| 545 | servers share the same IP address. By setting a different node-name on all |
| 546 | nodes, it becomes easy to immediately spot what server is handling the |
| 547 | traffic. |
| 548 | |
| 549 | description <text> |
| 550 | Add a text that describes the instance. |
| 551 | |
| 552 | Please note that it is required to escape certain characters (# for example) |
| 553 | and this text is inserted into a html page so you should avoid using |
| 554 | "<" and ">" characters. |
| 555 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 556 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 557 | 3.2. Performance tuning |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 558 | ----------------------- |
| 559 | |
| 560 | maxconn <number> |
| 561 | Sets the maximum per-process number of concurrent connections to <number>. It |
| 562 | is equivalent to the command-line argument "-n". Proxies will stop accepting |
| 563 | connections when this limit is reached. The "ulimit-n" parameter is |
| 564 | automatically adjusted according to this value. See also "ulimit-n". |
| 565 | |
Willy Tarreau | ff4f82d | 2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 566 | maxpipes <number> |
| 567 | Sets the maximum per-process number of pipes to <number>. Currently, pipes |
| 568 | are only used by kernel-based tcp splicing. Since a pipe contains two file |
| 569 | descriptors, the "ulimit-n" value will be increased accordingly. The default |
| 570 | value is maxconn/4, which seems to be more than enough for most heavy usages. |
| 571 | The splice code dynamically allocates and releases pipes, and can fall back |
| 572 | to standard copy, so setting this value too low may only impact performance. |
| 573 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 574 | noepoll |
| 575 | Disables the use of the "epoll" event polling system on Linux. It is |
| 576 | equivalent to the command-line argument "-de". The next polling system |
| 577 | used will generally be "poll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll". |
| 578 | |
| 579 | nokqueue |
| 580 | Disables the use of the "kqueue" event polling system on BSD. It is |
| 581 | equivalent to the command-line argument "-dk". The next polling system |
| 582 | used will generally be "poll". See also "nopoll". |
| 583 | |
| 584 | nopoll |
| 585 | Disables the use of the "poll" event polling system. It is equivalent to the |
| 586 | command-line argument "-dp". The next polling system used will be "select". |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 587 | It should never be needed to disable "poll" since it's available on all |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 588 | platforms supported by HAProxy. See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll" and |
| 589 | "nokqueue". |
| 590 | |
| 591 | nosepoll |
| 592 | Disables the use of the "speculative epoll" event polling system on Linux. It |
| 593 | is equivalent to the command-line argument "-ds". The next polling system |
| 594 | used will generally be "epoll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll". |
| 595 | |
Willy Tarreau | ff4f82d | 2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 596 | nosplice |
| 597 | Disables the use of kernel tcp splicing between sockets on Linux. It is |
| 598 | equivalent to the command line argument "-dS". Data will then be copied |
| 599 | using conventional and more portable recv/send calls. Kernel tcp splicing is |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 600 | limited to some very recent instances of kernel 2.6. Most versions between |
Willy Tarreau | ff4f82d | 2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 601 | 2.6.25 and 2.6.28 are buggy and will forward corrupted data, so they must not |
| 602 | be used. This option makes it easier to globally disable kernel splicing in |
| 603 | case of doubt. See also "option splice-auto", "option splice-request" and |
| 604 | "option splice-response". |
| 605 | |
Willy Tarreau | fe255b7 | 2007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 606 | spread-checks <0..50, in percent> |
| 607 | Sometimes it is desirable to avoid sending health checks to servers at exact |
| 608 | intervals, for instance when many logical servers are located on the same |
| 609 | physical server. With the help of this parameter, it becomes possible to add |
| 610 | some randomness in the check interval between 0 and +/- 50%. A value between |
| 611 | 2 and 5 seems to show good results. The default value remains at 0. |
| 612 | |
Willy Tarreau | 27a674e | 2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 613 | tune.bufsize <number> |
| 614 | Sets the buffer size to this size (in bytes). Lower values allow more |
| 615 | sessions to coexist in the same amount of RAM, and higher values allow some |
| 616 | applications with very large cookies to work. The default value is 16384 and |
| 617 | can be changed at build time. It is strongly recommended not to change this |
| 618 | from the default value, as very low values will break some services such as |
| 619 | statistics, and values larger than default size will increase memory usage, |
| 620 | possibly causing the system to run out of memory. At least the global maxconn |
| 621 | parameter should be decreased by the same factor as this one is increased. |
| 622 | |
Willy Tarreau | a0250ba | 2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 623 | tune.maxaccept <number> |
| 624 | Sets the maximum number of consecutive accepts that a process may perform on |
| 625 | a single wake up. High values give higher priority to high connection rates, |
| 626 | while lower values give higher priority to already established connections. |
Willy Tarreau | f49d1df | 2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 627 | This value is limited to 100 by default in single process mode. However, in |
Willy Tarreau | a0250ba | 2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 628 | multi-process mode (nbproc > 1), it defaults to 8 so that when one process |
| 629 | wakes up, it does not take all incoming connections for itself and leaves a |
Willy Tarreau | f49d1df | 2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 630 | part of them to other processes. Setting this value to -1 completely disables |
Willy Tarreau | a0250ba | 2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 631 | the limitation. It should normally not be needed to tweak this value. |
| 632 | |
| 633 | tune.maxpollevents <number> |
| 634 | Sets the maximum amount of events that can be processed at once in a call to |
| 635 | the polling system. The default value is adapted to the operating system. It |
| 636 | has been noticed that reducing it below 200 tends to slightly decrease |
| 637 | latency at the expense of network bandwidth, and increasing it above 200 |
| 638 | tends to trade latency for slightly increased bandwidth. |
| 639 | |
Willy Tarreau | 27a674e | 2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 640 | tune.maxrewrite <number> |
| 641 | Sets the reserved buffer space to this size in bytes. The reserved space is |
| 642 | used for header rewriting or appending. The first reads on sockets will never |
| 643 | fill more than bufsize-maxrewrite. Historically it has defaulted to half of |
| 644 | bufsize, though that does not make much sense since there are rarely large |
| 645 | numbers of headers to add. Setting it too high prevents processing of large |
| 646 | requests or responses. Setting it too low prevents addition of new headers |
| 647 | to already large requests or to POST requests. It is generally wise to set it |
| 648 | to about 1024. It is automatically readjusted to half of bufsize if it is |
| 649 | larger than that. This means you don't have to worry about it when changing |
| 650 | bufsize. |
| 651 | |
Willy Tarreau | e803de2 | 2010-01-21 17:43:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 652 | tune.rcvbuf.client <number> |
| 653 | tune.rcvbuf.server <number> |
| 654 | Forces the kernel socket receive buffer size on the client or the server side |
| 655 | to the specified value in bytes. This value applies to all TCP/HTTP frontends |
| 656 | and backends. It should normally never be set, and the default size (0) lets |
| 657 | the kernel autotune this value depending on the amount of available memory. |
| 658 | However it can sometimes help to set it to very low values (eg: 4096) in |
| 659 | order to save kernel memory by preventing it from buffering too large amounts |
| 660 | of received data. Lower values will significantly increase CPU usage though. |
| 661 | |
| 662 | tune.sndbuf.client <number> |
| 663 | tune.sndbuf.server <number> |
| 664 | Forces the kernel socket send buffer size on the client or the server side to |
| 665 | the specified value in bytes. This value applies to all TCP/HTTP frontends |
| 666 | and backends. It should normally never be set, and the default size (0) lets |
| 667 | the kernel autotune this value depending on the amount of available memory. |
| 668 | However it can sometimes help to set it to very low values (eg: 4096) in |
| 669 | order to save kernel memory by preventing it from buffering too large amounts |
| 670 | of received data. Lower values will significantly increase CPU usage though. |
| 671 | Another use case is to prevent write timeouts with extremely slow clients due |
| 672 | to the kernel waiting for a large part of the buffer to be read before |
| 673 | notifying haproxy again. |
| 674 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 675 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 676 | 3.3. Debugging |
| 677 | -------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 678 | |
| 679 | debug |
| 680 | Enables debug mode which dumps to stdout all exchanges, and disables forking |
| 681 | into background. It is the equivalent of the command-line argument "-d". It |
| 682 | should never be used in a production configuration since it may prevent full |
| 683 | system startup. |
| 684 | |
| 685 | quiet |
| 686 | Do not display any message during startup. It is equivalent to the command- |
| 687 | line argument "-q". |
| 688 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 6b35ce1 | 2010-02-01 23:35:44 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 689 | 3.4. Userlists |
| 690 | -------------- |
| 691 | It is possible to control access to frontend/backend/listen sections or to |
| 692 | http stats by allowing only authenticated and authorized users. To do this, |
| 693 | it is required to create at least one userlist and to define users. |
| 694 | |
| 695 | userlist <listname> |
| 696 | Creates new userlist with name <listname>. Many indepenend userlists can be |
| 697 | used to store authentication & authorization data for independent customers. |
| 698 | |
| 699 | group <groupname> [users <user>,<user>,(...)] |
| 700 | Adds group <gropname> to the current userlist. It is also possible to |
| 701 | attach users to this group by using a comma separated list of names |
| 702 | proceeded by "users" keyword. |
| 703 | |
| 704 | user <username> [password|insecure-password <password>] [groups <group>,<group>,(...)] |
| 705 | Adds user <username> to the current userlist. Both secure (encrypted) and |
| 706 | insecure (unencrypted) passwords can be used. Encrypted passwords are |
| 707 | evaluated using the crypt(3) function so dependig of the system's |
| 708 | capabilities, different algoritms are supported. For example modern Glibc |
| 709 | based Linux system supports MD5, SHA-256, SHA-512 and of course classic, |
| 710 | DES-based method of crypting passwords. |
| 711 | |
| 712 | |
| 713 | Example: |
| 714 | userlist L1 |
| 715 | group G1 users tiger,scott |
| 716 | group G2 users xdb,scott |
| 717 | |
| 718 | user tiger password $6$k6y3o.eP$JlKBx9za966ud67qe45NSQYf8Nw.XFuk8QVRevoLh1XPCQDCBPjcU2JtGBSS0MOQW2PFxHSwRv6J.C0/D7cV91 |
| 719 | user scott insecure-password elgato |
| 720 | user xdb insecure-password hello |
| 721 | |
| 722 | userlist L2 |
| 723 | group G1 |
| 724 | group G2 |
| 725 | |
| 726 | user tiger password $6$k6y3o.eP$JlKBx9za966ud67qe45NSQYf8Nw.XFuk8QVRevoLh1XPCQDCBPjcU2JtGBSS0MOQW2PFxHSwRv6J.C0/D7cV91 groups G1 |
| 727 | user scott insecure-password elgato groups G1,G2 |
| 728 | user xdb insecure-password hello groups G2 |
| 729 | |
| 730 | Please note that both lists are functionally identical. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 731 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 732 | 4. Proxies |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 733 | ---------- |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 734 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 735 | Proxy configuration can be located in a set of sections : |
| 736 | - defaults <name> |
| 737 | - frontend <name> |
| 738 | - backend <name> |
| 739 | - listen <name> |
| 740 | |
| 741 | A "defaults" section sets default parameters for all other sections following |
| 742 | its declaration. Those default parameters are reset by the next "defaults" |
| 743 | section. See below for the list of parameters which can be set in a "defaults" |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 744 | section. The name is optional but its use is encouraged for better readability. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 745 | |
| 746 | A "frontend" section describes a set of listening sockets accepting client |
| 747 | connections. |
| 748 | |
| 749 | A "backend" section describes a set of servers to which the proxy will connect |
| 750 | to forward incoming connections. |
| 751 | |
| 752 | A "listen" section defines a complete proxy with its frontend and backend |
| 753 | parts combined in one section. It is generally useful for TCP-only traffic. |
| 754 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 755 | All proxy names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits, |
| 756 | '-' (dash), '_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are |
| 757 | case-sensitive, which means that "www" and "WWW" are two different proxies. |
| 758 | |
| 759 | Historically, all proxy names could overlap, it just caused troubles in the |
| 760 | logs. Since the introduction of content switching, it is mandatory that two |
| 761 | proxies with overlapping capabilities (frontend/backend) have different names. |
| 762 | However, it is still permitted that a frontend and a backend share the same |
| 763 | name, as this configuration seems to be commonly encountered. |
| 764 | |
| 765 | Right now, two major proxy modes are supported : "tcp", also known as layer 4, |
| 766 | and "http", also known as layer 7. In layer 4 mode, HAProxy simply forwards |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 767 | bidirectional traffic between two sides. In layer 7 mode, HAProxy analyzes the |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 768 | protocol, and can interact with it by allowing, blocking, switching, adding, |
| 769 | modifying, or removing arbitrary contents in requests or responses, based on |
| 770 | arbitrary criteria. |
| 771 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 772 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 773 | 4.1. Proxy keywords matrix |
| 774 | -------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 775 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 776 | The following list of keywords is supported. Most of them may only be used in a |
| 777 | limited set of section types. Some of them are marked as "deprecated" because |
| 778 | they are inherited from an old syntax which may be confusing or functionally |
| 779 | limited, and there are new recommended keywords to replace them. Keywords |
Willy Tarreau | 3842f00 | 2009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 780 | listed with [no] can be optionally inverted using the "no" prefix, eg. "no |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 781 | option contstats". This makes sense when the option has been enabled by default |
Willy Tarreau | 3842f00 | 2009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 782 | and must be disabled for a specific instance. Such options may also be prefixed |
| 783 | with "default" in order to restore default settings regardless of what has been |
| 784 | specified in a previous "defaults" section. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 785 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 786 | |
| 787 | keyword defaults frontend listen backend |
| 788 | ----------------------+----------+----------+---------+--------- |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 789 | acl - X X X |
| 790 | appsession - - X X |
Willy Tarreau | c73ce2b | 2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 791 | backlog X X X - |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 792 | balance X - X X |
| 793 | bind - X X - |
| 794 | bind-process X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 795 | block - X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 796 | capture cookie - X X - |
| 797 | capture request header - X X - |
| 798 | capture response header - X X - |
Willy Tarreau | e219db7 | 2007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 799 | clitimeout X X X - (deprecated) |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 800 | contimeout X - X X (deprecated) |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 801 | cookie X - X X |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c53601c | 2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 802 | default-server X - X X |
Cyril Bonté | 99ed327 | 2010-01-24 23:29:44 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 803 | default_backend X X X - |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 48cb2ae | 2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 804 | description - X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 805 | disabled X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 806 | dispatch - - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 807 | enabled X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 808 | errorfile X X X X |
| 809 | errorloc X X X X |
| 810 | errorloc302 X X X X |
| 811 | errorloc303 X X X X |
| 812 | fullconn X - X X |
Cyril Bonté | 99ed327 | 2010-01-24 23:29:44 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 813 | grace X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6b2e11b | 2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 814 | hash-type X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | dbc36f6 | 2007-11-30 12:29:11 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 815 | http-check disable-on-404 X - X X |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 6b35ce1 | 2010-02-01 23:35:44 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 816 | http-request - X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 53fb4ae | 2009-10-04 23:04:08 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 817 | id - X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 818 | log X X X X |
| 819 | maxconn X X X - |
| 820 | mode X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | c7246fc | 2007-12-02 17:31:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 821 | monitor fail - X X - |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 822 | monitor-net X X X - |
| 823 | monitor-uri X X X - |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 824 | [no] option abortonclose X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 4076a15 | 2009-04-02 15:18:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 825 | [no] option accept-invalid- |
| 826 | http-request X X X - |
| 827 | [no] option accept-invalid- |
| 828 | http-response X - X X |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 829 | [no] option allbackups X - X X |
| 830 | [no] option checkcache X - X X |
| 831 | [no] option clitcpka X X X - |
| 832 | [no] option contstats X X X - |
Willy Tarreau | c9bd0cc | 2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 833 | [no] option dontlog-normal X X X - |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 834 | [no] option dontlognull X X X - |
Willy Tarreau | a31e5df | 2009-12-30 01:10:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 835 | [no] option forceclose X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 836 | option forwardfor X X X X |
| 837 | option httpchk X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | b608feb | 2010-01-02 22:47:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 838 | [no] option http-server- |
| 839 | close X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 88d349d | 2010-01-25 12:15:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 840 | [no] option http-use-proxy- |
| 841 | header X X X - |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 842 | [no] option httpclose X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 843 | option httplog X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 844 | [no] option http_proxy X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | f27b5ea | 2009-10-03 22:01:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 845 | [no] option independant- |
| 846 | streams X X X X |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 213014e | 2009-09-27 15:50:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 847 | [no] option log-health- X - X X |
| 848 | checks |
Willy Tarreau | 211ad24 | 2009-10-03 21:45:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 849 | [no] option log-separate- |
| 850 | errors X X X - |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 851 | [no] option logasap X X X - |
Hervé COMMOWICK | 698ae00 | 2010-01-12 09:25:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 852 | option mysql-check X - X X |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 853 | [no] option nolinger X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 854 | option originalto X X X X |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 855 | [no] option persist X - X X |
| 856 | [no] option redispatch X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 857 | option smtpchk X - X X |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | aeebf9b | 2009-10-04 15:43:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 858 | [no] option socket-stats X X X - |
Willy Tarreau | ff4f82d | 2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 859 | [no] option splice-auto X X X X |
| 860 | [no] option splice-request X X X X |
| 861 | [no] option splice-response X X X X |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 862 | [no] option srvtcpka X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 863 | option ssl-hello-chk X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 9ea05a7 | 2009-06-14 12:07:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 864 | [no] option tcp-smart- |
| 865 | accept X X X - |
Willy Tarreau | 39bb9be | 2009-10-17 16:04:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 866 | [no] option tcp-smart- |
| 867 | connect X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 868 | option tcpka X X X X |
| 869 | option tcplog X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 4b1f859 | 2008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 870 | [no] option transparent X - X X |
Emeric Brun | 647caf1 | 2009-06-30 17:57:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 871 | persist rdp-cookie X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 3a7d207 | 2009-03-05 23:48:25 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 872 | rate-limit sessions X X X - |
Willy Tarreau | b463dfb | 2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 873 | redirect - X X X |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 874 | redisp X - X X (deprecated) |
| 875 | redispatch X - X X (deprecated) |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 876 | reqadd - X X X |
| 877 | reqallow - X X X |
| 878 | reqdel - X X X |
| 879 | reqdeny - X X X |
| 880 | reqiallow - X X X |
| 881 | reqidel - X X X |
| 882 | reqideny - X X X |
| 883 | reqipass - X X X |
| 884 | reqirep - X X X |
| 885 | reqisetbe - X X X |
| 886 | reqitarpit - X X X |
| 887 | reqpass - X X X |
| 888 | reqrep - X X X |
| 889 | reqsetbe - X X X |
| 890 | reqtarpit - X X X |
| 891 | retries X - X X |
| 892 | rspadd - X X X |
| 893 | rspdel - X X X |
| 894 | rspdeny - X X X |
| 895 | rspidel - X X X |
| 896 | rspideny - X X X |
| 897 | rspirep - X X X |
| 898 | rsprep - X X X |
| 899 | server - - X X |
| 900 | source X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | e219db7 | 2007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 901 | srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated) |
Willy Tarreau | 24e779b | 2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 902 | stats auth X - X X |
| 903 | stats enable X - X X |
| 904 | stats realm X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | bbd4212 | 2007-07-25 07:26:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 905 | stats refresh X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 24e779b | 2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 906 | stats scope X - X X |
| 907 | stats uri X - X X |
Krzysztof Oledzki | d9db927 | 2007-10-15 10:05:11 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 908 | stats hide-version X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 909 | tcp-request content accept - X X - |
| 910 | tcp-request content reject - X X - |
| 911 | tcp-request inspect-delay - X X - |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 5259dfe | 2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 912 | timeout check X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | e219db7 | 2007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 913 | timeout client X X X - |
| 914 | timeout clitimeout X X X - (deprecated) |
| 915 | timeout connect X - X X |
| 916 | timeout contimeout X - X X (deprecated) |
Willy Tarreau | b16a574 | 2010-01-10 14:46:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 917 | timeout http-keep-alive X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | cd7afc0 | 2009-07-12 10:03:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 918 | timeout http-request X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | e219db7 | 2007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 919 | timeout queue X - X X |
| 920 | timeout server X - X X |
| 921 | timeout srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated) |
Willy Tarreau | 51c9bde | 2008-01-06 13:40:03 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 922 | timeout tarpit X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 4b1f859 | 2008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 923 | transparent X - X X (deprecated) |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 924 | use_backend - X X - |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 925 | ----------------------+----------+----------+---------+--------- |
| 926 | keyword defaults frontend listen backend |
| 927 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 928 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 929 | 4.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference |
| 930 | --------------------------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 931 | |
| 932 | This section provides a description of each keyword and its usage. |
| 933 | |
| 934 | |
| 935 | acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ... |
| 936 | Declare or complete an access list. |
| 937 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 938 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 939 | Example: |
| 940 | acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3 |
| 941 | acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023 |
| 942 | acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost |
| 943 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 944 | See section 7 about ACL usage. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 945 | |
| 946 | |
Cyril Bonté | b21570a | 2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 947 | appsession <cookie> len <length> timeout <holdtime> |
| 948 | [request-learn] [prefix] [mode <path-parameters|query-string>] |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 949 | Define session stickiness on an existing application cookie. |
| 950 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 951 | no | no | yes | yes |
| 952 | Arguments : |
| 953 | <cookie> this is the name of the cookie used by the application and which |
| 954 | HAProxy will have to learn for each new session. |
| 955 | |
Cyril Bonté | b21570a | 2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 956 | <length> this is the max number of characters that will be memorized and |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 957 | checked in each cookie value. |
| 958 | |
| 959 | <holdtime> this is the time after which the cookie will be removed from |
| 960 | memory if unused. If no unit is specified, this time is in |
| 961 | milliseconds. |
| 962 | |
Cyril Bonté | bf47aeb | 2009-10-15 00:15:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 963 | request-learn |
| 964 | If this option is specified, then haproxy will be able to learn |
| 965 | the cookie found in the request in case the server does not |
| 966 | specify any in response. This is typically what happens with |
| 967 | PHPSESSID cookies, or when haproxy's session expires before |
| 968 | the application's session and the correct server is selected. |
| 969 | It is recommended to specify this option to improve reliability. |
| 970 | |
Cyril Bonté | b21570a | 2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 971 | prefix When this option is specified, haproxy will match on the cookie |
| 972 | prefix (or URL parameter prefix). The appsession value is the |
| 973 | data following this prefix. |
| 974 | |
| 975 | Example : |
| 976 | appsession ASPSESSIONID len 64 timeout 3h prefix |
| 977 | |
| 978 | This will match the cookie ASPSESSIONIDXXXX=XXXXX, |
| 979 | the appsession value will be XXXX=XXXXX. |
| 980 | |
| 981 | mode This option allows to change the URL parser mode. |
| 982 | 2 modes are currently supported : |
| 983 | - path-parameters : |
| 984 | The parser looks for the appsession in the path parameters |
| 985 | part (each parameter is separated by a semi-colon), which is |
| 986 | convenient for JSESSIONID for example. |
| 987 | This is the default mode if the option is not set. |
| 988 | - query-string : |
| 989 | In this mode, the parser will look for the appsession in the |
| 990 | query string. |
| 991 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 992 | When an application cookie is defined in a backend, HAProxy will check when |
| 993 | the server sets such a cookie, and will store its value in a table, and |
| 994 | associate it with the server's identifier. Up to <length> characters from |
| 995 | the value will be retained. On each connection, haproxy will look for this |
Cyril Bonté | b21570a | 2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 996 | cookie both in the "Cookie:" headers, and as a URL parameter (depending on |
| 997 | the mode used). If a known value is found, the client will be directed to the |
| 998 | server associated with this value. Otherwise, the load balancing algorithm is |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 999 | applied. Cookies are automatically removed from memory when they have been |
| 1000 | unused for a duration longer than <holdtime>. |
| 1001 | |
| 1002 | The definition of an application cookie is limited to one per backend. |
| 1003 | |
| 1004 | Example : |
| 1005 | appsession JSESSIONID len 52 timeout 3h |
| 1006 | |
Willy Tarreau | b937b7e | 2010-01-12 15:27:54 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1007 | See also : "cookie", "capture cookie", "balance", "stick" and "stick-table". |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1008 | |
| 1009 | |
Willy Tarreau | c73ce2b | 2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1010 | backlog <conns> |
| 1011 | Give hints to the system about the approximate listen backlog desired size |
| 1012 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1013 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 1014 | Arguments : |
| 1015 | <conns> is the number of pending connections. Depending on the operating |
| 1016 | system, it may represent the number of already acknowledged |
| 1017 | connections, of non-acknowledged ones, or both. |
| 1018 | |
| 1019 | In order to protect against SYN flood attacks, one solution is to increase |
| 1020 | the system's SYN backlog size. Depending on the system, sometimes it is just |
| 1021 | tunable via a system parameter, sometimes it is not adjustable at all, and |
| 1022 | sometimes the system relies on hints given by the application at the time of |
| 1023 | the listen() syscall. By default, HAProxy passes the frontend's maxconn value |
| 1024 | to the listen() syscall. On systems which can make use of this value, it can |
| 1025 | sometimes be useful to be able to specify a different value, hence this |
| 1026 | backlog parameter. |
| 1027 | |
| 1028 | On Linux 2.4, the parameter is ignored by the system. On Linux 2.6, it is |
| 1029 | used as a hint and the system accepts up to the smallest greater power of |
| 1030 | two, and never more than some limits (usually 32768). |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 | See also : "maxconn" and the target operating system's tuning guide. |
| 1033 | |
| 1034 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1035 | balance <algorithm> [ <arguments> ] |
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com | 1c2ab96 | 2008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1036 | balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]] |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1037 | Define the load balancing algorithm to be used in a backend. |
| 1038 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1039 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 1040 | Arguments : |
| 1041 | <algorithm> is the algorithm used to select a server when doing load |
| 1042 | balancing. This only applies when no persistence information |
| 1043 | is available, or when a connection is redispatched to another |
| 1044 | server. <algorithm> may be one of the following : |
| 1045 | |
| 1046 | roundrobin Each server is used in turns, according to their weights. |
| 1047 | This is the smoothest and fairest algorithm when the server's |
| 1048 | processing time remains equally distributed. This algorithm |
| 1049 | is dynamic, which means that server weights may be adjusted |
Willy Tarreau | 9757a38 | 2009-10-03 12:56:50 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1050 | on the fly for slow starts for instance. It is limited by |
| 1051 | design to 4128 active servers per backend. Note that in some |
| 1052 | large farms, when a server becomes up after having been down |
| 1053 | for a very short time, it may sometimes take a few hundreds |
| 1054 | requests for it to be re-integrated into the farm and start |
| 1055 | receiving traffic. This is normal, though very rare. It is |
| 1056 | indicated here in case you would have the chance to observe |
| 1057 | it, so that you don't worry. |
| 1058 | |
| 1059 | static-rr Each server is used in turns, according to their weights. |
| 1060 | This algorithm is as similar to roundrobin except that it is |
| 1061 | static, which means that changing a server's weight on the |
| 1062 | fly will have no effect. On the other hand, it has no design |
| 1063 | limitation on the number of servers, and when a server goes |
| 1064 | up, it is always immediately reintroduced into the farm, once |
| 1065 | the full map is recomputed. It also uses slightly less CPU to |
| 1066 | run (around -1%). |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1067 | |
Willy Tarreau | 2d2a7f8 | 2008-03-17 12:07:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1068 | leastconn The server with the lowest number of connections receives the |
| 1069 | connection. Round-robin is performed within groups of servers |
| 1070 | of the same load to ensure that all servers will be used. Use |
| 1071 | of this algorithm is recommended where very long sessions are |
| 1072 | expected, such as LDAP, SQL, TSE, etc... but is not very well |
| 1073 | suited for protocols using short sessions such as HTTP. This |
| 1074 | algorithm is dynamic, which means that server weights may be |
| 1075 | adjusted on the fly for slow starts for instance. |
| 1076 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1077 | source The source IP address is hashed and divided by the total |
| 1078 | weight of the running servers to designate which server will |
| 1079 | receive the request. This ensures that the same client IP |
| 1080 | address will always reach the same server as long as no |
| 1081 | server goes down or up. If the hash result changes due to the |
| 1082 | number of running servers changing, many clients will be |
| 1083 | directed to a different server. This algorithm is generally |
| 1084 | used in TCP mode where no cookie may be inserted. It may also |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1085 | be used on the Internet to provide a best-effort stickiness |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1086 | to clients which refuse session cookies. This algorithm is |
Willy Tarreau | 6b2e11b | 2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1087 | static by default, which means that changing a server's |
| 1088 | weight on the fly will have no effect, but this can be |
| 1089 | changed using "hash-type". |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1090 | |
| 1091 | uri The left part of the URI (before the question mark) is hashed |
| 1092 | and divided by the total weight of the running servers. The |
| 1093 | result designates which server will receive the request. This |
| 1094 | ensures that a same URI will always be directed to the same |
| 1095 | server as long as no server goes up or down. This is used |
| 1096 | with proxy caches and anti-virus proxies in order to maximize |
| 1097 | the cache hit rate. Note that this algorithm may only be used |
Willy Tarreau | 6b2e11b | 2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1098 | in an HTTP backend. This algorithm is static by default, |
| 1099 | which means that changing a server's weight on the fly will |
| 1100 | have no effect, but this can be changed using "hash-type". |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1101 | |
Marek Majkowski | 9c30fc1 | 2008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1102 | This algorithm support two optional parameters "len" and |
| 1103 | "depth", both followed by a positive integer number. These |
| 1104 | options may be helpful when it is needed to balance servers |
| 1105 | based on the beginning of the URI only. The "len" parameter |
| 1106 | indicates that the algorithm should only consider that many |
| 1107 | characters at the beginning of the URI to compute the hash. |
| 1108 | Note that having "len" set to 1 rarely makes sense since most |
| 1109 | URIs start with a leading "/". |
| 1110 | |
| 1111 | The "depth" parameter indicates the maximum directory depth |
| 1112 | to be used to compute the hash. One level is counted for each |
| 1113 | slash in the request. If both parameters are specified, the |
| 1114 | evaluation stops when either is reached. |
| 1115 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1116 | url_param The URL parameter specified in argument will be looked up in |
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com | 1c2ab96 | 2008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1117 | the query string of each HTTP GET request. |
| 1118 | |
| 1119 | If the modifier "check_post" is used, then an HTTP POST |
| 1120 | request entity will be searched for the parameter argument, |
| 1121 | when the question mark indicating a query string ('?') is not |
| 1122 | present in the URL. Optionally, specify a number of octets to |
| 1123 | wait for before attempting to search the message body. If the |
| 1124 | entity can not be searched, then round robin is used for each |
| 1125 | request. For instance, if your clients always send the LB |
| 1126 | parameter in the first 128 bytes, then specify that. The |
| 1127 | default is 48. The entity data will not be scanned until the |
| 1128 | required number of octets have arrived at the gateway, this |
| 1129 | is the minimum of: (default/max_wait, Content-Length or first |
| 1130 | chunk length). If Content-Length is missing or zero, it does |
| 1131 | not need to wait for more data than the client promised to |
| 1132 | send. When Content-Length is present and larger than |
| 1133 | <max_wait>, then waiting is limited to <max_wait> and it is |
| 1134 | assumed that this will be enough data to search for the |
| 1135 | presence of the parameter. In the unlikely event that |
| 1136 | Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used, only the first chunk is |
| 1137 | scanned. Parameter values separated by a chunk boundary, may |
| 1138 | be randomly balanced if at all. |
| 1139 | |
| 1140 | If the parameter is found followed by an equal sign ('=') and |
| 1141 | a value, then the value is hashed and divided by the total |
| 1142 | weight of the running servers. The result designates which |
| 1143 | server will receive the request. |
| 1144 | |
| 1145 | This is used to track user identifiers in requests and ensure |
| 1146 | that a same user ID will always be sent to the same server as |
| 1147 | long as no server goes up or down. If no value is found or if |
| 1148 | the parameter is not found, then a round robin algorithm is |
| 1149 | applied. Note that this algorithm may only be used in an HTTP |
Willy Tarreau | 6b2e11b | 2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1150 | backend. This algorithm is static by default, which means |
| 1151 | that changing a server's weight on the fly will have no |
| 1152 | effect, but this can be changed using "hash-type". |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1153 | |
Benoit | affb481 | 2009-03-25 13:02:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1154 | hdr(name) The HTTP header <name> will be looked up in each HTTP request. |
| 1155 | Just as with the equivalent ACL 'hdr()' function, the header |
| 1156 | name in parenthesis is not case sensitive. If the header is |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1157 | absent or if it does not contain any value, the roundrobin |
Benoit | affb481 | 2009-03-25 13:02:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1158 | algorithm is applied instead. |
| 1159 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1160 | An optional 'use_domain_only' parameter is available, for |
Benoit | affb481 | 2009-03-25 13:02:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1161 | reducing the hash algorithm to the main domain part with some |
| 1162 | specific headers such as 'Host'. For instance, in the Host |
| 1163 | value "haproxy.1wt.eu", only "1wt" will be considered. |
| 1164 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6b2e11b | 2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1165 | This algorithm is static by default, which means that |
| 1166 | changing a server's weight on the fly will have no effect, |
| 1167 | but this can be changed using "hash-type". |
| 1168 | |
Emeric Brun | 736aa23 | 2009-06-30 17:56:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1169 | rdp-cookie |
| 1170 | rdp-cookie(name) |
| 1171 | The RDP cookie <name> (or "mstshash" if omitted) will be |
| 1172 | looked up and hashed for each incoming TCP request. Just as |
| 1173 | with the equivalent ACL 'req_rdp_cookie()' function, the name |
| 1174 | is not case-sensitive. This mechanism is useful as a degraded |
| 1175 | persistence mode, as it makes it possible to always send the |
| 1176 | same user (or the same session ID) to the same server. If the |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1177 | cookie is not found, the normal roundrobin algorithm is |
Emeric Brun | 736aa23 | 2009-06-30 17:56:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1178 | used instead. |
| 1179 | |
| 1180 | Note that for this to work, the frontend must ensure that an |
| 1181 | RDP cookie is already present in the request buffer. For this |
| 1182 | you must use 'tcp-request content accept' rule combined with |
| 1183 | a 'req_rdp_cookie_cnt' ACL. |
| 1184 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6b2e11b | 2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1185 | This algorithm is static by default, which means that |
| 1186 | changing a server's weight on the fly will have no effect, |
| 1187 | but this can be changed using "hash-type". |
| 1188 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1189 | <arguments> is an optional list of arguments which may be needed by some |
Marek Majkowski | 9c30fc1 | 2008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1190 | algorithms. Right now, only "url_param" and "uri" support an |
| 1191 | optional argument. |
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com | 1c2ab96 | 2008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1192 | |
Marek Majkowski | 9c30fc1 | 2008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1193 | balance uri [len <len>] [depth <depth>] |
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com | 1c2ab96 | 2008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1194 | balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]] |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1195 | |
Willy Tarreau | 3cd9af2 | 2009-03-15 14:06:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1196 | The load balancing algorithm of a backend is set to roundrobin when no other |
| 1197 | algorithm, mode nor option have been set. The algorithm may only be set once |
| 1198 | for each backend. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1199 | |
| 1200 | Examples : |
| 1201 | balance roundrobin |
| 1202 | balance url_param userid |
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com | 1c2ab96 | 2008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1203 | balance url_param session_id check_post 64 |
Benoit | affb481 | 2009-03-25 13:02:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1204 | balance hdr(User-Agent) |
| 1205 | balance hdr(host) |
| 1206 | balance hdr(Host) use_domain_only |
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com | 1c2ab96 | 2008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1207 | |
| 1208 | Note: the following caveats and limitations on using the "check_post" |
| 1209 | extension with "url_param" must be considered : |
| 1210 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1211 | - all POST requests are eligible for consideration, because there is no way |
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com | 1c2ab96 | 2008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1212 | to determine if the parameters will be found in the body or entity which |
| 1213 | may contain binary data. Therefore another method may be required to |
| 1214 | restrict consideration of POST requests that have no URL parameters in |
| 1215 | the body. (see acl reqideny http_end) |
| 1216 | |
| 1217 | - using a <max_wait> value larger than the request buffer size does not |
| 1218 | make sense and is useless. The buffer size is set at build time, and |
| 1219 | defaults to 16 kB. |
| 1220 | |
| 1221 | - Content-Encoding is not supported, the parameter search will probably |
| 1222 | fail; and load balancing will fall back to Round Robin. |
| 1223 | |
| 1224 | - Expect: 100-continue is not supported, load balancing will fall back to |
| 1225 | Round Robin. |
| 1226 | |
| 1227 | - Transfer-Encoding (RFC2616 3.6.1) is only supported in the first chunk. |
| 1228 | If the entire parameter value is not present in the first chunk, the |
| 1229 | selection of server is undefined (actually, defined by how little |
| 1230 | actually appeared in the first chunk). |
| 1231 | |
| 1232 | - This feature does not support generation of a 100, 411 or 501 response. |
| 1233 | |
| 1234 | - In some cases, requesting "check_post" MAY attempt to scan the entire |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1235 | contents of a message body. Scanning normally terminates when linear |
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com | 1c2ab96 | 2008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1236 | white space or control characters are found, indicating the end of what |
| 1237 | might be a URL parameter list. This is probably not a concern with SGML |
| 1238 | type message bodies. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1239 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6b2e11b | 2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1240 | See also : "dispatch", "cookie", "appsession", "transparent", "hash-type" and |
| 1241 | "http_proxy". |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1242 | |
| 1243 | |
| 1244 | bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] |
Willy Tarreau | 5e6e204 | 2009-02-04 17:19:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1245 | bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] interface <interface> |
Willy Tarreau | be1b918 | 2009-06-14 18:48:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1246 | bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] mss <maxseg> |
Willy Tarreau | b1e52e8 | 2008-01-13 14:49:51 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1247 | bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] transparent |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | aeebf9b | 2009-10-04 15:43:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1248 | bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] id <id> |
| 1249 | bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] name <name> |
Willy Tarreau | 53319c9 | 2009-11-28 08:21:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1250 | bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] defer-accept |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1251 | Define one or several listening addresses and/or ports in a frontend. |
| 1252 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1253 | no | yes | yes | no |
| 1254 | Arguments : |
Willy Tarreau | b1e52e8 | 2008-01-13 14:49:51 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1255 | <address> is optional and can be a host name, an IPv4 address, an IPv6 |
| 1256 | address, or '*'. It designates the address the frontend will |
| 1257 | listen on. If unset, all IPv4 addresses of the system will be |
| 1258 | listened on. The same will apply for '*' or the system's |
| 1259 | special address "0.0.0.0". |
| 1260 | |
| 1261 | <port> is the TCP port number the proxy will listen on. The port is |
| 1262 | mandatory. Note that in the case of an IPv6 address, the port |
| 1263 | is always the number after the last colon (':'). |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1264 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5e6e204 | 2009-02-04 17:19:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1265 | <interface> is an optional physical interface name. This is currently |
| 1266 | only supported on Linux. The interface must be a physical |
| 1267 | interface, not an aliased interface. When specified, all |
| 1268 | addresses on the same line will only be accepted if the |
| 1269 | incoming packet physically come through the designated |
| 1270 | interface. It is also possible to bind multiple frontends to |
| 1271 | the same address if they are bound to different interfaces. |
| 1272 | Note that binding to a physical interface requires root |
| 1273 | privileges. |
| 1274 | |
Willy Tarreau | be1b918 | 2009-06-14 18:48:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1275 | <maxseg> is an optional TCP Maximum Segment Size (MSS) value to be |
| 1276 | advertised on incoming connections. This can be used to force |
| 1277 | a lower MSS for certain specific ports, for instance for |
| 1278 | connections passing through a VPN. Note that this relies on a |
| 1279 | kernel feature which is theorically supported under Linux but |
| 1280 | was buggy in all versions prior to 2.6.28. It may or may not |
| 1281 | work on other operating systems. The commonly advertised |
| 1282 | value on Ethernet networks is 1460 = 1500(MTU) - 40(IP+TCP). |
| 1283 | |
Willy Tarreau | 53fb4ae | 2009-10-04 23:04:08 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1284 | <id> is a persistent value for socket ID. Must be positive and |
| 1285 | unique in the proxy. An unused value will automatically be |
| 1286 | assigned if unset. Can only be used when defining only a |
| 1287 | single socket. |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | aeebf9b | 2009-10-04 15:43:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1288 | |
| 1289 | <name> is an optional name provided for stats |
| 1290 | |
Willy Tarreau | b1e52e8 | 2008-01-13 14:49:51 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1291 | transparent is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain |
| 1292 | Linux kernels. It indicates that the addresses will be bound |
| 1293 | even if they do not belong to the local machine. Any packet |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1294 | targeting any of these addresses will be caught just as if |
Willy Tarreau | b1e52e8 | 2008-01-13 14:49:51 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1295 | the address was locally configured. This normally requires |
| 1296 | that IP forwarding is enabled. Caution! do not use this with |
| 1297 | the default address '*', as it would redirect any traffic for |
| 1298 | the specified port. This keyword is available only when |
| 1299 | HAProxy is built with USE_LINUX_TPROXY=1. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1300 | |
Willy Tarreau | cb6cd43 | 2009-10-13 07:34:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1301 | defer_accept is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain |
| 1302 | Linux kernels. It states that a connection will only be |
| 1303 | accepted once some data arrive on it, or at worst after the |
| 1304 | first retransmit. This should be used only on protocols for |
| 1305 | which the client talks first (eg: HTTP). It can slightly |
| 1306 | improve performance by ensuring that most of the request is |
| 1307 | already available when the connection is accepted. On the |
| 1308 | other hand, it will not be able to detect connections which |
| 1309 | don't talk. It is important to note that this option is |
| 1310 | broken in all kernels up to 2.6.31, as the connection is |
| 1311 | never accepted until the client talks. This can cause issues |
| 1312 | with front firewalls which would see an established |
| 1313 | connection while the proxy will only see it in SYN_RECV. |
| 1314 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1315 | It is possible to specify a list of address:port combinations delimited by |
| 1316 | commas. The frontend will then listen on all of these addresses. There is no |
| 1317 | fixed limit to the number of addresses and ports which can be listened on in |
| 1318 | a frontend, as well as there is no limit to the number of "bind" statements |
| 1319 | in a frontend. |
| 1320 | |
| 1321 | Example : |
| 1322 | listen http_proxy |
| 1323 | bind :80,:443 |
| 1324 | bind 10.0.0.1:10080,10.0.0.1:10443 |
| 1325 | |
| 1326 | See also : "source". |
| 1327 | |
| 1328 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0b9c02c | 2009-02-04 22:05:05 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1329 | bind-process [ all | odd | even | <number 1-32> ] ... |
| 1330 | Limit visibility of an instance to a certain set of processes numbers. |
| 1331 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1332 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 1333 | Arguments : |
| 1334 | all All process will see this instance. This is the default. It |
| 1335 | may be used to override a default value. |
| 1336 | |
| 1337 | odd This instance will be enabled on processes 1,3,5,...31. This |
| 1338 | option may be combined with other numbers. |
| 1339 | |
| 1340 | even This instance will be enabled on processes 2,4,6,...32. This |
| 1341 | option may be combined with other numbers. Do not use it |
| 1342 | with less than 2 processes otherwise some instances might be |
| 1343 | missing from all processes. |
| 1344 | |
| 1345 | number The instance will be enabled on this process number, between |
| 1346 | 1 and 32. You must be careful not to reference a process |
| 1347 | number greater than the configured global.nbproc, otherwise |
| 1348 | some instances might be missing from all processes. |
| 1349 | |
| 1350 | This keyword limits binding of certain instances to certain processes. This |
| 1351 | is useful in order not to have too many processes listening to the same |
| 1352 | ports. For instance, on a dual-core machine, it might make sense to set |
| 1353 | 'nbproc 2' in the global section, then distributes the listeners among 'odd' |
| 1354 | and 'even' instances. |
| 1355 | |
| 1356 | At the moment, it is not possible to reference more than 32 processes using |
| 1357 | this keyword, but this should be more than enough for most setups. Please |
| 1358 | note that 'all' really means all processes and is not limited to the first |
| 1359 | 32. |
| 1360 | |
| 1361 | If some backends are referenced by frontends bound to other processes, the |
| 1362 | backend automatically inherits the frontend's processes. |
| 1363 | |
| 1364 | Example : |
| 1365 | listen app_ip1 |
| 1366 | bind 10.0.0.1:80 |
| 1367 | bind_process odd |
| 1368 | |
| 1369 | listen app_ip2 |
| 1370 | bind 10.0.0.2:80 |
| 1371 | bind_process even |
| 1372 | |
| 1373 | listen management |
| 1374 | bind 10.0.0.3:80 |
| 1375 | bind_process 1 2 3 4 |
| 1376 | |
| 1377 | See also : "nbproc" in global section. |
| 1378 | |
| 1379 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1380 | block { if | unless } <condition> |
| 1381 | Block a layer 7 request if/unless a condition is matched |
| 1382 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1383 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 1384 | |
| 1385 | The HTTP request will be blocked very early in the layer 7 processing |
| 1386 | if/unless <condition> is matched. A 403 error will be returned if the request |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1387 | is blocked. The condition has to reference ACLs (see section 7). This is |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1388 | typically used to deny access to certain sensible resources if some |
| 1389 | conditions are met or not met. There is no fixed limit to the number of |
| 1390 | "block" statements per instance. |
| 1391 | |
| 1392 | Example: |
| 1393 | acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3 |
| 1394 | acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023 |
| 1395 | acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost |
| 1396 | block if invalid_src || local_dst |
| 1397 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1398 | See section 7 about ACL usage. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1399 | |
| 1400 | |
| 1401 | capture cookie <name> len <length> |
| 1402 | Capture and log a cookie in the request and in the response. |
| 1403 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1404 | no | yes | yes | no |
| 1405 | Arguments : |
| 1406 | <name> is the beginning of the name of the cookie to capture. In order |
| 1407 | to match the exact name, simply suffix the name with an equal |
| 1408 | sign ('='). The full name will appear in the logs, which is |
| 1409 | useful with application servers which adjust both the cookie name |
| 1410 | and value (eg: ASPSESSIONXXXXX). |
| 1411 | |
| 1412 | <length> is the maximum number of characters to report in the logs, which |
| 1413 | include the cookie name, the equal sign and the value, all in the |
| 1414 | standard "name=value" form. The string will be truncated on the |
| 1415 | right if it exceeds <length>. |
| 1416 | |
| 1417 | Only the first cookie is captured. Both the "cookie" request headers and the |
| 1418 | "set-cookie" response headers are monitored. This is particularly useful to |
| 1419 | check for application bugs causing session crossing or stealing between |
| 1420 | users, because generally the user's cookies can only change on a login page. |
| 1421 | |
| 1422 | When the cookie was not presented by the client, the associated log column |
| 1423 | will report "-". When a request does not cause a cookie to be assigned by the |
| 1424 | server, a "-" is reported in the response column. |
| 1425 | |
| 1426 | The capture is performed in the frontend only because it is necessary that |
| 1427 | the log format does not change for a given frontend depending on the |
| 1428 | backends. This may change in the future. Note that there can be only one |
| 1429 | "capture cookie" statement in a frontend. The maximum capture length is |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1430 | configured in the sources by default to 64 characters. It is not possible to |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1431 | specify a capture in a "defaults" section. |
| 1432 | |
| 1433 | Example: |
| 1434 | capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32 |
| 1435 | |
| 1436 | See also : "capture request header", "capture response header" as well as |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1437 | section 8 about logging. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1438 | |
| 1439 | |
| 1440 | capture request header <name> len <length> |
| 1441 | Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified request header. |
| 1442 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1443 | no | yes | yes | no |
| 1444 | Arguments : |
| 1445 | <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1446 | case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1447 | appear in the requests, with the first letter of each word in |
| 1448 | upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the |
| 1449 | value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected. |
| 1450 | |
| 1451 | <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and |
| 1452 | report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if |
| 1453 | it exceeds <length>. |
| 1454 | |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1455 | Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1456 | value will be added to the logs between braces ('{}'). If multiple headers |
| 1457 | are captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar ('|') and will appear |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1458 | in the same order they were declared in the configuration. Non-existent |
| 1459 | headers will be logged just as an empty string. Common uses for request |
| 1460 | header captures include the "Host" field in virtual hosting environments, the |
| 1461 | "Content-length" when uploads are supported, "User-agent" to quickly |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1462 | differentiate between real users and robots, and "X-Forwarded-For" in proxied |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1463 | environments to find where the request came from. |
| 1464 | |
| 1465 | Note that when capturing headers such as "User-agent", some spaces may be |
| 1466 | logged, making the log analysis more difficult. Thus be careful about what |
| 1467 | you log if you know your log parser is not smart enough to rely on the |
| 1468 | braces. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1469 | |
| 1470 | There is no limit to the number of captured request headers, but each capture |
| 1471 | is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent for a |
| 1472 | same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It is not |
| 1473 | possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section. |
| 1474 | |
| 1475 | Example: |
| 1476 | capture request header Host len 15 |
| 1477 | capture request header X-Forwarded-For len 15 |
| 1478 | capture request header Referrer len 15 |
| 1479 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1480 | See also : "capture cookie", "capture response header" as well as section 8 |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1481 | about logging. |
| 1482 | |
| 1483 | |
| 1484 | capture response header <name> len <length> |
| 1485 | Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified response header. |
| 1486 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1487 | no | yes | yes | no |
| 1488 | Arguments : |
| 1489 | <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1490 | case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1491 | appear in the response, with the first letter of each word in |
| 1492 | upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the |
| 1493 | value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected. |
| 1494 | |
| 1495 | <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and |
| 1496 | report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if |
| 1497 | it exceeds <length>. |
| 1498 | |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1499 | Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1500 | result will be added to the logs between braces ('{}') after the captured |
| 1501 | request headers. If multiple headers are captured, they will be delimited by |
| 1502 | a vertical bar ('|') and will appear in the same order they were declared in |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1503 | the configuration. Non-existent headers will be logged just as an empty |
| 1504 | string. Common uses for response header captures include the "Content-length" |
| 1505 | header which indicates how many bytes are expected to be returned, the |
| 1506 | "Location" header to track redirections. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1507 | |
| 1508 | There is no limit to the number of captured response headers, but each |
| 1509 | capture is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent |
| 1510 | for a same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It |
| 1511 | is not possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section. |
| 1512 | |
| 1513 | Example: |
| 1514 | capture response header Content-length len 9 |
| 1515 | capture response header Location len 15 |
| 1516 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1517 | See also : "capture cookie", "capture request header" as well as section 8 |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1518 | about logging. |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 | clitimeout <timeout> |
| 1522 | Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side. |
| 1523 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1524 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 1525 | Arguments : |
| 1526 | <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but |
| 1527 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 1528 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 | The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or |
| 1531 | send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider |
| 1532 | during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the |
| 1533 | response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified |
| 1534 | in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is |
| 1535 | suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode |
| 1536 | (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the |
| 1537 | client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1538 | situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1539 | losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds |
| 1540 | (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). |
| 1541 | |
| 1542 | This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in |
| 1543 | "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to |
| 1544 | forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which |
| 1545 | is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning |
| 1546 | during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in |
| 1547 | the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either. |
| 1548 | |
| 1549 | This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated. |
| 1550 | Please use "timeout client" instead. |
| 1551 | |
Willy Tarreau | 036fae0 | 2008-01-06 13:24:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1552 | See also : "timeout client", "timeout http-request", "timeout server", and |
| 1553 | "srvtimeout". |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1554 | |
| 1555 | |
| 1556 | contimeout <timeout> |
| 1557 | Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed. |
| 1558 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1559 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 1560 | Arguments : |
| 1561 | <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but |
| 1562 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 1563 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 1564 | |
| 1565 | If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1566 | immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1567 | cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1568 | slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the |
| 1569 | connect timeout also presets the queue timeout to the same value if this one |
| 1570 | has not been specified. Historically, the contimeout was also used to set the |
| 1571 | tarpit timeout in a listen section, which is not possible in a pure frontend. |
| 1572 | |
| 1573 | This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in |
| 1574 | "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to |
| 1575 | forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which |
| 1576 | is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning |
| 1577 | during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in |
| 1578 | the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either. |
| 1579 | |
| 1580 | This parameter is provided for backwards compatibility but is currently |
| 1581 | deprecated. Please use "timeout connect", "timeout queue" or "timeout tarpit" |
| 1582 | instead. |
| 1583 | |
| 1584 | See also : "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout tarpit", |
| 1585 | "timeout server", "contimeout". |
| 1586 | |
| 1587 | |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1588 | cookie <name> [ rewrite | insert | prefix ] [ indirect ] [ nocache ] |
Willy Tarreau | 68a897b | 2009-12-03 23:28:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1589 | [ postonly ] [ domain <domain> ]* |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1590 | Enable cookie-based persistence in a backend. |
| 1591 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1592 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 1593 | Arguments : |
| 1594 | <name> is the name of the cookie which will be monitored, modified or |
| 1595 | inserted in order to bring persistence. This cookie is sent to |
| 1596 | the client via a "Set-Cookie" header in the response, and is |
| 1597 | brought back by the client in a "Cookie" header in all requests. |
| 1598 | Special care should be taken to choose a name which does not |
| 1599 | conflict with any likely application cookie. Also, if the same |
| 1600 | backends are subject to be used by the same clients (eg: |
| 1601 | HTTP/HTTPS), care should be taken to use different cookie names |
| 1602 | between all backends if persistence between them is not desired. |
| 1603 | |
| 1604 | rewrite This keyword indicates that the cookie will be provided by the |
| 1605 | server and that haproxy will have to modify its value to set the |
| 1606 | server's identifier in it. This mode is handy when the management |
| 1607 | of complex combinations of "Set-cookie" and "Cache-control" |
| 1608 | headers is left to the application. The application can then |
| 1609 | decide whether or not it is appropriate to emit a persistence |
| 1610 | cookie. Since all responses should be monitored, this mode only |
| 1611 | works in HTTP close mode. Unless the application behaviour is |
| 1612 | very complex and/or broken, it is advised not to start with this |
| 1613 | mode for new deployments. This keyword is incompatible with |
| 1614 | "insert" and "prefix". |
| 1615 | |
| 1616 | insert This keyword indicates that the persistence cookie will have to |
| 1617 | be inserted by haproxy in the responses. If the server emits a |
| 1618 | cookie with the same name, it will be replaced anyway. For this |
| 1619 | reason, this mode can be used to upgrade existing configurations |
| 1620 | running in the "rewrite" mode. The cookie will only be a session |
| 1621 | cookie and will not be stored on the client's disk. Due to |
| 1622 | caching effects, it is generally wise to add the "indirect" and |
| 1623 | "nocache" or "postonly" keywords (see below). The "insert" |
| 1624 | keyword is not compatible with "rewrite" and "prefix". |
| 1625 | |
| 1626 | prefix This keyword indicates that instead of relying on a dedicated |
| 1627 | cookie for the persistence, an existing one will be completed. |
| 1628 | This may be needed in some specific environments where the client |
| 1629 | does not support more than one single cookie and the application |
| 1630 | already needs it. In this case, whenever the server sets a cookie |
| 1631 | named <name>, it will be prefixed with the server's identifier |
| 1632 | and a delimiter. The prefix will be removed from all client |
| 1633 | requests so that the server still finds the cookie it emitted. |
| 1634 | Since all requests and responses are subject to being modified, |
| 1635 | this mode requires the HTTP close mode. The "prefix" keyword is |
| 1636 | not compatible with "rewrite" and "insert". |
| 1637 | |
| 1638 | indirect When this option is specified in insert mode, cookies will only |
| 1639 | be added when the server was not reached after a direct access, |
| 1640 | which means that only when a server is elected after applying a |
| 1641 | load-balancing algorithm, or after a redispatch, then the cookie |
| 1642 | will be inserted. If the client has all the required information |
| 1643 | to connect to the same server next time, no further cookie will |
| 1644 | be inserted. In all cases, when the "indirect" option is used in |
| 1645 | insert mode, the cookie is always removed from the requests |
| 1646 | transmitted to the server. The persistence mechanism then becomes |
| 1647 | totally transparent from the application point of view. |
| 1648 | |
| 1649 | nocache This option is recommended in conjunction with the insert mode |
| 1650 | when there is a cache between the client and HAProxy, as it |
| 1651 | ensures that a cacheable response will be tagged non-cacheable if |
| 1652 | a cookie needs to be inserted. This is important because if all |
| 1653 | persistence cookies are added on a cacheable home page for |
| 1654 | instance, then all customers will then fetch the page from an |
| 1655 | outer cache and will all share the same persistence cookie, |
| 1656 | leading to one server receiving much more traffic than others. |
| 1657 | See also the "insert" and "postonly" options. |
| 1658 | |
| 1659 | postonly This option ensures that cookie insertion will only be performed |
| 1660 | on responses to POST requests. It is an alternative to the |
| 1661 | "nocache" option, because POST responses are not cacheable, so |
| 1662 | this ensures that the persistence cookie will never get cached. |
| 1663 | Since most sites do not need any sort of persistence before the |
| 1664 | first POST which generally is a login request, this is a very |
| 1665 | efficient method to optimize caching without risking to find a |
| 1666 | persistence cookie in the cache. |
| 1667 | See also the "insert" and "nocache" options. |
| 1668 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | efe3b6f | 2008-05-23 23:49:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1669 | domain This option allows to specify the domain at which a cookie is |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1670 | inserted. It requires exactly one parameter: a valid domain |
Willy Tarreau | 68a897b | 2009-12-03 23:28:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1671 | name. If the domain begins with a dot, the browser is allowed to |
| 1672 | use it for any host ending with that name. It is also possible to |
| 1673 | specify several domain names by invoking this option multiple |
| 1674 | times. Some browsers might have small limits on the number of |
| 1675 | domains, so be careful when doing that. For the record, sending |
| 1676 | 10 domains to MSIE 6 or Firefox 2 works as expected. |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | efe3b6f | 2008-05-23 23:49:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1677 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1678 | There can be only one persistence cookie per HTTP backend, and it can be |
| 1679 | declared in a defaults section. The value of the cookie will be the value |
| 1680 | indicated after the "cookie" keyword in a "server" statement. If no cookie |
| 1681 | is declared for a given server, the cookie is not set. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1682 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1683 | Examples : |
| 1684 | cookie JSESSIONID prefix |
| 1685 | cookie SRV insert indirect nocache |
| 1686 | cookie SRV insert postonly indirect |
| 1687 | |
| 1688 | See also : "appsession", "balance source", "capture cookie", "server". |
| 1689 | |
Willy Tarreau | 983e01e | 2010-01-11 18:42:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1690 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c6df066 | 2010-01-05 16:38:49 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1691 | default-server [param*] |
| 1692 | Change default options for a server in a backend |
| 1693 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1694 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 1695 | Arguments: |
Willy Tarreau | 983e01e | 2010-01-11 18:42:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1696 | <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "default-server" |
| 1697 | keyword accepts an important number of options and has a complete |
| 1698 | section dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more |
| 1699 | details. |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c6df066 | 2010-01-05 16:38:49 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1700 | |
Willy Tarreau | 983e01e | 2010-01-11 18:42:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1701 | Example : |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c6df066 | 2010-01-05 16:38:49 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1702 | default-server inter 1000 weight 13 |
| 1703 | |
| 1704 | See also: "server" and section 5 about server options |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1705 | |
Willy Tarreau | 983e01e | 2010-01-11 18:42:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1706 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1707 | default_backend <backend> |
| 1708 | Specify the backend to use when no "use_backend" rule has been matched. |
| 1709 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1710 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 1711 | Arguments : |
| 1712 | <backend> is the name of the backend to use. |
| 1713 | |
| 1714 | When doing content-switching between frontend and backends using the |
| 1715 | "use_backend" keyword, it is often useful to indicate which backend will be |
| 1716 | used when no rule has matched. It generally is the dynamic backend which |
| 1717 | will catch all undetermined requests. |
| 1718 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1719 | Example : |
| 1720 | |
| 1721 | use_backend dynamic if url_dyn |
| 1722 | use_backend static if url_css url_img extension_img |
| 1723 | default_backend dynamic |
| 1724 | |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1725 | See also : "use_backend", "reqsetbe", "reqisetbe" |
| 1726 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1727 | |
| 1728 | disabled |
| 1729 | Disable a proxy, frontend or backend. |
| 1730 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1731 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 1732 | Arguments : none |
| 1733 | |
| 1734 | The "disabled" keyword is used to disable an instance, mainly in order to |
| 1735 | liberate a listening port or to temporarily disable a service. The instance |
| 1736 | will still be created and its configuration will be checked, but it will be |
| 1737 | created in the "stopped" state and will appear as such in the statistics. It |
| 1738 | will not receive any traffic nor will it send any health-checks or logs. It |
| 1739 | is possible to disable many instances at once by adding the "disabled" |
| 1740 | keyword in a "defaults" section. |
| 1741 | |
| 1742 | See also : "enabled" |
| 1743 | |
| 1744 | |
| 1745 | enabled |
| 1746 | Enable a proxy, frontend or backend. |
| 1747 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1748 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 1749 | Arguments : none |
| 1750 | |
| 1751 | The "enabled" keyword is used to explicitly enable an instance, when the |
| 1752 | defaults has been set to "disabled". This is very rarely used. |
| 1753 | |
| 1754 | See also : "disabled" |
| 1755 | |
| 1756 | |
| 1757 | errorfile <code> <file> |
| 1758 | Return a file contents instead of errors generated by HAProxy |
| 1759 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1760 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 1761 | Arguments : |
| 1762 | <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of |
| 1763 | generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504. |
| 1764 | |
| 1765 | <file> designates a file containing the full HTTP response. It is |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1766 | recommended to follow the common practice of appending ".http" to |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1767 | the filename so that people do not confuse the response with HTML |
Willy Tarreau | 59140a2 | 2009-02-22 12:02:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1768 | error pages, and to use absolute paths, since files are read |
| 1769 | before any chroot is performed. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1770 | |
| 1771 | It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite |
| 1772 | errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy. |
| 1773 | This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set. |
| 1774 | |
| 1775 | The files are returned verbatim on the TCP socket. This allows any trick such |
| 1776 | as redirections to another URL or site, as well as tricks to clean cookies, |
| 1777 | force enable or disable caching, etc... The package provides default error |
| 1778 | files returning the same contents as default errors. |
| 1779 | |
Willy Tarreau | 59140a2 | 2009-02-22 12:02:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1780 | The files should not exceed the configured buffer size (BUFSIZE), which |
| 1781 | generally is 8 or 16 kB, otherwise they will be truncated. It is also wise |
| 1782 | not to put any reference to local contents (eg: images) in order to avoid |
| 1783 | loops between the client and HAProxy when all servers are down, causing an |
| 1784 | error to be returned instead of an image. For better HTTP compliance, it is |
| 1785 | recommended that all header lines end with CR-LF and not LF alone. |
| 1786 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1787 | The files are read at the same time as the configuration and kept in memory. |
| 1788 | For this reason, the errors continue to be returned even when the process is |
| 1789 | chrooted, and no file change is considered while the process is running. A |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1790 | simple method for developing those files consists in associating them to the |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1791 | 403 status code and interrogating a blocked URL. |
| 1792 | |
| 1793 | See also : "errorloc", "errorloc302", "errorloc303" |
| 1794 | |
Willy Tarreau | 59140a2 | 2009-02-22 12:02:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1795 | Example : |
| 1796 | errorfile 400 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/400badreq.http |
| 1797 | errorfile 403 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/403forbid.http |
| 1798 | errorfile 503 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/503sorry.http |
| 1799 | |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1800 | |
| 1801 | errorloc <code> <url> |
| 1802 | errorloc302 <code> <url> |
| 1803 | Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy |
| 1804 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1805 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 1806 | Arguments : |
| 1807 | <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of |
| 1808 | generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504. |
| 1809 | |
| 1810 | <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain |
| 1811 | either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site, |
| 1812 | or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site. |
| 1813 | Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect |
| 1814 | loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500). |
| 1815 | |
| 1816 | It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite |
| 1817 | errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy. |
| 1818 | This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set. |
| 1819 | |
| 1820 | Note that both keyword return the HTTP 302 status code, which tells the |
| 1821 | client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP method. This can be |
| 1822 | quite problematic in case of non-GET methods such as POST, because the URL |
| 1823 | sent to the client might not be allowed for something other than GET. To |
| 1824 | workaround this problem, please use "errorloc303" which send the HTTP 303 |
| 1825 | status code, indicating to the client that the URL must be fetched with a GET |
| 1826 | request. |
| 1827 | |
| 1828 | See also : "errorfile", "errorloc303" |
| 1829 | |
| 1830 | |
| 1831 | errorloc303 <code> <url> |
| 1832 | Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy |
| 1833 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1834 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 1835 | Arguments : |
| 1836 | <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of |
| 1837 | generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504. |
| 1838 | |
| 1839 | <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain |
| 1840 | either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site, |
| 1841 | or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site. |
| 1842 | Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect |
| 1843 | loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500). |
| 1844 | |
| 1845 | It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite |
| 1846 | errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy. |
| 1847 | This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set. |
| 1848 | |
| 1849 | Note that both keyword return the HTTP 303 status code, which tells the |
| 1850 | client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP GET method. This |
| 1851 | solves the usual problems associated with "errorloc" and the 302 code. It is |
| 1852 | possible that some very old browsers designed before HTTP/1.1 do not support |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1853 | it, but no such problem has been reported till now. |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1854 | |
| 1855 | See also : "errorfile", "errorloc", "errorloc302" |
| 1856 | |
| 1857 | |
Willy Tarreau | 4de9149 | 2010-01-22 19:10:05 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1858 | force-persist { if | unless } <condition> |
| 1859 | Declare a condition to force persistence on down servers |
| 1860 | May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1861 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 1862 | |
| 1863 | By default, requests are not dispatched to down servers. It is possible to |
| 1864 | force this using "option persist", but it is unconditional and redispatches |
| 1865 | to a valid server if "option redispatch" is set. That leaves with very little |
| 1866 | possibilities to force some requests to reach a server which is artificially |
| 1867 | marked down for maintenance operations. |
| 1868 | |
| 1869 | The "force-persist" statement allows one to declare various ACL-based |
| 1870 | conditions which, when met, will cause a request to ignore the down status of |
| 1871 | a server and still try to connect to it. That makes it possible to start a |
| 1872 | server, still replying an error to the health checks, and run a specially |
| 1873 | configured browser to test the service. Among the handy methods, one could |
| 1874 | use a specific source IP address, or a specific cookie. The cookie also has |
| 1875 | the advantage that it can easily be added/removed on the browser from a test |
| 1876 | page. Once the service is validated, it is then possible to open the service |
| 1877 | to the world by returning a valid response to health checks. |
| 1878 | |
| 1879 | The forced persistence is enabled when an "if" condition is met, or unless an |
| 1880 | "unless" condition is met. The final redispatch is always disabled when this |
| 1881 | is used. |
| 1882 | |
| 1883 | See also : "option redispatch", "persist", and section 7 about ACL usage. |
| 1884 | |
| 1885 | |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1886 | fullconn <conns> |
| 1887 | Specify at what backend load the servers will reach their maxconn |
| 1888 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1889 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 1890 | Arguments : |
| 1891 | <conns> is the number of connections on the backend which will make the |
| 1892 | servers use the maximal number of connections. |
| 1893 | |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1894 | When a server has a "maxconn" parameter specified, it means that its number |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1895 | of concurrent connections will never go higher. Additionally, if it has a |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1896 | "minconn" parameter, it indicates a dynamic limit following the backend's |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1897 | load. The server will then always accept at least <minconn> connections, |
| 1898 | never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on the ramp between both |
| 1899 | values when the backend has less than <conns> concurrent connections. This |
| 1900 | makes it possible to limit the load on the servers during normal loads, but |
| 1901 | push it further for important loads without overloading the servers during |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1902 | exceptional loads. |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1903 | |
| 1904 | Example : |
| 1905 | # The servers will accept between 100 and 1000 concurrent connections each |
| 1906 | # and the maximum of 1000 will be reached when the backend reaches 10000 |
| 1907 | # connections. |
| 1908 | backend dynamic |
| 1909 | fullconn 10000 |
| 1910 | server srv1 dyn1:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000 |
| 1911 | server srv2 dyn2:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000 |
| 1912 | |
| 1913 | See also : "maxconn", "server" |
| 1914 | |
| 1915 | |
| 1916 | grace <time> |
| 1917 | Maintain a proxy operational for some time after a soft stop |
| 1918 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
Cyril Bonté | 99ed327 | 2010-01-24 23:29:44 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1919 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1920 | Arguments : |
| 1921 | <time> is the time (by default in milliseconds) for which the instance |
| 1922 | will remain operational with the frontend sockets still listening |
| 1923 | when a soft-stop is received via the SIGUSR1 signal. |
| 1924 | |
| 1925 | This may be used to ensure that the services disappear in a certain order. |
| 1926 | This was designed so that frontends which are dedicated to monitoring by an |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1927 | external equipment fail immediately while other ones remain up for the time |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1928 | needed by the equipment to detect the failure. |
| 1929 | |
| 1930 | Note that currently, there is very little benefit in using this parameter, |
| 1931 | and it may in fact complicate the soft-reconfiguration process more than |
| 1932 | simplify it. |
| 1933 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1934 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6b2e11b | 2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1935 | hash-type <method> |
| 1936 | Specify a method to use for mapping hashes to servers |
| 1937 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1938 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 1939 | Arguments : |
| 1940 | map-based the hash table is a static array containing all alive servers. |
| 1941 | The hashes will be very smooth, will consider weights, but will |
| 1942 | be static in that weight changes while a server is up will be |
| 1943 | ignored. This means that there will be no slow start. Also, |
| 1944 | since a server is selected by its position in the array, most |
| 1945 | mappings are changed when the server count changes. This means |
| 1946 | that when a server goes up or down, or when a server is added |
| 1947 | to a farm, most connections will be redistributed to different |
| 1948 | servers. This can be inconvenient with caches for instance. |
| 1949 | |
| 1950 | consistent the hash table is a tree filled with many occurrences of each |
| 1951 | server. The hash key is looked up in the tree and the closest |
| 1952 | server is chosen. This hash is dynamic, it supports changing |
| 1953 | weights while the servers are up, so it is compatible with the |
| 1954 | slow start feature. It has the advantage that when a server |
| 1955 | goes up or down, only its associations are moved. When a server |
| 1956 | is added to the farm, only a few part of the mappings are |
| 1957 | redistributed, making it an ideal algorithm for caches. |
| 1958 | However, due to its principle, the algorithm will never be very |
| 1959 | smooth and it may sometimes be necessary to adjust a server's |
| 1960 | weight or its ID to get a more balanced distribution. In order |
| 1961 | to get the same distribution on multiple load balancers, it is |
| 1962 | important that all servers have the same IDs. |
| 1963 | |
| 1964 | The default hash type is "map-based" and is recommended for most usages. |
| 1965 | |
| 1966 | See also : "balance", "server" |
| 1967 | |
| 1968 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1969 | http-check disable-on-404 |
| 1970 | Enable a maintenance mode upon HTTP/404 response to health-checks |
| 1971 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1972 | yes | no | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1973 | Arguments : none |
| 1974 | |
| 1975 | When this option is set, a server which returns an HTTP code 404 will be |
| 1976 | excluded from further load-balancing, but will still receive persistent |
| 1977 | connections. This provides a very convenient method for Web administrators |
| 1978 | to perform a graceful shutdown of their servers. It is also important to note |
| 1979 | that a server which is detected as failed while it was in this mode will not |
| 1980 | generate an alert, just a notice. If the server responds 2xx or 3xx again, it |
| 1981 | will immediately be reinserted into the farm. The status on the stats page |
| 1982 | reports "NOLB" for a server in this mode. It is important to note that this |
| 1983 | option only works in conjunction with the "httpchk" option. |
| 1984 | |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1985 | See also : "option httpchk" |
| 1986 | |
| 1987 | |
Willy Tarreau | ef78104 | 2010-01-27 11:53:01 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1988 | http-check send-state |
| 1989 | Enable emission of a state header with HTTP health checks |
| 1990 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1991 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 1992 | Arguments : none |
| 1993 | |
| 1994 | When this option is set, haproxy will systematically send a special header |
| 1995 | "X-Haproxy-Server-State" with a list of parameters indicating to each server |
| 1996 | how they are seen by haproxy. This can be used for instance when a server is |
| 1997 | manipulated without access to haproxy and the operator needs to know whether |
| 1998 | haproxy still sees it up or not, or if the server is the last one in a farm. |
| 1999 | |
| 2000 | The header is composed of fields delimited by semi-colons, the first of which |
| 2001 | is a word ("UP", "DOWN", "NOLB"), possibly followed by a number of valid |
| 2002 | checks on the total number before transition, just as appears in the stats |
| 2003 | interface. Next headers are in the form "<variable>=<value>", indicating in |
| 2004 | no specific order some values available in the stats interface : |
| 2005 | - a variable "name", containing the name of the backend followed by a slash |
| 2006 | ("/") then the name of the server. This can be used when a server is |
| 2007 | checked in multiple backends. |
| 2008 | |
| 2009 | - a variable "node" containing the name of the haproxy node, as set in the |
| 2010 | global "node" variable, otherwise the system's hostname if unspecified. |
| 2011 | |
| 2012 | - a variable "weight" indicating the weight of the server, a slash ("/") |
| 2013 | and the total weight of the farm (just counting usable servers). This |
| 2014 | helps to know if other servers are available to handle the load when this |
| 2015 | one fails. |
| 2016 | |
| 2017 | - a variable "scur" indicating the current number of concurrent connections |
| 2018 | on the server, followed by a slash ("/") then the total number of |
| 2019 | connections on all servers of the same backend. |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 | - a variable "qcur" indicating the current number of requests in the |
| 2022 | server's queue. |
| 2023 | |
| 2024 | Example of a header received by the application server : |
| 2025 | >>> X-Haproxy-Server-State: UP 2/3; name=bck/srv2; node=lb1; weight=1/2; \ |
| 2026 | scur=13/22; qcur=0 |
| 2027 | |
| 2028 | See also : "option httpchk", "http-check disable-on-404" |
| 2029 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 6b35ce1 | 2010-02-01 23:35:44 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2030 | http-request { allow | deny | http-auth [realm <realm>] } [ { if | unless } <condition> ] |
| 2031 | Access control for Layer 7 requests |
| 2032 | |
| 2033 | May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2034 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 2035 | |
| 2036 | These set of options allow to fine control access to a |
| 2037 | frontend/listen/backend. Each option may be followed by if/unless and acl. |
| 2038 | First option with matched condition (or option without condition) is final. |
| 2039 | For "block" a 403 error will be returned, for "allow" normal processing is |
| 2040 | performed, for "http-auth" a 401/407 error code is returned so the client |
| 2041 | should be asked to enter a username and password. |
| 2042 | |
| 2043 | There is no fixed limit to the number of http-request statements per |
| 2044 | instance. |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 | Example: |
| 2047 | acl nagios src 192.168.129.3 |
| 2048 | acl local_net src 192.168.0.0/16 |
| 2049 | acl auth_ok http_auth(L1) |
| 2050 | |
| 2051 | http-request allow if nagios |
| 2052 | http-request allow if local_net auth_ok |
| 2053 | http-request auth realm Gimme if local_net auth_ok |
| 2054 | http-request deny |
| 2055 | |
| 2056 | Exampe: |
| 2057 | acl auth_ok http_auth_group(L1) G1 |
| 2058 | |
| 2059 | http-request auth unless auth_ok |
| 2060 | |
| 2061 | See section 3.4 about userlists and 7 about ACL usage. |
Willy Tarreau | ef78104 | 2010-01-27 11:53:01 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2062 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f58a962 | 2008-02-23 01:19:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2063 | id <value> |
Willy Tarreau | 53fb4ae | 2009-10-04 23:04:08 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2064 | Set a persistent ID to a proxy. |
| 2065 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2066 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 2067 | Arguments : none |
| 2068 | |
| 2069 | Set a persistent ID for the proxy. This ID must be unique and positive. |
| 2070 | An unused ID will automatically be assigned if unset. The first assigned |
| 2071 | value will be 1. This ID is currently only returned in statistics. |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f58a962 | 2008-02-23 01:19:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2072 | |
| 2073 | |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2074 | log global |
Willy Tarreau | f7edefa | 2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2075 | log <address> <facility> [<level> [<minlevel>]] |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2076 | Enable per-instance logging of events and traffic. |
| 2077 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2078 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2079 | Arguments : |
| 2080 | global should be used when the instance's logging parameters are the |
| 2081 | same as the global ones. This is the most common usage. "global" |
| 2082 | replaces <address>, <facility> and <level> with those of the log |
| 2083 | entries found in the "global" section. Only one "log global" |
| 2084 | statement may be used per instance, and this form takes no other |
| 2085 | parameter. |
| 2086 | |
| 2087 | <address> indicates where to send the logs. It takes the same format as |
| 2088 | for the "global" section's logs, and can be one of : |
| 2089 | |
| 2090 | - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon (':') and a UDP |
| 2091 | port. If no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the |
| 2092 | standard syslog port). |
| 2093 | |
| 2094 | - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind |
| 2095 | considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible |
| 2096 | inside the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is |
| 2097 | appropriately writeable). |
| 2098 | |
| 2099 | <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities : |
| 2100 | |
| 2101 | kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news |
| 2102 | uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2 |
| 2103 | local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7 |
| 2104 | |
| 2105 | <level> is optional and can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By |
| 2106 | default, all messages are sent. If a level is specified, only |
| 2107 | messages with a severity at least as important as this level |
Willy Tarreau | f7edefa | 2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2108 | will be sent. An optional minimum level can be specified. If it |
| 2109 | is set, logs emitted with a more severe level than this one will |
| 2110 | be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending "emerg" |
| 2111 | messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations. |
| 2112 | Eight levels are known : |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2113 | |
| 2114 | emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug |
| 2115 | |
| 2116 | Note that up to two "log" entries may be specified per instance. However, if |
| 2117 | "log global" is used and if the "global" section already contains 2 log |
| 2118 | entries, then additional log entries will be ignored. |
| 2119 | |
| 2120 | Also, it is important to keep in mind that it is the frontend which decides |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2121 | what to log from a connection, and that in case of content switching, the log |
| 2122 | entries from the backend will be ignored. Connections are logged at level |
| 2123 | "info". |
| 2124 | |
| 2125 | However, backend log declaration define how and where servers status changes |
| 2126 | will be logged. Level "notice" will be used to indicate a server going up, |
| 2127 | "warning" will be used for termination signals and definitive service |
| 2128 | termination, and "alert" will be used for when a server goes down. |
| 2129 | |
| 2130 | Note : According to RFC3164, messages are truncated to 1024 bytes before |
| 2131 | being emitted. |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2132 | |
| 2133 | Example : |
| 2134 | log global |
Willy Tarreau | f7edefa | 2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2135 | log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice # only send important events |
| 2136 | log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice notice # same but limit output level |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2137 | |
| 2138 | |
| 2139 | maxconn <conns> |
| 2140 | Fix the maximum number of concurrent connections on a frontend |
| 2141 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2142 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 2143 | Arguments : |
| 2144 | <conns> is the maximum number of concurrent connections the frontend will |
| 2145 | accept to serve. Excess connections will be queued by the system |
| 2146 | in the socket's listen queue and will be served once a connection |
| 2147 | closes. |
| 2148 | |
| 2149 | If the system supports it, it can be useful on big sites to raise this limit |
| 2150 | very high so that haproxy manages connection queues, instead of leaving the |
| 2151 | clients with unanswered connection attempts. This value should not exceed the |
| 2152 | global maxconn. Also, keep in mind that a connection contains two buffers |
| 2153 | of 8kB each, as well as some other data resulting in about 17 kB of RAM being |
| 2154 | consumed per established connection. That means that a medium system equipped |
| 2155 | with 1GB of RAM can withstand around 40000-50000 concurrent connections if |
| 2156 | properly tuned. |
| 2157 | |
| 2158 | Also, when <conns> is set to large values, it is possible that the servers |
| 2159 | are not sized to accept such loads, and for this reason it is generally wise |
| 2160 | to assign them some reasonable connection limits. |
| 2161 | |
| 2162 | See also : "server", global section's "maxconn", "fullconn" |
| 2163 | |
| 2164 | |
| 2165 | mode { tcp|http|health } |
| 2166 | Set the running mode or protocol of the instance |
| 2167 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2168 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2169 | Arguments : |
| 2170 | tcp The instance will work in pure TCP mode. A full-duplex connection |
| 2171 | will be established between clients and servers, and no layer 7 |
| 2172 | examination will be performed. This is the default mode. It |
| 2173 | should be used for SSL, SSH, SMTP, ... |
| 2174 | |
| 2175 | http The instance will work in HTTP mode. The client request will be |
| 2176 | analyzed in depth before connecting to any server. Any request |
| 2177 | which is not RFC-compliant will be rejected. Layer 7 filtering, |
| 2178 | processing and switching will be possible. This is the mode which |
| 2179 | brings HAProxy most of its value. |
| 2180 | |
| 2181 | health The instance will work in "health" mode. It will just reply "OK" |
| 2182 | to incoming connections and close the connection. Nothing will be |
| 2183 | logged. This mode is used to reply to external components health |
| 2184 | checks. This mode is deprecated and should not be used anymore as |
| 2185 | it is possible to do the same and even better by combining TCP or |
| 2186 | HTTP modes with the "monitor" keyword. |
| 2187 | |
| 2188 | When doing content switching, it is mandatory that the frontend and the |
| 2189 | backend are in the same mode (generally HTTP), otherwise the configuration |
| 2190 | will be refused. |
| 2191 | |
| 2192 | Example : |
| 2193 | defaults http_instances |
| 2194 | mode http |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 | See also : "monitor", "monitor-net" |
| 2197 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2198 | |
| 2199 | monitor fail [if | unless] <condition> |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2200 | Add a condition to report a failure to a monitor HTTP request. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2201 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2202 | no | yes | yes | no |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2203 | Arguments : |
| 2204 | if <cond> the monitor request will fail if the condition is satisfied, |
| 2205 | and will succeed otherwise. The condition should describe a |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2206 | combined test which must induce a failure if all conditions |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2207 | are met, for instance a low number of servers both in a |
| 2208 | backend and its backup. |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 | unless <cond> the monitor request will succeed only if the condition is |
| 2211 | satisfied, and will fail otherwise. Such a condition may be |
| 2212 | based on a test on the presence of a minimum number of active |
| 2213 | servers in a list of backends. |
| 2214 | |
| 2215 | This statement adds a condition which can force the response to a monitor |
| 2216 | request to report a failure. By default, when an external component queries |
| 2217 | the URI dedicated to monitoring, a 200 response is returned. When one of the |
| 2218 | conditions above is met, haproxy will return 503 instead of 200. This is |
| 2219 | very useful to report a site failure to an external component which may base |
| 2220 | routing advertisements between multiple sites on the availability reported by |
| 2221 | haproxy. In this case, one would rely on an ACL involving the "nbsrv" |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2222 | criterion. Note that "monitor fail" only works in HTTP mode. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2223 | |
| 2224 | Example: |
| 2225 | frontend www |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2226 | mode http |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2227 | acl site_dead nbsrv(dynamic) lt 2 |
| 2228 | acl site_dead nbsrv(static) lt 2 |
| 2229 | monitor-uri /site_alive |
| 2230 | monitor fail if site_dead |
| 2231 | |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2232 | See also : "monitor-net", "monitor-uri" |
| 2233 | |
| 2234 | |
| 2235 | monitor-net <source> |
| 2236 | Declare a source network which is limited to monitor requests |
| 2237 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2238 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 2239 | Arguments : |
| 2240 | <source> is the source IPv4 address or network which will only be able to |
| 2241 | get monitor responses to any request. It can be either an IPv4 |
| 2242 | address, a host name, or an address followed by a slash ('/') |
| 2243 | followed by a mask. |
| 2244 | |
| 2245 | In TCP mode, any connection coming from a source matching <source> will cause |
| 2246 | the connection to be immediately closed without any log. This allows another |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2247 | equipment to probe the port and verify that it is still listening, without |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2248 | forwarding the connection to a remote server. |
| 2249 | |
| 2250 | In HTTP mode, a connection coming from a source matching <source> will be |
| 2251 | accepted, the following response will be sent without waiting for a request, |
| 2252 | then the connection will be closed : "HTTP/1.0 200 OK". This is normally |
| 2253 | enough for any front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and |
| 2254 | running without forwarding the request to a backend server. |
| 2255 | |
| 2256 | Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor |
| 2257 | divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended |
| 2258 | purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component, |
| 2259 | nothing more. Right now, it is not possible to set failure conditions on |
| 2260 | requests caught by "monitor-net". |
| 2261 | |
| 2262 | Example : |
| 2263 | # addresses .252 and .253 are just probing us. |
| 2264 | frontend www |
| 2265 | monitor-net 192.168.0.252/31 |
| 2266 | |
| 2267 | See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-uri" |
| 2268 | |
| 2269 | |
| 2270 | monitor-uri <uri> |
| 2271 | Intercept a URI used by external components' monitor requests |
| 2272 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2273 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 2274 | Arguments : |
| 2275 | <uri> is the exact URI which we want to intercept to return HAProxy's |
| 2276 | health status instead of forwarding the request. |
| 2277 | |
| 2278 | When an HTTP request referencing <uri> will be received on a frontend, |
| 2279 | HAProxy will not forward it nor log it, but instead will return either |
| 2280 | "HTTP/1.0 200 OK" or "HTTP/1.0 503 Service unavailable", depending on failure |
| 2281 | conditions defined with "monitor fail". This is normally enough for any |
| 2282 | front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and running without |
| 2283 | forwarding the request to a backend server. Note that the HTTP method, the |
| 2284 | version and all headers are ignored, but the request must at least be valid |
| 2285 | at the HTTP level. This keyword may only be used with an HTTP-mode frontend. |
| 2286 | |
| 2287 | Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor |
| 2288 | divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended |
| 2289 | purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component, |
| 2290 | nothing more. However, it is possible to add any number of conditions using |
| 2291 | "monitor fail" and ACLs so that the result can be adjusted to whatever check |
| 2292 | can be imagined (most often the number of available servers in a backend). |
| 2293 | |
| 2294 | Example : |
| 2295 | # Use /haproxy_test to report haproxy's status |
| 2296 | frontend www |
| 2297 | mode http |
| 2298 | monitor-uri /haproxy_test |
| 2299 | |
| 2300 | See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-net" |
| 2301 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2302 | |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2303 | option abortonclose |
| 2304 | no option abortonclose |
| 2305 | Enable or disable early dropping of aborted requests pending in queues. |
| 2306 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2307 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 2308 | Arguments : none |
| 2309 | |
| 2310 | In presence of very high loads, the servers will take some time to respond. |
| 2311 | The per-instance connection queue will inflate, and the response time will |
| 2312 | increase respective to the size of the queue times the average per-session |
| 2313 | response time. When clients will wait for more than a few seconds, they will |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2314 | often hit the "STOP" button on their browser, leaving a useless request in |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2315 | the queue, and slowing down other users, and the servers as well, because the |
| 2316 | request will eventually be served, then aborted at the first error |
| 2317 | encountered while delivering the response. |
| 2318 | |
| 2319 | As there is no way to distinguish between a full STOP and a simple output |
| 2320 | close on the client side, HTTP agents should be conservative and consider |
| 2321 | that the client might only have closed its output channel while waiting for |
| 2322 | the response. However, this introduces risks of congestion when lots of users |
| 2323 | do the same, and is completely useless nowadays because probably no client at |
| 2324 | all will close the session while waiting for the response. Some HTTP agents |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2325 | support this behaviour (Squid, Apache, HAProxy), and others do not (TUX, most |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2326 | hardware-based load balancers). So the probability for a closed input channel |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2327 | to represent a user hitting the "STOP" button is close to 100%, and the risk |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2328 | of being the single component to break rare but valid traffic is extremely |
| 2329 | low, which adds to the temptation to be able to abort a session early while |
| 2330 | still not served and not pollute the servers. |
| 2331 | |
| 2332 | In HAProxy, the user can choose the desired behaviour using the option |
| 2333 | "abortonclose". By default (without the option) the behaviour is HTTP |
| 2334 | compliant and aborted requests will be served. But when the option is |
| 2335 | specified, a session with an incoming channel closed will be aborted while |
| 2336 | it is still possible, either pending in the queue for a connection slot, or |
| 2337 | during the connection establishment if the server has not yet acknowledged |
| 2338 | the connection request. This considerably reduces the queue size and the load |
| 2339 | on saturated servers when users are tempted to click on STOP, which in turn |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2340 | reduces the response time for other users. |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2341 | |
| 2342 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2343 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2344 | |
| 2345 | See also : "timeout queue" and server's "maxconn" and "maxqueue" parameters |
| 2346 | |
| 2347 | |
Willy Tarreau | 4076a15 | 2009-04-02 15:18:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2348 | option accept-invalid-http-request |
| 2349 | no option accept-invalid-http-request |
| 2350 | Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP request parsing |
| 2351 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2352 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 2353 | Arguments : none |
| 2354 | |
| 2355 | By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This |
| 2356 | means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an |
| 2357 | error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such |
| 2358 | forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server |
| 2359 | weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or |
| 2360 | server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration, |
| 2361 | implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case, |
| 2362 | it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character |
| 2363 | even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option. |
| 2364 | |
| 2365 | This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs |
| 2366 | and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has |
| 2367 | been confirmed. |
| 2368 | |
| 2369 | When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in |
| 2370 | requests, but the complete request will be captured in order to permit later |
| 2371 | analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket. Doing this |
| 2372 | also helps confirming that the issue has been solved. |
| 2373 | |
| 2374 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2375 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2376 | |
| 2377 | See also : "option accept-invalid-http-response" and "show errors" on the |
| 2378 | stats socket. |
| 2379 | |
| 2380 | |
| 2381 | option accept-invalid-http-response |
| 2382 | no option accept-invalid-http-response |
| 2383 | Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP response parsing |
| 2384 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2385 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 2386 | Arguments : none |
| 2387 | |
| 2388 | By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This |
| 2389 | means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an |
| 2390 | error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such |
| 2391 | forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server |
| 2392 | weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or |
| 2393 | server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration, |
| 2394 | implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case, |
| 2395 | it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character |
| 2396 | even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option. |
| 2397 | |
| 2398 | This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs |
| 2399 | and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has |
| 2400 | been confirmed. |
| 2401 | |
| 2402 | When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in |
| 2403 | responses, but the complete response will be captured in order to permit |
| 2404 | later analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket. |
| 2405 | Doing this also helps confirming that the issue has been solved. |
| 2406 | |
| 2407 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2408 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2409 | |
| 2410 | See also : "option accept-invalid-http-request" and "show errors" on the |
| 2411 | stats socket. |
| 2412 | |
| 2413 | |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2414 | option allbackups |
| 2415 | no option allbackups |
| 2416 | Use either all backup servers at a time or only the first one |
| 2417 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2418 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 2419 | Arguments : none |
| 2420 | |
| 2421 | By default, the first operational backup server gets all traffic when normal |
| 2422 | servers are all down. Sometimes, it may be preferred to use multiple backups |
| 2423 | at once, because one will not be enough. When "option allbackups" is enabled, |
| 2424 | the load balancing will be performed among all backup servers when all normal |
| 2425 | ones are unavailable. The same load balancing algorithm will be used and the |
| 2426 | servers' weights will be respected. Thus, there will not be any priority |
| 2427 | order between the backup servers anymore. |
| 2428 | |
| 2429 | This option is mostly used with static server farms dedicated to return a |
| 2430 | "sorry" page when an application is completely offline. |
| 2431 | |
| 2432 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2433 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2434 | |
| 2435 | |
| 2436 | option checkcache |
| 2437 | no option checkcache |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2438 | Analyze all server responses and block requests with cacheable cookies |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2439 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2440 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 2441 | Arguments : none |
| 2442 | |
| 2443 | Some high-level frameworks set application cookies everywhere and do not |
| 2444 | always let enough control to the developer to manage how the responses should |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2445 | be cached. When a session cookie is returned on a cacheable object, there is a |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2446 | high risk of session crossing or stealing between users traversing the same |
| 2447 | caches. In some situations, it is better to block the response than to let |
| 2448 | some sensible session information go in the wild. |
| 2449 | |
| 2450 | The option "checkcache" enables deep inspection of all server responses for |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2451 | strict compliance with HTTP specification in terms of cacheability. It |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2452 | carefully checks "Cache-control", "Pragma" and "Set-cookie" headers in server |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2453 | response to check if there's a risk of caching a cookie on a client-side |
| 2454 | proxy. When this option is enabled, the only responses which can be delivered |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2455 | to the client are : |
| 2456 | - all those without "Set-Cookie" header ; |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2457 | - all those with a return code other than 200, 203, 206, 300, 301, 410, |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2458 | provided that the server has not set a "Cache-control: public" header ; |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2459 | - all those that come from a POST request, provided that the server has not |
| 2460 | set a 'Cache-Control: public' header ; |
| 2461 | - those with a 'Pragma: no-cache' header |
| 2462 | - those with a 'Cache-control: private' header |
| 2463 | - those with a 'Cache-control: no-store' header |
| 2464 | - those with a 'Cache-control: max-age=0' header |
| 2465 | - those with a 'Cache-control: s-maxage=0' header |
| 2466 | - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache' header |
| 2467 | - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie"' header |
| 2468 | - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie,' header |
| 2469 | (allowing other fields after set-cookie) |
| 2470 | |
| 2471 | If a response doesn't respect these requirements, then it will be blocked |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2472 | just as if it was from an "rspdeny" filter, with an "HTTP 502 bad gateway". |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2473 | The session state shows "PH--" meaning that the proxy blocked the response |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2474 | during headers processing. Additionally, an alert will be sent in the logs so |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2475 | that admins are informed that there's something to be fixed. |
| 2476 | |
| 2477 | Due to the high impact on the application, the application should be tested |
| 2478 | in depth with the option enabled before going to production. It is also a |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2479 | good practice to always activate it during tests, even if it is not used in |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2480 | production, as it will report potentially dangerous application behaviours. |
| 2481 | |
| 2482 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2483 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2484 | |
| 2485 | |
| 2486 | option clitcpka |
| 2487 | no option clitcpka |
| 2488 | Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the client side |
| 2489 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2490 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 2491 | Arguments : none |
| 2492 | |
| 2493 | When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and |
| 2494 | a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle |
| 2495 | periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate |
| 2496 | components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long. |
| 2497 | |
| 2498 | Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets |
| 2499 | to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between |
| 2500 | keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the |
| 2501 | operating system and its tuning parameters. |
| 2502 | |
| 2503 | It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor |
| 2504 | received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees |
| 2505 | them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives |
| 2506 | to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be |
| 2507 | forwarded to the other side of the proxy. |
| 2508 | |
| 2509 | Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive. |
| 2510 | |
| 2511 | Using option "clitcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the |
| 2512 | client side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are |
| 2513 | noticed between HAProxy and a client. |
| 2514 | |
| 2515 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2516 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2517 | |
| 2518 | See also : "option srvtcpka", "option tcpka" |
| 2519 | |
| 2520 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2521 | option contstats |
| 2522 | Enable continuous traffic statistics updates |
| 2523 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2524 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 2525 | Arguments : none |
| 2526 | |
| 2527 | By default, counters used for statistics calculation are incremented |
| 2528 | only when a session finishes. It works quite well when serving small |
| 2529 | objects, but with big ones (for example large images or archives) or |
| 2530 | with A/V streaming, a graph generated from haproxy counters looks like |
| 2531 | a hedgehog. With this option enabled counters get incremented continuously, |
| 2532 | during a whole session. Recounting touches a hotpath directly so |
| 2533 | it is not enabled by default, as it has small performance impact (~0.5%). |
| 2534 | |
| 2535 | |
Willy Tarreau | c9bd0cc | 2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2536 | option dontlog-normal |
| 2537 | no option dontlog-normal |
| 2538 | Enable or disable logging of normal, successful connections |
| 2539 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2540 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 2541 | Arguments : none |
| 2542 | |
| 2543 | There are large sites dealing with several thousand connections per second |
| 2544 | and for which logging is a major pain. Some of them are even forced to turn |
| 2545 | logs off and cannot debug production issues. Setting this option ensures that |
| 2546 | normal connections, those which experience no error, no timeout, no retry nor |
| 2547 | redispatch, will not be logged. This leaves disk space for anomalies. In HTTP |
| 2548 | mode, the response status code is checked and return codes 5xx will still be |
| 2549 | logged. |
| 2550 | |
| 2551 | It is strongly discouraged to use this option as most of the time, the key to |
| 2552 | complex issues is in the normal logs which will not be logged here. If you |
| 2553 | need to separate logs, see the "log-separate-errors" option instead. |
| 2554 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2555 | See also : "log", "dontlognull", "log-separate-errors" and section 8 about |
Willy Tarreau | c9bd0cc | 2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2556 | logging. |
| 2557 | |
| 2558 | |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2559 | option dontlognull |
| 2560 | no option dontlognull |
| 2561 | Enable or disable logging of null connections |
| 2562 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2563 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 2564 | Arguments : none |
| 2565 | |
| 2566 | In certain environments, there are components which will regularly connect to |
| 2567 | various systems to ensure that they are still alive. It can be the case from |
| 2568 | another load balancer as well as from monitoring systems. By default, even a |
| 2569 | simple port probe or scan will produce a log. If those connections pollute |
| 2570 | the logs too much, it is possible to enable option "dontlognull" to indicate |
| 2571 | that a connection on which no data has been transferred will not be logged, |
| 2572 | which typically corresponds to those probes. |
| 2573 | |
| 2574 | It is generally recommended not to use this option in uncontrolled |
| 2575 | environments (eg: internet), otherwise scans and other malicious activities |
| 2576 | would not be logged. |
| 2577 | |
| 2578 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2579 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2580 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2581 | See also : "log", "monitor-net", "monitor-uri" and section 8 about logging. |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2582 | |
| 2583 | |
| 2584 | option forceclose |
| 2585 | no option forceclose |
| 2586 | Enable or disable active connection closing after response is transferred. |
| 2587 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
Willy Tarreau | a31e5df | 2009-12-30 01:10:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2588 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2589 | Arguments : none |
| 2590 | |
| 2591 | Some HTTP servers do not necessarily close the connections when they receive |
| 2592 | the "Connection: close" set by "option httpclose", and if the client does not |
| 2593 | close either, then the connection remains open till the timeout expires. This |
| 2594 | causes high number of simultaneous connections on the servers and shows high |
| 2595 | global session times in the logs. |
| 2596 | |
| 2597 | When this happens, it is possible to use "option forceclose". It will |
Willy Tarreau | 82eeaf2 | 2009-12-29 12:09:05 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2598 | actively close the outgoing server channel as soon as the server has finished |
Willy Tarreau | 0dfdf19 | 2010-01-05 11:33:11 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2599 | to respond. This option implicitly enables the "httpclose" option. Note that |
| 2600 | this option also enables the parsing of the full request and response, which |
| 2601 | means we can close the connection to the server very quickly, releasing some |
| 2602 | resources earlier than with httpclose. |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2603 | |
| 2604 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2605 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2606 | |
| 2607 | See also : "option httpclose" |
| 2608 | |
| 2609 | |
Ross West | af72a1d | 2008-08-03 10:51:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2610 | option forwardfor [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ] |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2611 | Enable insertion of the X-Forwarded-For header to requests sent to servers |
| 2612 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2613 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2614 | Arguments : |
| 2615 | <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources |
| 2616 | matching <network> |
Ross West | af72a1d | 2008-08-03 10:51:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2617 | <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Forwarded-For" |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2618 | header name. |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2619 | |
| 2620 | Since HAProxy works in reverse-proxy mode, the servers see its IP address as |
| 2621 | their client address. This is sometimes annoying when the client's IP address |
| 2622 | is expected in server logs. To solve this problem, the well-known HTTP header |
| 2623 | "X-Forwarded-For" may be added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server. |
| 2624 | This header contains a value representing the client's IP address. Since this |
| 2625 | header is always appended at the end of the existing header list, the server |
| 2626 | must be configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. See |
Ross West | af72a1d | 2008-08-03 10:51:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2627 | the server's manual to find how to enable use of this standard header. Note |
| 2628 | that only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really |
| 2629 | possible that the client has already brought one. |
| 2630 | |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2631 | The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace |
Ross West | af72a1d | 2008-08-03 10:51:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2632 | the default "X-Forwarded-For". This can be useful where you might already |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2633 | have a "X-Forwarded-For" header from a different application (eg: stunnel), |
| 2634 | and you need preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the |
Ross West | af72a1d | 2008-08-03 10:51:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2635 | "X-Forwarded-For" header and requires different one (eg: Zeus Web Servers |
| 2636 | require "X-Cluster-Client-IP"). |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2637 | |
| 2638 | Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client |
| 2639 | access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is |
| 2640 | used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the |
| 2641 | header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword |
| 2642 | followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the |
| 2643 | network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with |
| 2644 | private networks or 127.0.0.1. |
| 2645 | |
| 2646 | This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at |
Ross West | af72a1d | 2008-08-03 10:51:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2647 | least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's |
| 2648 | setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if |
| 2649 | both are defined. |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2650 | |
| 2651 | It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive |
| 2652 | connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header. |
| 2653 | For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set |
| 2654 | when using this option. |
| 2655 | |
Ross West | af72a1d | 2008-08-03 10:51:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2656 | Examples : |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2657 | # Public HTTP address also used by stunnel on the same machine |
| 2658 | frontend www |
| 2659 | mode http |
| 2660 | option forwardfor except 127.0.0.1 # stunnel already adds the header |
| 2661 | |
Ross West | af72a1d | 2008-08-03 10:51:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2662 | # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client |
| 2663 | backend www |
| 2664 | mode http |
| 2665 | option forwardfor header X-Client |
| 2666 | |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2667 | See also : "option httpclose" |
| 2668 | |
| 2669 | |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2670 | option httpchk |
| 2671 | option httpchk <uri> |
| 2672 | option httpchk <method> <uri> |
| 2673 | option httpchk <method> <uri> <version> |
| 2674 | Enable HTTP protocol to check on the servers health |
| 2675 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2676 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 2677 | Arguments : |
| 2678 | <method> is the optional HTTP method used with the requests. When not set, |
| 2679 | the "OPTIONS" method is used, as it generally requires low server |
| 2680 | processing and is easy to filter out from the logs. Any method |
| 2681 | may be used, though it is not recommended to invent non-standard |
| 2682 | ones. |
| 2683 | |
| 2684 | <uri> is the URI referenced in the HTTP requests. It defaults to " / " |
| 2685 | which is accessible by default on almost any server, but may be |
| 2686 | changed to any other URI. Query strings are permitted. |
| 2687 | |
| 2688 | <version> is the optional HTTP version string. It defaults to "HTTP/1.0" |
| 2689 | but some servers might behave incorrectly in HTTP 1.0, so turning |
| 2690 | it to HTTP/1.1 may sometimes help. Note that the Host field is |
| 2691 | mandatory in HTTP/1.1, and as a trick, it is possible to pass it |
| 2692 | after "\r\n" following the version string. |
| 2693 | |
| 2694 | By default, server health checks only consist in trying to establish a TCP |
| 2695 | connection. When "option httpchk" is specified, a complete HTTP request is |
| 2696 | sent once the TCP connection is established, and responses 2xx and 3xx are |
| 2697 | considered valid, while all other ones indicate a server failure, including |
| 2698 | the lack of any response. |
| 2699 | |
| 2700 | The port and interval are specified in the server configuration. |
| 2701 | |
| 2702 | This option does not necessarily require an HTTP backend, it also works with |
| 2703 | plain TCP backends. This is particularly useful to check simple scripts bound |
| 2704 | to some dedicated ports using the inetd daemon. |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 | Examples : |
| 2707 | # Relay HTTPS traffic to Apache instance and check service availability |
| 2708 | # using HTTP request "OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1" on port 80. |
| 2709 | backend https_relay |
| 2710 | mode tcp |
Willy Tarreau | ebaf21a | 2008-03-21 20:17:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2711 | option httpchk OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1\r\nHost:\ www |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2712 | server apache1 192.168.1.1:443 check port 80 |
| 2713 | |
Hervé COMMOWICK | 698ae00 | 2010-01-12 09:25:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2714 | See also : "option ssl-hello-chk", "option smtpchk", "option mysql-check", |
| 2715 | "http-check" and the "check", "port" and "interval" server options. |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2716 | |
| 2717 | |
Willy Tarreau | b608feb | 2010-01-02 22:47:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2718 | option http-server-close |
| 2719 | no option http-server-close |
| 2720 | Enable or disable HTTP connection closing on the server side |
| 2721 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2722 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2723 | Arguments : none |
| 2724 | |
| 2725 | This mode enables HTTP connection-close mode on the server side while keeping |
| 2726 | the ability to support HTTP keep-alive and pipelining on the client side. |
| 2727 | This provides the lowest latency on the client side (slow network) and the |
| 2728 | fastest session reuse on the server side to save server resources, similarly |
| 2729 | to "option forceclose". It also permits non-keepalive capable servers to be |
| 2730 | served in keep-alive mode to the clients if they conform to the requirements |
| 2731 | of RFC2616. |
| 2732 | |
| 2733 | At the moment, logs will not indicate whether requests came from the same |
| 2734 | session or not. The accept date reported in the logs corresponds to the end |
| 2735 | of the previous request, and the request time corresponds to the time spent |
| 2736 | waiting for a new request. The keep-alive request time is still bound to the |
Willy Tarreau | b16a574 | 2010-01-10 14:46:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2737 | timeout defined by "timeout http-keep-alive" or "timeout http-request" if |
| 2738 | not set. |
Willy Tarreau | b608feb | 2010-01-02 22:47:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2739 | |
| 2740 | This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if |
| 2741 | at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled. |
Willy Tarreau | 0dfdf19 | 2010-01-05 11:33:11 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2742 | It is worth noting that "option forceclose" has precedence over "option |
| 2743 | http-server-close" and that combining "http-server-close" with "httpclose" |
| 2744 | basically achieve the same result as "forceclose". |
Willy Tarreau | b608feb | 2010-01-02 22:47:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2745 | |
| 2746 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2747 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2748 | |
| 2749 | See also : "option forceclose" and "option httpclose" |
| 2750 | |
| 2751 | |
Willy Tarreau | 88d349d | 2010-01-25 12:15:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2752 | option http-use-proxy-header |
| 2753 | [no] option http-use-proxy-header |
| 2754 | Make use of non-standard Proxy-Connection header instead of Connection |
| 2755 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2756 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 2757 | Arguments : none |
| 2758 | |
| 2759 | While RFC2616 explicitly states that HTTP/1.1 agents must use the |
| 2760 | Connection header to indicate their wish of persistent or non-persistent |
| 2761 | connections, both browsers and proxies ignore this header for proxied |
| 2762 | connections and make use of the undocumented, non-standard Proxy-Connection |
| 2763 | header instead. The issue begins when trying to put a load balancer between |
| 2764 | browsers and such proxies, because there will be a difference between what |
| 2765 | haproxy understands and what the client and the proxy agree on. |
| 2766 | |
| 2767 | By setting this option in a frontend, haproxy can automatically switch to use |
| 2768 | that non-standard header if it sees proxied requests. A proxied request is |
| 2769 | defined here as one where the URI begins with neither a '/' nor a '*'. The |
| 2770 | choice of header only affects requests passing through proxies making use of |
| 2771 | one of the "httpclose", "forceclose" and "http-server-close" options. Note |
| 2772 | that this option can only be specified in a frontend and will affect the |
| 2773 | request along its whole life. |
| 2774 | |
Willy Tarreau | 844a7e7 | 2010-01-31 21:46:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2775 | Also, when this option is set, a request which requires authentication will |
| 2776 | automatically switch to use proxy authentication headers if it is itself a |
| 2777 | proxied request. That makes it possible to check or enforce authentication in |
| 2778 | front of an existing proxy. |
| 2779 | |
Willy Tarreau | 88d349d | 2010-01-25 12:15:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2780 | This option should normally never be used, except in front of a proxy. |
| 2781 | |
| 2782 | See also : "option httpclose", "option forceclose" and "option |
| 2783 | http-server-close". |
| 2784 | |
| 2785 | |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2786 | option httpclose |
| 2787 | no option httpclose |
| 2788 | Enable or disable passive HTTP connection closing |
| 2789 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2790 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2791 | Arguments : none |
| 2792 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2793 | As stated in section 1, HAProxy does not yes support the HTTP keep-alive |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2794 | mode. So by default, if a client communicates with a server in this mode, it |
| 2795 | will only analyze, log, and process the first request of each connection. To |
| 2796 | workaround this limitation, it is possible to specify "option httpclose". It |
| 2797 | will check if a "Connection: close" header is already set in each direction, |
| 2798 | and will add one if missing. Each end should react to this by actively |
| 2799 | closing the TCP connection after each transfer, thus resulting in a switch to |
| 2800 | the HTTP close mode. Any "Connection" header different from "close" will also |
| 2801 | be removed. |
| 2802 | |
| 2803 | It seldom happens that some servers incorrectly ignore this header and do not |
Willy Tarreau | 0dfdf19 | 2010-01-05 11:33:11 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2804 | close the connection eventhough they reply "Connection: close". For this |
| 2805 | reason, they are not compatible with older HTTP 1.0 browsers. If this happens |
| 2806 | it is possible to use the "option forceclose" which actively closes the |
| 2807 | request connection once the server responds. Option "forceclose" also |
| 2808 | releases the server connection earlier because it does not have to wait for |
| 2809 | the client to acknowledge it. |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2810 | |
| 2811 | This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if |
| 2812 | at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled. |
| 2813 | If "option forceclose" is specified too, it has precedence over "httpclose". |
Willy Tarreau | 0dfdf19 | 2010-01-05 11:33:11 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2814 | If "option http-server-close" is enabled at the same time as "httpclose", it |
| 2815 | basically achieves the same result as "option forceclose". |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2816 | |
| 2817 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2818 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2819 | |
Willy Tarreau | b608feb | 2010-01-02 22:47:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2820 | See also : "option forceclose" and "option http-server-close" |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2821 | |
| 2822 | |
Emeric Brun | 3a058f3 | 2009-06-30 18:26:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2823 | option httplog [ clf ] |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2824 | Enable logging of HTTP request, session state and timers |
| 2825 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2826 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
Emeric Brun | 3a058f3 | 2009-06-30 18:26:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2827 | Arguments : |
| 2828 | clf if the "clf" argument is added, then the output format will be |
| 2829 | the CLF format instead of HAProxy's default HTTP format. You can |
| 2830 | use this when you need to feed HAProxy's logs through a specific |
| 2831 | log analyser which only support the CLF format and which is not |
| 2832 | extensible. |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2833 | |
| 2834 | By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the |
| 2835 | source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying |
| 2836 | "option httplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including, |
| 2837 | but not limited to, the HTTP request, the connection timers, the session |
| 2838 | status, the connections numbers, the captured headers and cookies, the |
| 2839 | frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source address and |
| 2840 | ports. |
| 2841 | |
| 2842 | This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend. |
| 2843 | |
Emeric Brun | 3a058f3 | 2009-06-30 18:26:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2844 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2845 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. Specifying |
| 2846 | only "option httplog" will automatically clear the 'clf' mode if it was set |
| 2847 | by default. |
| 2848 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2849 | See also : section 8 about logging. |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2850 | |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2851 | |
| 2852 | option http_proxy |
| 2853 | no option http_proxy |
| 2854 | Enable or disable plain HTTP proxy mode |
| 2855 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2856 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2857 | Arguments : none |
| 2858 | |
| 2859 | It sometimes happens that people need a pure HTTP proxy which understands |
| 2860 | basic proxy requests without caching nor any fancy feature. In this case, |
| 2861 | it may be worth setting up an HAProxy instance with the "option http_proxy" |
| 2862 | set. In this mode, no server is declared, and the connection is forwarded to |
| 2863 | the IP address and port found in the URL after the "http://" scheme. |
| 2864 | |
| 2865 | No host address resolution is performed, so this only works when pure IP |
| 2866 | addresses are passed. Since this option's usage perimeter is rather limited, |
| 2867 | it will probably be used only by experts who know they need exactly it. Last, |
| 2868 | if the clients are susceptible of sending keep-alive requests, it will be |
| 2869 | needed to add "option http_close" to ensure that all requests will correctly |
| 2870 | be analyzed. |
| 2871 | |
| 2872 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2873 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2874 | |
| 2875 | Example : |
| 2876 | # this backend understands HTTP proxy requests and forwards them directly. |
| 2877 | backend direct_forward |
| 2878 | option httpclose |
| 2879 | option http_proxy |
| 2880 | |
| 2881 | See also : "option httpclose" |
| 2882 | |
Willy Tarreau | 211ad24 | 2009-10-03 21:45:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2883 | |
Willy Tarreau | f27b5ea | 2009-10-03 22:01:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2884 | option independant-streams |
| 2885 | no option independant-streams |
| 2886 | Enable or disable independant timeout processing for both directions |
| 2887 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2888 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2889 | Arguments : none |
| 2890 | |
| 2891 | By default, when data is sent over a socket, both the write timeout and the |
| 2892 | read timeout for that socket are refreshed, because we consider that there is |
| 2893 | activity on that socket, and we have no other means of guessing if we should |
| 2894 | receive data or not. |
| 2895 | |
| 2896 | While this default behaviour is desirable for almost all applications, there |
| 2897 | exists a situation where it is desirable to disable it, and only refresh the |
| 2898 | read timeout if there are incoming data. This happens on sessions with large |
| 2899 | timeouts and low amounts of exchanged data such as telnet session. If the |
| 2900 | server suddenly disappears, the output data accumulates in the system's |
| 2901 | socket buffers, both timeouts are correctly refreshed, and there is no way |
| 2902 | to know the server does not receive them, so we don't timeout. However, when |
| 2903 | the underlying protocol always echoes sent data, it would be enough by itself |
| 2904 | to detect the issue using the read timeout. Note that this problem does not |
| 2905 | happen with more verbose protocols because data won't accumulate long in the |
| 2906 | socket buffers. |
| 2907 | |
| 2908 | When this option is set on the frontend, it will disable read timeout updates |
| 2909 | on data sent to the client. There probably is little use of this case. When |
| 2910 | the option is set on the backend, it will disable read timeout updates on |
| 2911 | data sent to the server. Doing so will typically break large HTTP posts from |
| 2912 | slow lines, so use it with caution. |
| 2913 | |
| 2914 | See also : "timeout client" and "timeout server" |
| 2915 | |
| 2916 | |
Willy Tarreau | 211ad24 | 2009-10-03 21:45:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2917 | option log-health-checks |
| 2918 | no option log-health-checks |
| 2919 | Enable or disable logging of health checks |
| 2920 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2921 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 2922 | Arguments : none |
| 2923 | |
| 2924 | Enable health checks logging so it possible to check for example what |
| 2925 | was happening before a server crash. Failed health check are logged if |
| 2926 | server is UP and succeeded health checks if server is DOWN, so the amount |
| 2927 | of additional information is limited. |
| 2928 | |
| 2929 | If health check logging is enabled no health check status is printed |
| 2930 | when servers is set up UP/DOWN/ENABLED/DISABLED. |
| 2931 | |
| 2932 | See also: "log" and section 8 about logging. |
| 2933 | |
Willy Tarreau | c9bd0cc | 2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2934 | |
| 2935 | option log-separate-errors |
| 2936 | no option log-separate-errors |
| 2937 | Change log level for non-completely successful connections |
| 2938 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2939 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 2940 | Arguments : none |
| 2941 | |
| 2942 | Sometimes looking for errors in logs is not easy. This option makes haproxy |
| 2943 | raise the level of logs containing potentially interesting information such |
| 2944 | as errors, timeouts, retries, redispatches, or HTTP status codes 5xx. The |
| 2945 | level changes from "info" to "err". This makes it possible to log them |
| 2946 | separately to a different file with most syslog daemons. Be careful not to |
| 2947 | remove them from the original file, otherwise you would lose ordering which |
| 2948 | provides very important information. |
| 2949 | |
| 2950 | Using this option, large sites dealing with several thousand connections per |
| 2951 | second may log normal traffic to a rotating buffer and only archive smaller |
| 2952 | error logs. |
| 2953 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2954 | See also : "log", "dontlognull", "dontlog-normal" and section 8 about |
Willy Tarreau | c9bd0cc | 2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2955 | logging. |
| 2956 | |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2957 | |
| 2958 | option logasap |
| 2959 | no option logasap |
| 2960 | Enable or disable early logging of HTTP requests |
| 2961 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2962 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 2963 | Arguments : none |
| 2964 | |
| 2965 | By default, HTTP requests are logged upon termination so that the total |
| 2966 | transfer time and the number of bytes appear in the logs. When large objects |
| 2967 | are being transferred, it may take a while before the request appears in the |
| 2968 | logs. Using "option logasap", the request gets logged as soon as the server |
| 2969 | sends the complete headers. The only missing information in the logs will be |
| 2970 | the total number of bytes which will indicate everything except the amount |
| 2971 | of data transferred, and the total time which will not take the transfer |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2972 | time into account. In such a situation, it's a good practice to capture the |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2973 | "Content-Length" response header so that the logs at least indicate how many |
| 2974 | bytes are expected to be transferred. |
| 2975 | |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2976 | Examples : |
| 2977 | listen http_proxy 0.0.0.0:80 |
| 2978 | mode http |
| 2979 | option httplog |
| 2980 | option logasap |
| 2981 | log 192.168.2.200 local3 |
| 2982 | |
| 2983 | >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \ |
| 2984 | haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \ |
| 2985 | static/srv1 9/10/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/1/1/1/0 1/0 \ |
| 2986 | "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0" |
| 2987 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2988 | See also : "option httplog", "capture response header", and section 8 about |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2989 | logging. |
| 2990 | |
| 2991 | |
Hervé COMMOWICK | 698ae00 | 2010-01-12 09:25:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2992 | option mysql-check |
| 2993 | Use Mysql health checks for server testing |
| 2994 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2995 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 2996 | Arguments : none |
| 2997 | |
| 2998 | The check consists in parsing Mysql Handshake Initialisation packet or Error |
| 2999 | packet, which is sent by MySQL server on connect. It is a basic but useful |
| 3000 | test which does not produce any logging on the server. However, it does not |
| 3001 | check database presence nor database consistency, nor user permission to |
| 3002 | access. To do this, you can use an external check with xinetd for example. |
| 3003 | |
| 3004 | Most often, an incoming MySQL server needs to see the client's IP address for |
| 3005 | various purposes, including IP privilege matching and connection logging. |
| 3006 | When possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when |
| 3007 | connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword, |
| 3008 | which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in, and the MySQL server |
| 3009 | to route the client via the machine hosting haproxy. |
| 3010 | |
| 3011 | See also: "option httpchk" |
| 3012 | |
| 3013 | |
Willy Tarreau | a453bdd | 2008-01-08 19:50:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3014 | option nolinger |
| 3015 | no option nolinger |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3016 | Enable or disable immediate session resource cleaning after close |
Willy Tarreau | a453bdd | 2008-01-08 19:50:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3017 | May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3018 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3019 | Arguments : none |
Willy Tarreau | a453bdd | 2008-01-08 19:50:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3020 | |
| 3021 | When clients or servers abort connections in a dirty way (eg: they are |
| 3022 | physically disconnected), the session timeouts triggers and the session is |
| 3023 | closed. But it will remain in FIN_WAIT1 state for some time in the system, |
| 3024 | using some resources and possibly limiting the ability to establish newer |
| 3025 | connections. |
| 3026 | |
| 3027 | When this happens, it is possible to activate "option nolinger" which forces |
| 3028 | the system to immediately remove any socket's pending data on close. Thus, |
| 3029 | the session is instantly purged from the system's tables. This usually has |
| 3030 | side effects such as increased number of TCP resets due to old retransmits |
| 3031 | getting immediately rejected. Some firewalls may sometimes complain about |
| 3032 | this too. |
| 3033 | |
| 3034 | For this reason, it is not recommended to use this option when not absolutely |
| 3035 | needed. You know that you need it when you have thousands of FIN_WAIT1 |
| 3036 | sessions on your system (TIME_WAIT ones do not count). |
| 3037 | |
| 3038 | This option may be used both on frontends and backends, depending on the side |
| 3039 | where it is required. Use it on the frontend for clients, and on the backend |
| 3040 | for servers. |
| 3041 | |
| 3042 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 3043 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 3044 | |
| 3045 | |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3046 | option originalto [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ] |
| 3047 | Enable insertion of the X-Original-To header to requests sent to servers |
| 3048 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3049 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 3050 | Arguments : |
| 3051 | <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources |
| 3052 | matching <network> |
| 3053 | <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Original-To" |
| 3054 | header name. |
| 3055 | |
| 3056 | Since HAProxy can work in transparent mode, every request from a client can |
| 3057 | be redirected to the proxy and HAProxy itself can proxy every request to a |
| 3058 | complex SQUID environment and the destination host from SO_ORIGINAL_DST will |
| 3059 | be lost. This is annoying when you want access rules based on destination ip |
| 3060 | addresses. To solve this problem, a new HTTP header "X-Original-To" may be |
| 3061 | added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server. This header contains a |
| 3062 | value representing the original destination IP address. Since this must be |
| 3063 | configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. Note that |
| 3064 | only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really |
| 3065 | possible that the client has already brought one. |
| 3066 | |
| 3067 | The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace |
| 3068 | the default "X-Original-To". This can be useful where you might already |
| 3069 | have a "X-Original-To" header from a different application, and you need |
| 3070 | preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the "X-Original-To" |
| 3071 | header and requires different one. |
| 3072 | |
| 3073 | Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client |
| 3074 | access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is |
| 3075 | used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the |
| 3076 | header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword |
| 3077 | followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the |
| 3078 | network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with |
| 3079 | private networks or 127.0.0.1. |
| 3080 | |
| 3081 | This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at |
| 3082 | least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's |
| 3083 | setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if |
| 3084 | both are defined. |
| 3085 | |
| 3086 | It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive |
| 3087 | connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header. |
| 3088 | For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set |
| 3089 | when using this option. |
| 3090 | |
| 3091 | Examples : |
| 3092 | # Original Destination address |
| 3093 | frontend www |
| 3094 | mode http |
| 3095 | option originalto except 127.0.0.1 |
| 3096 | |
| 3097 | # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client-Dst |
| 3098 | backend www |
| 3099 | mode http |
| 3100 | option originalto header X-Client-Dst |
| 3101 | |
| 3102 | See also : "option httpclose" |
| 3103 | |
| 3104 | |
Willy Tarreau | a453bdd | 2008-01-08 19:50:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3105 | option persist |
| 3106 | no option persist |
| 3107 | Enable or disable forced persistence on down servers |
| 3108 | May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3109 | yes | no | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3110 | Arguments : none |
Willy Tarreau | a453bdd | 2008-01-08 19:50:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3111 | |
| 3112 | When an HTTP request reaches a backend with a cookie which references a dead |
| 3113 | server, by default it is redispatched to another server. It is possible to |
| 3114 | force the request to be sent to the dead server first using "option persist" |
| 3115 | if absolutely needed. A common use case is when servers are under extreme |
| 3116 | load and spend their time flapping. In this case, the users would still be |
| 3117 | directed to the server they opened the session on, in the hope they would be |
| 3118 | correctly served. It is recommended to use "option redispatch" in conjunction |
| 3119 | with this option so that in the event it would not be possible to connect to |
| 3120 | the server at all (server definitely dead), the client would finally be |
| 3121 | redirected to another valid server. |
| 3122 | |
| 3123 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 3124 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 3125 | |
Willy Tarreau | 4de9149 | 2010-01-22 19:10:05 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3126 | See also : "option redispatch", "retries", "force-persist" |
Willy Tarreau | a453bdd | 2008-01-08 19:50:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3127 | |
| 3128 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 25b501a | 2008-01-06 16:36:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3129 | option redispatch |
| 3130 | no option redispatch |
| 3131 | Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure |
| 3132 | May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3133 | yes | no | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3134 | Arguments : none |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 25b501a | 2008-01-06 16:36:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3135 | |
| 3136 | In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may |
| 3137 | definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not |
| 3138 | be able to access the service anymore. |
| 3139 | |
| 3140 | Specifying "option redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their |
| 3141 | persistence and redistribute them to a working server. |
| 3142 | |
| 3143 | It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple |
| 3144 | connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero |
| 3145 | value. |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3146 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 25b501a | 2008-01-06 16:36:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3147 | This form is the preferred form, which replaces both the "redispatch" and |
| 3148 | "redisp" keywords. |
| 3149 | |
| 3150 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 3151 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 3152 | |
Willy Tarreau | 4de9149 | 2010-01-22 19:10:05 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3153 | See also : "redispatch", "retries", "force-persist" |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 25b501a | 2008-01-06 16:36:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3154 | |
Willy Tarreau | a453bdd | 2008-01-08 19:50:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3155 | |
| 3156 | option smtpchk |
| 3157 | option smtpchk <hello> <domain> |
| 3158 | Use SMTP health checks for server testing |
| 3159 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3160 | yes | no | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3161 | Arguments : |
Willy Tarreau | a453bdd | 2008-01-08 19:50:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3162 | <hello> is an optional argument. It is the "hello" command to use. It can |
| 3163 | be either "HELO" (for SMTP) or "EHLO" (for ESTMP). All other |
| 3164 | values will be turned into the default command ("HELO"). |
| 3165 | |
| 3166 | <domain> is the domain name to present to the server. It may only be |
| 3167 | specified (and is mandatory) if the hello command has been |
| 3168 | specified. By default, "localhost" is used. |
| 3169 | |
| 3170 | When "option smtpchk" is set, the health checks will consist in TCP |
| 3171 | connections followed by an SMTP command. By default, this command is |
| 3172 | "HELO localhost". The server's return code is analyzed and only return codes |
| 3173 | starting with a "2" will be considered as valid. All other responses, |
| 3174 | including a lack of response will constitute an error and will indicate a |
| 3175 | dead server. |
| 3176 | |
| 3177 | This test is meant to be used with SMTP servers or relays. Depending on the |
| 3178 | request, it is possible that some servers do not log each connection attempt, |
| 3179 | so you may want to experiment to improve the behaviour. Using telnet on port |
| 3180 | 25 is often easier than adjusting the configuration. |
| 3181 | |
| 3182 | Most often, an incoming SMTP server needs to see the client's IP address for |
| 3183 | various purposes, including spam filtering, anti-spoofing and logging. When |
| 3184 | possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when |
| 3185 | connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword, |
| 3186 | which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in. |
| 3187 | |
| 3188 | Example : |
| 3189 | option smtpchk HELO mydomain.org |
| 3190 | |
| 3191 | See also : "option httpchk", "source" |
| 3192 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 25b501a | 2008-01-06 16:36:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3193 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | aeebf9b | 2009-10-04 15:43:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3194 | option socket-stats |
| 3195 | no option socket-stats |
| 3196 | |
| 3197 | Enable or disable collecting & providing separate statistics for each socket. |
| 3198 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3199 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 3200 | |
| 3201 | Arguments : none |
| 3202 | |
| 3203 | |
Willy Tarreau | ff4f82d | 2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3204 | option splice-auto |
| 3205 | no option splice-auto |
| 3206 | Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets in both directions |
| 3207 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3208 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 3209 | Arguments : none |
| 3210 | |
| 3211 | When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy |
| 3212 | will automatically evaluate the opportunity to use kernel tcp splicing to |
| 3213 | forward data between the client and the server, in either direction. Haproxy |
| 3214 | uses heuristics to estimate if kernel splicing might improve performance or |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3215 | not. Both directions are handled independently. Note that the heuristics used |
Willy Tarreau | ff4f82d | 2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3216 | are not much aggressive in order to limit excessive use of splicing. This |
| 3217 | option requires splicing to be enabled at compile time, and may be globally |
| 3218 | disabled with the global option "nosplice". Since splice uses pipes, using it |
| 3219 | requires that there are enough spare pipes. |
| 3220 | |
| 3221 | Important note: kernel-based TCP splicing is a Linux-specific feature which |
| 3222 | first appeared in kernel 2.6.25. It offers kernel-based acceleration to |
| 3223 | transfer data between sockets without copying these data to user-space, thus |
| 3224 | providing noticeable performance gains and CPU cycles savings. Since many |
| 3225 | early implementations are buggy, corrupt data and/or are inefficient, this |
| 3226 | feature is not enabled by default, and it should be used with extreme care. |
| 3227 | While it is not possible to detect the correctness of an implementation, |
| 3228 | 2.6.29 is the first version offering a properly working implementation. In |
| 3229 | case of doubt, splicing may be globally disabled using the global "nosplice" |
| 3230 | keyword. |
| 3231 | |
| 3232 | Example : |
| 3233 | option splice-auto |
| 3234 | |
| 3235 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 3236 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 | See also : "option splice-request", "option splice-response", and global |
| 3239 | options "nosplice" and "maxpipes" |
| 3240 | |
| 3241 | |
| 3242 | option splice-request |
| 3243 | no option splice-request |
| 3244 | Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for requests |
| 3245 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3246 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 3247 | Arguments : none |
| 3248 | |
| 3249 | When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy |
| 3250 | will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from |
| 3251 | the client to the server. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there |
| 3252 | are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at |
| 3253 | compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice". |
| 3254 | Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes. |
| 3255 | |
| 3256 | Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations. |
| 3257 | |
| 3258 | Example : |
| 3259 | option splice-request |
| 3260 | |
| 3261 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 3262 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 3263 | |
| 3264 | See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-response", and global options |
| 3265 | "nosplice" and "maxpipes" |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 | |
| 3268 | option splice-response |
| 3269 | no option splice-response |
| 3270 | Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for responses |
| 3271 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3272 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 3273 | Arguments : none |
| 3274 | |
| 3275 | When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy |
| 3276 | will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from |
| 3277 | the server to the client. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there |
| 3278 | are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at |
| 3279 | compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice". |
| 3280 | Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes. |
| 3281 | |
| 3282 | Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations. |
| 3283 | |
| 3284 | Example : |
| 3285 | option splice-response |
| 3286 | |
| 3287 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 3288 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 3289 | |
| 3290 | See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-request", and global options |
| 3291 | "nosplice" and "maxpipes" |
| 3292 | |
| 3293 | |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3294 | option srvtcpka |
| 3295 | no option srvtcpka |
| 3296 | Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the server side |
| 3297 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3298 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3299 | Arguments : none |
| 3300 | |
| 3301 | When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and |
| 3302 | a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle |
| 3303 | periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate |
| 3304 | components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long. |
| 3305 | |
| 3306 | Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets |
| 3307 | to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between |
| 3308 | keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the |
| 3309 | operating system and its tuning parameters. |
| 3310 | |
| 3311 | It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor |
| 3312 | received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees |
| 3313 | them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives |
| 3314 | to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be |
| 3315 | forwarded to the other side of the proxy. |
| 3316 | |
| 3317 | Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive. |
| 3318 | |
| 3319 | Using option "srvtcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the |
| 3320 | server side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are |
| 3321 | noticed between HAProxy and a server. |
| 3322 | |
| 3323 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 3324 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 3325 | |
| 3326 | See also : "option clitcpka", "option tcpka" |
| 3327 | |
| 3328 | |
Willy Tarreau | a453bdd | 2008-01-08 19:50:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3329 | option ssl-hello-chk |
| 3330 | Use SSLv3 client hello health checks for server testing |
| 3331 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3332 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3333 | Arguments : none |
| 3334 | |
| 3335 | When some SSL-based protocols are relayed in TCP mode through HAProxy, it is |
| 3336 | possible to test that the server correctly talks SSL instead of just testing |
| 3337 | that it accepts the TCP connection. When "option ssl-hello-chk" is set, pure |
| 3338 | SSLv3 client hello messages are sent once the connection is established to |
| 3339 | the server, and the response is analyzed to find an SSL server hello message. |
| 3340 | The server is considered valid only when the response contains this server |
| 3341 | hello message. |
| 3342 | |
| 3343 | All servers tested till there correctly reply to SSLv3 client hello messages, |
| 3344 | and most servers tested do not even log the requests containing only hello |
| 3345 | messages, which is appreciable. |
| 3346 | |
| 3347 | See also: "option httpchk" |
| 3348 | |
| 3349 | |
Willy Tarreau | 9ea05a7 | 2009-06-14 12:07:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3350 | option tcp-smart-accept |
| 3351 | no option tcp-smart-accept |
| 3352 | Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the accept sequence |
| 3353 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3354 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 3355 | Arguments : none |
| 3356 | |
| 3357 | When an HTTP connection request comes in, the system acknowledges it on |
| 3358 | behalf of HAProxy, then the client immediately sends its request, and the |
| 3359 | system acknowledges it too while it is notifying HAProxy about the new |
| 3360 | connection. HAProxy then reads the request and responds. This means that we |
| 3361 | have one TCP ACK sent by the system for nothing, because the request could |
| 3362 | very well be acknowledged by HAProxy when it sends its response. |
| 3363 | |
| 3364 | For this reason, in HTTP mode, HAProxy automatically asks the system to avoid |
| 3365 | sending this useless ACK on platforms which support it (currently at least |
| 3366 | Linux). It must not cause any problem, because the system will send it anyway |
| 3367 | after 40 ms if the response takes more time than expected to come. |
| 3368 | |
| 3369 | During complex network debugging sessions, it may be desirable to disable |
| 3370 | this optimization because delayed ACKs can make troubleshooting more complex |
| 3371 | when trying to identify where packets are delayed. It is then possible to |
| 3372 | fall back to normal behaviour by specifying "no option tcp-smart-accept". |
| 3373 | |
| 3374 | It is also possible to force it for non-HTTP proxies by simply specifying |
| 3375 | "option tcp-smart-accept". For instance, it can make sense with some services |
| 3376 | such as SMTP where the server speaks first. |
| 3377 | |
| 3378 | It is recommended to avoid forcing this option in a defaults section. In case |
| 3379 | of doubt, consider setting it back to automatic values by prepending the |
| 3380 | "default" keyword before it, or disabling it using the "no" keyword. |
| 3381 | |
Willy Tarreau | d88edf2 | 2009-06-14 15:48:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3382 | See also : "option tcp-smart-connect" |
| 3383 | |
| 3384 | |
| 3385 | option tcp-smart-connect |
| 3386 | no option tcp-smart-connect |
| 3387 | Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the connect sequence |
| 3388 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3389 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3390 | Arguments : none |
| 3391 | |
| 3392 | On certain systems (at least Linux), HAProxy can ask the kernel not to |
| 3393 | immediately send an empty ACK upon a connection request, but to directly |
| 3394 | send the buffer request instead. This saves one packet on the network and |
| 3395 | thus boosts performance. It can also be useful for some servers, because they |
| 3396 | immediately get the request along with the incoming connection. |
| 3397 | |
| 3398 | This feature is enabled when "option tcp-smart-connect" is set in a backend. |
| 3399 | It is not enabled by default because it makes network troubleshooting more |
| 3400 | complex. |
| 3401 | |
| 3402 | It only makes sense to enable it with protocols where the client speaks first |
| 3403 | such as HTTP. In other situations, if there is no data to send in place of |
| 3404 | the ACK, a normal ACK is sent. |
| 3405 | |
| 3406 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 3407 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 3408 | |
| 3409 | See also : "option tcp-smart-accept" |
| 3410 | |
Willy Tarreau | 9ea05a7 | 2009-06-14 12:07:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3411 | |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3412 | option tcpka |
| 3413 | Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on both sides |
| 3414 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3415 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 3416 | Arguments : none |
| 3417 | |
| 3418 | When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and |
| 3419 | a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle |
| 3420 | periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate |
| 3421 | components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long. |
| 3422 | |
| 3423 | Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets |
| 3424 | to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between |
| 3425 | keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the |
| 3426 | operating system and its tuning parameters. |
| 3427 | |
| 3428 | It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor |
| 3429 | received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees |
| 3430 | them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives |
| 3431 | to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be |
| 3432 | forwarded to the other side of the proxy. |
| 3433 | |
| 3434 | Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive. |
| 3435 | |
| 3436 | Using option "tcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on both |
| 3437 | the client and server sides of a connection. Note that this is meaningful |
| 3438 | only in "defaults" or "listen" sections. If this option is used in a |
| 3439 | frontend, only the client side will get keep-alives, and if this option is |
| 3440 | used in a backend, only the server side will get keep-alives. For this |
| 3441 | reason, it is strongly recommended to explicitly use "option clitcpka" and |
| 3442 | "option srvtcpka" when the configuration is split between frontends and |
| 3443 | backends. |
| 3444 | |
| 3445 | See also : "option clitcpka", "option srvtcpka" |
| 3446 | |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3447 | |
| 3448 | option tcplog |
| 3449 | Enable advanced logging of TCP connections with session state and timers |
| 3450 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3451 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 3452 | Arguments : none |
| 3453 | |
| 3454 | By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the |
| 3455 | source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying |
| 3456 | "option tcplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including, but |
| 3457 | not limited to, the connection timers, the session status, the connections |
| 3458 | numbers, the frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source |
| 3459 | address and ports. This option is useful for pure TCP proxies in order to |
| 3460 | find which of the client or server disconnects or times out. For normal HTTP |
| 3461 | proxies, it's better to use "option httplog" which is even more complete. |
| 3462 | |
| 3463 | This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend. |
| 3464 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3465 | See also : "option httplog", and section 8 about logging. |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3466 | |
| 3467 | |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3468 | option transparent |
| 3469 | no option transparent |
| 3470 | Enable client-side transparent proxying |
| 3471 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
Willy Tarreau | 4b1f859 | 2008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3472 | yes | no | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3473 | Arguments : none |
| 3474 | |
| 3475 | This option was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer 3 |
| 3476 | load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming |
| 3477 | connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let |
| 3478 | this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is |
| 3479 | used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination |
| 3480 | IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another |
| 3481 | equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the |
| 3482 | appropriate server. |
| 3483 | |
| 3484 | Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy |
| 3485 | present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection. |
| 3486 | |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3487 | See also: the "usersrc" argument of the "source" keyword, and the |
| 3488 | "transparent" option of the "bind" keyword. |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3489 | |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3490 | |
Emeric Brun | 647caf1 | 2009-06-30 17:57:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3491 | persist rdp-cookie |
| 3492 | persist rdp-cookie(name) |
| 3493 | Enable RDP cookie-based persistence |
| 3494 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3495 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3496 | Arguments : |
| 3497 | <name> is the optional name of the RDP cookie to check. If omitted, the |
| 3498 | default cookie name "mstshash" will be used. There currently is |
| 3499 | no valid reason to change this name. |
| 3500 | |
| 3501 | This statement enables persistence based on an RDP cookie. The RDP cookie |
| 3502 | contains all information required to find the server in the list of known |
| 3503 | servers. So when this option is set in the backend, the request is analysed |
| 3504 | and if an RDP cookie is found, it is decoded. If it matches a known server |
| 3505 | which is still UP (or if "option persist" is set), then the connection is |
| 3506 | forwarded to this server. |
| 3507 | |
| 3508 | Note that this only makes sense in a TCP backend, but for this to work, the |
| 3509 | frontend must have waited long enough to ensure that an RDP cookie is present |
| 3510 | in the request buffer. This is the same requirement as with the "rdp-cookie" |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3511 | load-balancing method. Thus it is highly recommended to put all statements in |
Emeric Brun | 647caf1 | 2009-06-30 17:57:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3512 | a single "listen" section. |
| 3513 | |
| 3514 | Example : |
| 3515 | listen tse-farm |
| 3516 | bind :3389 |
| 3517 | # wait up to 5s for an RDP cookie in the request |
| 3518 | tcp-request inspect-delay 5s |
| 3519 | tcp-request content accept if RDP_COOKIE |
| 3520 | # apply RDP cookie persistence |
| 3521 | persist rdp-cookie |
| 3522 | # if server is unknown, let's balance on the same cookie. |
| 3523 | # alternatively, "balance leastconn" may be useful too. |
| 3524 | balance rdp-cookie |
| 3525 | server srv1 1.1.1.1:3389 |
| 3526 | server srv2 1.1.1.2:3389 |
| 3527 | |
| 3528 | See also : "balance rdp-cookie", "tcp-request" and the "req_rdp_cookie" ACL. |
| 3529 | |
| 3530 | |
Willy Tarreau | 3a7d207 | 2009-03-05 23:48:25 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3531 | rate-limit sessions <rate> |
| 3532 | Set a limit on the number of new sessions accepted per second on a frontend |
| 3533 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3534 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 3535 | Arguments : |
| 3536 | <rate> The <rate> parameter is an integer designating the maximum number |
| 3537 | of new sessions per second to accept on the frontend. |
| 3538 | |
| 3539 | When the frontend reaches the specified number of new sessions per second, it |
| 3540 | stops accepting new connections until the rate drops below the limit again. |
| 3541 | During this time, the pending sessions will be kept in the socket's backlog |
| 3542 | (in system buffers) and haproxy will not even be aware that sessions are |
| 3543 | pending. When applying very low limit on a highly loaded service, it may make |
| 3544 | sense to increase the socket's backlog using the "backlog" keyword. |
| 3545 | |
| 3546 | This feature is particularly efficient at blocking connection-based attacks |
| 3547 | or service abuse on fragile servers. Since the session rate is measured every |
| 3548 | millisecond, it is extremely accurate. Also, the limit applies immediately, |
| 3549 | no delay is needed at all to detect the threshold. |
| 3550 | |
| 3551 | Example : limit the connection rate on SMTP to 10 per second max |
| 3552 | listen smtp |
| 3553 | mode tcp |
| 3554 | bind :25 |
| 3555 | rate-limit sessions 10 |
| 3556 | server 127.0.0.1:1025 |
| 3557 | |
| 3558 | Note : when the maximum rate is reached, the frontend's status appears as |
| 3559 | "FULL" in the statistics, exactly as when it is saturated. |
| 3560 | |
| 3561 | See also : the "backlog" keyword and the "fe_sess_rate" ACL criterion. |
| 3562 | |
| 3563 | |
Willy Tarreau | f285f54 | 2010-01-03 20:03:03 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3564 | redirect location <to> [code <code>] <option> [{if | unless} <condition>] |
| 3565 | redirect prefix <to> [code <code>] <option> [{if | unless} <condition>] |
Willy Tarreau | b463dfb | 2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3566 | Return an HTTP redirection if/unless a condition is matched |
| 3567 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3568 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3569 | |
| 3570 | If/unless the condition is matched, the HTTP request will lead to a redirect |
Willy Tarreau | f285f54 | 2010-01-03 20:03:03 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3571 | response. If no condition is specified, the redirect applies unconditionally. |
Willy Tarreau | b463dfb | 2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3572 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0140f25 | 2008-11-19 21:07:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3573 | Arguments : |
| 3574 | <to> With "redirect location", the exact value in <to> is placed into |
| 3575 | the HTTP "Location" header. In case of "redirect prefix", the |
| 3576 | "Location" header is built from the concatenation of <to> and the |
| 3577 | complete URI, including the query string, unless the "drop-query" |
Willy Tarreau | fe651a5 | 2008-11-19 21:15:17 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3578 | option is specified (see below). As a special case, if <to> |
| 3579 | equals exactly "/" in prefix mode, then nothing is inserted |
| 3580 | before the original URI. It allows one to redirect to the same |
| 3581 | URL. |
Willy Tarreau | 0140f25 | 2008-11-19 21:07:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3582 | |
| 3583 | <code> The code is optional. It indicates which type of HTTP redirection |
| 3584 | is desired. Only codes 301, 302 and 303 are supported, and 302 is |
| 3585 | used if no code is specified. 301 means "Moved permanently", and |
| 3586 | a browser may cache the Location. 302 means "Moved permanently" |
| 3587 | and means that the browser should not cache the redirection. 303 |
| 3588 | is equivalent to 302 except that the browser will fetch the |
| 3589 | location with a GET method. |
| 3590 | |
| 3591 | <option> There are several options which can be specified to adjust the |
| 3592 | expected behaviour of a redirection : |
| 3593 | |
| 3594 | - "drop-query" |
| 3595 | When this keyword is used in a prefix-based redirection, then the |
| 3596 | location will be set without any possible query-string, which is useful |
| 3597 | for directing users to a non-secure page for instance. It has no effect |
| 3598 | with a location-type redirect. |
| 3599 | |
Willy Tarreau | 81e3b4f | 2010-01-10 00:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3600 | - "append-slash" |
| 3601 | This keyword may be used in conjunction with "drop-query" to redirect |
| 3602 | users who use a URL not ending with a '/' to the same one with the '/'. |
| 3603 | It can be useful to ensure that search engines will only see one URL. |
| 3604 | For this, a return code 301 is preferred. |
| 3605 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0140f25 | 2008-11-19 21:07:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3606 | - "set-cookie NAME[=value]" |
| 3607 | A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "=value") |
| 3608 | to the response. This is sometimes used to indicate that a user has |
| 3609 | been seen, for instance to protect against some types of DoS. No other |
| 3610 | cookie option is added, so the cookie will be a session cookie. Note |
| 3611 | that for a browser, a sole cookie name without an equal sign is |
| 3612 | different from a cookie with an equal sign. |
| 3613 | |
| 3614 | - "clear-cookie NAME[=]" |
| 3615 | A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "="), but |
| 3616 | with the "Max-Age" attribute set to zero. This will tell the browser to |
| 3617 | delete this cookie. It is useful for instance on logout pages. It is |
| 3618 | important to note that clearing the cookie "NAME" will not remove a |
| 3619 | cookie set with "NAME=value". You have to clear the cookie "NAME=" for |
| 3620 | that, because the browser makes the difference. |
Willy Tarreau | b463dfb | 2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3621 | |
| 3622 | Example: move the login URL only to HTTPS. |
| 3623 | acl clear dst_port 80 |
| 3624 | acl secure dst_port 8080 |
| 3625 | acl login_page url_beg /login |
Willy Tarreau | 0140f25 | 2008-11-19 21:07:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3626 | acl logout url_beg /logout |
Willy Tarreau | 79da469 | 2008-11-19 20:03:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3627 | acl uid_given url_reg /login?userid=[^&]+ |
Willy Tarreau | 0140f25 | 2008-11-19 21:07:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3628 | acl cookie_set hdr_sub(cookie) SEEN=1 |
| 3629 | |
| 3630 | redirect prefix https://mysite.com set-cookie SEEN=1 if !cookie_set |
Willy Tarreau | 79da469 | 2008-11-19 20:03:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3631 | redirect prefix https://mysite.com if login_page !secure |
| 3632 | redirect prefix http://mysite.com drop-query if login_page !uid_given |
| 3633 | redirect location http://mysite.com/ if !login_page secure |
Willy Tarreau | 0140f25 | 2008-11-19 21:07:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3634 | redirect location / clear-cookie USERID= if logout |
Willy Tarreau | b463dfb | 2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3635 | |
Willy Tarreau | 81e3b4f | 2010-01-10 00:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3636 | Example: send redirects for request for articles without a '/'. |
| 3637 | acl missing_slash path_reg ^/article/[^/]*$ |
| 3638 | redirect code 301 prefix / drop-query append-slash if missing_slash |
| 3639 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3640 | See section 7 about ACL usage. |
Willy Tarreau | b463dfb | 2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3641 | |
| 3642 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 25b501a | 2008-01-06 16:36:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3643 | redisp (deprecated) |
| 3644 | redispatch (deprecated) |
| 3645 | Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure |
| 3646 | May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3647 | yes | no | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3648 | Arguments : none |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 25b501a | 2008-01-06 16:36:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3649 | |
| 3650 | In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may |
| 3651 | definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not |
| 3652 | be able to access the service anymore. |
| 3653 | |
| 3654 | Specifying "redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their persistence and |
| 3655 | redistribute them to a working server. |
| 3656 | |
| 3657 | It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple |
| 3658 | connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero |
| 3659 | value. |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3660 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 25b501a | 2008-01-06 16:36:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3661 | This form is deprecated, do not use it in any new configuration, use the new |
| 3662 | "option redispatch" instead. |
| 3663 | |
| 3664 | See also : "option redispatch" |
| 3665 | |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3666 | |
Willy Tarreau | 8abd4cd | 2010-01-31 14:30:44 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3667 | reqadd <string> [{if | unless} <cond>] |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3668 | Add a header at the end of the HTTP request |
| 3669 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3670 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3671 | Arguments : |
| 3672 | <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter |
| 3673 | must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3674 | 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3675 | |
Willy Tarreau | 8abd4cd | 2010-01-31 14:30:44 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3676 | <cond> is an optional matching condition built from ACLs. It makes it |
| 3677 | possible to ignore this rule when other conditions are not met. |
| 3678 | |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3679 | A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after |
| 3680 | the last header of an HTTP request. |
| 3681 | |
| 3682 | Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy, |
| 3683 | and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error |
| 3684 | responses. |
| 3685 | |
Willy Tarreau | 8abd4cd | 2010-01-31 14:30:44 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3686 | Example : add "X-Proto: SSL" to requests coming via port 81 |
| 3687 | acl is-ssl dst_port 81 |
| 3688 | reqadd X-Proto:\ SSL if is-ssl |
| 3689 | |
| 3690 | See also: "rspadd", section 6 about HTTP header manipulation, and section 7 |
| 3691 | about ACLs. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3692 | |
| 3693 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5321c42 | 2010-01-28 20:35:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3694 | reqallow <search> [{if | unless} <cond>] |
| 3695 | reqiallow <search> [{if | unless} <cond>] (ignore case) |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3696 | Definitely allow an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression |
| 3697 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3698 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3699 | Arguments : |
| 3700 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 3701 | request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis |
| 3702 | grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required. |
| 3703 | Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash |
| 3704 | ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The |
| 3705 | "reqallow" keyword strictly matches case while "reqiallow" |
| 3706 | ignores case. |
| 3707 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5321c42 | 2010-01-28 20:35:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3708 | <cond> is an optional matching condition built from ACLs. It makes it |
| 3709 | possible to ignore this rule when other conditions are not met. |
| 3710 | |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3711 | A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression |
| 3712 | <search> will mark the request as allowed, even if any later test would |
| 3713 | result in a deny. The test applies both to the request line and to request |
| 3714 | headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3715 | header names are not. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3716 | |
| 3717 | It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies. |
| 3718 | Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs. |
| 3719 | |
| 3720 | Example : |
| 3721 | # allow www.* but refuse *.local |
| 3722 | reqiallow ^Host:\ www\. |
| 3723 | reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local |
| 3724 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5321c42 | 2010-01-28 20:35:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3725 | See also: "reqdeny", "block", section 6 about HTTP header manipulation, and |
| 3726 | section 7 about ACLs. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3727 | |
| 3728 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5321c42 | 2010-01-28 20:35:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3729 | reqdel <search> [{if | unless} <cond>] |
| 3730 | reqidel <search> [{if | unless} <cond>] (ignore case) |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3731 | Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP request |
| 3732 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3733 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3734 | Arguments : |
| 3735 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 3736 | request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis |
| 3737 | grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required. |
| 3738 | Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash |
| 3739 | ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqdel" |
| 3740 | keyword strictly matches case while "reqidel" ignores case. |
| 3741 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5321c42 | 2010-01-28 20:35:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3742 | <cond> is an optional matching condition built from ACLs. It makes it |
| 3743 | possible to ignore this rule when other conditions are not met. |
| 3744 | |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3745 | Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request |
| 3746 | will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted |
| 3747 | and/or dangerous headers or cookies from a request before passing it to the |
| 3748 | next servers. |
| 3749 | |
| 3750 | Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy, |
| 3751 | and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error |
| 3752 | responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive. |
| 3753 | |
| 3754 | Example : |
| 3755 | # remove X-Forwarded-For header and SERVER cookie |
| 3756 | reqidel ^X-Forwarded-For:.* |
| 3757 | reqidel ^Cookie:.*SERVER= |
| 3758 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5321c42 | 2010-01-28 20:35:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3759 | See also: "reqadd", "reqrep", "rspdel", section 6 about HTTP header |
| 3760 | manipulation, and section 7 about ACLs. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3761 | |
| 3762 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5321c42 | 2010-01-28 20:35:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3763 | reqdeny <search> [{if | unless} <cond>] |
| 3764 | reqideny <search> [{if | unless} <cond>] (ignore case) |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3765 | Deny an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression |
| 3766 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3767 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3768 | Arguments : |
| 3769 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 3770 | request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis |
| 3771 | grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required. |
| 3772 | Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash |
| 3773 | ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The |
| 3774 | "reqdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "reqideny" ignores |
| 3775 | case. |
| 3776 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5321c42 | 2010-01-28 20:35:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3777 | <cond> is an optional matching condition built from ACLs. It makes it |
| 3778 | possible to ignore this rule when other conditions are not met. |
| 3779 | |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3780 | A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression |
| 3781 | <search> will mark the request as denied, even if any later test would |
| 3782 | result in an allow. The test applies both to the request line and to request |
| 3783 | headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3784 | header names are not. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3785 | |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3786 | A denied request will generate an "HTTP 403 forbidden" response once the |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3787 | complete request has been parsed. This is consistent with what is practiced |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3788 | using ACLs. |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3789 | |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3790 | It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies. |
| 3791 | Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs. |
| 3792 | |
| 3793 | Example : |
| 3794 | # refuse *.local, then allow www.* |
| 3795 | reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local |
| 3796 | reqiallow ^Host:\ www\. |
| 3797 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5321c42 | 2010-01-28 20:35:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3798 | See also: "reqallow", "rspdeny", "block", section 6 about HTTP header |
| 3799 | manipulation, and section 7 about ACLs. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3800 | |
| 3801 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5321c42 | 2010-01-28 20:35:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3802 | reqpass <search> [{if | unless} <cond>] |
| 3803 | reqipass <search> [{if | unless} <cond>] (ignore case) |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3804 | Ignore any HTTP request line matching a regular expression in next rules |
| 3805 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3806 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3807 | Arguments : |
| 3808 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 3809 | request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis |
| 3810 | grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required. |
| 3811 | Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash |
| 3812 | ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The |
| 3813 | "reqpass" keyword strictly matches case while "reqipass" ignores |
| 3814 | case. |
| 3815 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5321c42 | 2010-01-28 20:35:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3816 | <cond> is an optional matching condition built from ACLs. It makes it |
| 3817 | possible to ignore this rule when other conditions are not met. |
| 3818 | |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3819 | A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression |
| 3820 | <search> will skip next rules, without assigning any deny or allow verdict. |
| 3821 | The test applies both to the request line and to request headers. Keep in |
| 3822 | mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while header names are not. |
| 3823 | |
| 3824 | It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies. |
| 3825 | Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs. |
| 3826 | |
| 3827 | Example : |
| 3828 | # refuse *.local, then allow www.*, but ignore "www.private.local" |
| 3829 | reqipass ^Host:\ www.private\.local |
| 3830 | reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local |
| 3831 | reqiallow ^Host:\ www\. |
| 3832 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5321c42 | 2010-01-28 20:35:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3833 | See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "block", section 6 about HTTP header |
| 3834 | manipulation, and section 7 about ACLs. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3835 | |
| 3836 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5321c42 | 2010-01-28 20:35:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3837 | reqrep <search> <string> [{if | unless} <cond>] |
| 3838 | reqirep <search> <string> [{if | unless} <cond>] (ignore case) |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3839 | Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP request line |
| 3840 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3841 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3842 | Arguments : |
| 3843 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 3844 | request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis |
| 3845 | grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required. |
| 3846 | Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash |
| 3847 | ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqrep" |
| 3848 | keyword strictly matches case while "reqirep" ignores case. |
| 3849 | |
| 3850 | <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter |
| 3851 | must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched |
| 3852 | pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N |
| 3853 | being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3854 | 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3855 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5321c42 | 2010-01-28 20:35:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3856 | <cond> is an optional matching condition built from ACLs. It makes it |
| 3857 | possible to ignore this rule when other conditions are not met. |
| 3858 | |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3859 | Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request (both |
| 3860 | the request line and header lines) will be completely replaced with <string>. |
| 3861 | Most common use of this is to rewrite URLs or domain names in "Host" headers. |
| 3862 | |
| 3863 | Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy, |
| 3864 | and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error |
| 3865 | responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough |
| 3866 | spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that URLs in |
| 3867 | request line are case-sensitive while header names are not. |
| 3868 | |
| 3869 | Example : |
| 3870 | # replace "/static/" with "/" at the beginning of any request path. |
| 3871 | reqrep ^([^\ ]*)\ /static/(.*) \1\ /\2 |
| 3872 | # replace "www.mydomain.com" with "www" in the host name. |
| 3873 | reqirep ^Host:\ www.mydomain.com Host:\ www |
| 3874 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5321c42 | 2010-01-28 20:35:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3875 | See also: "reqadd", "reqdel", "rsprep", section 6 about HTTP header |
| 3876 | manipulation, and section 7 about ACLs. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3877 | |
| 3878 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5321c42 | 2010-01-28 20:35:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3879 | reqtarpit <search> [{if | unless} <cond>] |
| 3880 | reqitarpit <search> [{if | unless} <cond>] (ignore case) |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3881 | Tarpit an HTTP request containing a line matching a regular expression |
| 3882 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3883 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3884 | Arguments : |
| 3885 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 3886 | request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis |
| 3887 | grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required. |
| 3888 | Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash |
| 3889 | ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The |
| 3890 | "reqtarpit" keyword strictly matches case while "reqitarpit" |
| 3891 | ignores case. |
| 3892 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5321c42 | 2010-01-28 20:35:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3893 | <cond> is an optional matching condition built from ACLs. It makes it |
| 3894 | possible to ignore this rule when other conditions are not met. |
| 3895 | |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3896 | A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression |
| 3897 | <search> will be tarpitted, which means that it will connect to nowhere, will |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3898 | be kept open for a pre-defined time, then will return an HTTP error 500 so |
| 3899 | that the attacker does not suspect it has been tarpitted. The status 500 will |
| 3900 | be reported in the logs, but the completion flags will indicate "PT". The |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3901 | delay is defined by "timeout tarpit", or "timeout connect" if the former is |
| 3902 | not set. |
| 3903 | |
| 3904 | The goal of the tarpit is to slow down robots attacking servers with |
| 3905 | identifiable requests. Many robots limit their outgoing number of connections |
| 3906 | and stay connected waiting for a reply which can take several minutes to |
| 3907 | come. Depending on the environment and attack, it may be particularly |
| 3908 | efficient at reducing the load on the network and firewalls. |
| 3909 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5321c42 | 2010-01-28 20:35:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3910 | Examples : |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3911 | # ignore user-agents reporting any flavour of "Mozilla" or "MSIE", but |
| 3912 | # block all others. |
| 3913 | reqipass ^User-Agent:\.*(Mozilla|MSIE) |
| 3914 | reqitarpit ^User-Agent: |
| 3915 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5321c42 | 2010-01-28 20:35:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3916 | # block bad guys |
| 3917 | acl badguys src 10.1.0.3 172.16.13.20/28 |
| 3918 | reqitarpit . if badguys |
| 3919 | |
| 3920 | See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "reqpass", section 6 about HTTP header |
| 3921 | manipulation, and section 7 about ACLs. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3922 | |
| 3923 | |
Willy Tarreau | e5c5ce9 | 2008-06-20 17:27:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3924 | retries <value> |
| 3925 | Set the number of retries to perform on a server after a connection failure |
| 3926 | May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3927 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3928 | Arguments : |
| 3929 | <value> is the number of times a connection attempt should be retried on |
| 3930 | a server when a connection either is refused or times out. The |
| 3931 | default value is 3. |
| 3932 | |
| 3933 | It is important to understand that this value applies to the number of |
| 3934 | connection attempts, not full requests. When a connection has effectively |
| 3935 | been established to a server, there will be no more retry. |
| 3936 | |
| 3937 | In order to avoid immediate reconnections to a server which is restarting, |
| 3938 | a turn-around timer of 1 second is applied before a retry occurs. |
| 3939 | |
| 3940 | When "option redispatch" is set, the last retry may be performed on another |
| 3941 | server even if a cookie references a different server. |
| 3942 | |
| 3943 | See also : "option redispatch" |
| 3944 | |
| 3945 | |
Willy Tarreau | fdb563c | 2010-01-31 15:43:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3946 | rspadd <string> [{if | unless} <cond>] |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3947 | Add a header at the end of the HTTP response |
| 3948 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3949 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3950 | Arguments : |
| 3951 | <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter |
| 3952 | must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3953 | 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3954 | |
Willy Tarreau | fdb563c | 2010-01-31 15:43:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3955 | <cond> is an optional matching condition built from ACLs. It makes it |
| 3956 | possible to ignore this rule when other conditions are not met. |
| 3957 | |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3958 | A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after |
| 3959 | the last header of an HTTP response. |
| 3960 | |
| 3961 | Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy, |
| 3962 | and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error |
| 3963 | responses. |
| 3964 | |
Willy Tarreau | fdb563c | 2010-01-31 15:43:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3965 | See also: "reqadd", section 6 about HTTP header manipulation, and section 7 |
| 3966 | about ACLs. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3967 | |
| 3968 | |
Willy Tarreau | fdb563c | 2010-01-31 15:43:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3969 | rspdel <search> [{if | unless} <cond>] |
| 3970 | rspidel <search> [{if | unless} <cond>] (ignore case) |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3971 | Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP response |
| 3972 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3973 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3974 | Arguments : |
| 3975 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 3976 | response line. This is an extended regular expression, so |
| 3977 | parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash |
| 3978 | is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using |
| 3979 | a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. |
| 3980 | The "rspdel" keyword strictly matches case while "rspidel" |
| 3981 | ignores case. |
| 3982 | |
Willy Tarreau | fdb563c | 2010-01-31 15:43:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3983 | <cond> is an optional matching condition built from ACLs. It makes it |
| 3984 | possible to ignore this rule when other conditions are not met. |
| 3985 | |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3986 | Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response |
| 3987 | will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted |
| 3988 | and/or sensible headers or cookies from a response before passing it to the |
| 3989 | client. |
| 3990 | |
| 3991 | Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy, |
| 3992 | and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error |
| 3993 | responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive. |
| 3994 | |
| 3995 | Example : |
| 3996 | # remove the Server header from responses |
| 3997 | reqidel ^Server:.* |
| 3998 | |
Willy Tarreau | fdb563c | 2010-01-31 15:43:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3999 | See also: "rspadd", "rsprep", "reqdel", section 6 about HTTP header |
| 4000 | manipulation, and section 7 about ACLs. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4001 | |
| 4002 | |
Willy Tarreau | fdb563c | 2010-01-31 15:43:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4003 | rspdeny <search> [{if | unless} <cond>] |
| 4004 | rspideny <search> [{if | unless} <cond>] (ignore case) |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4005 | Block an HTTP response if a line matches a regular expression |
| 4006 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4007 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 4008 | Arguments : |
| 4009 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 4010 | response line. This is an extended regular expression, so |
| 4011 | parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash |
| 4012 | is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using |
| 4013 | a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. |
| 4014 | The "rspdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "rspideny" |
| 4015 | ignores case. |
| 4016 | |
Willy Tarreau | fdb563c | 2010-01-31 15:43:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4017 | <cond> is an optional matching condition built from ACLs. It makes it |
| 4018 | possible to ignore this rule when other conditions are not met. |
| 4019 | |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4020 | A response containing any line which matches extended regular expression |
| 4021 | <search> will mark the request as denied. The test applies both to the |
| 4022 | response line and to response headers. Keep in mind that header names are not |
| 4023 | case-sensitive. |
| 4024 | |
| 4025 | Main use of this keyword is to prevent sensitive information leak and to |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4026 | block the response before it reaches the client. If a response is denied, it |
| 4027 | will be replaced with an HTTP 502 error so that the client never retrieves |
| 4028 | any sensitive data. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4029 | |
| 4030 | It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies. |
| 4031 | Rspdeny should be avoided in new designs. |
| 4032 | |
| 4033 | Example : |
| 4034 | # Ensure that no content type matching ms-word will leak |
| 4035 | rspideny ^Content-type:\.*/ms-word |
| 4036 | |
Willy Tarreau | fdb563c | 2010-01-31 15:43:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4037 | See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block", section 6 about HTTP header manipulation |
| 4038 | and section 7 about ACLs. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4039 | |
| 4040 | |
Willy Tarreau | fdb563c | 2010-01-31 15:43:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4041 | rsprep <search> <string> [{if | unless} <cond>] |
| 4042 | rspirep <search> <string> [{if | unless} <cond>] (ignore case) |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4043 | Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP response line |
| 4044 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4045 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 4046 | Arguments : |
| 4047 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 4048 | response line. This is an extended regular expression, so |
| 4049 | parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash |
| 4050 | is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using |
| 4051 | a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. |
| 4052 | The "rsprep" keyword strictly matches case while "rspirep" |
| 4053 | ignores case. |
| 4054 | |
| 4055 | <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter |
| 4056 | must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched |
| 4057 | pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N |
| 4058 | being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4059 | 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4060 | |
Willy Tarreau | fdb563c | 2010-01-31 15:43:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4061 | <cond> is an optional matching condition built from ACLs. It makes it |
| 4062 | possible to ignore this rule when other conditions are not met. |
| 4063 | |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4064 | Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response (both |
| 4065 | the response line and header lines) will be completely replaced with |
| 4066 | <string>. Most common use of this is to rewrite Location headers. |
| 4067 | |
| 4068 | Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy, |
| 4069 | and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error |
| 4070 | responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough |
| 4071 | spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that header names |
| 4072 | are not case-sensitive. |
| 4073 | |
| 4074 | Example : |
| 4075 | # replace "Location: 127.0.0.1:8080" with "Location: www.mydomain.com" |
| 4076 | rspirep ^Location:\ 127.0.0.1:8080 Location:\ www.mydomain.com |
| 4077 | |
Willy Tarreau | fdb563c | 2010-01-31 15:43:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4078 | See also: "rspadd", "rspdel", "reqrep", section 6 about HTTP header |
| 4079 | manipulation, and section 7 about ACLs. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4080 | |
| 4081 | |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4082 | server <name> <address>[:port] [param*] |
| 4083 | Declare a server in a backend |
| 4084 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4085 | no | no | yes | yes |
| 4086 | Arguments : |
| 4087 | <name> is the internal name assigned to this server. This name will |
| 4088 | appear in logs and alerts. |
| 4089 | |
| 4090 | <address> is the IPv4 address of the server. Alternatively, a resolvable |
| 4091 | hostname is supported, but this name will be resolved during |
| 4092 | start-up. |
| 4093 | |
| 4094 | <ports> is an optional port specification. If set, all connections will |
| 4095 | be sent to this port. If unset, the same port the client |
| 4096 | connected to will be used. The port may also be prefixed by a "+" |
| 4097 | or a "-". In this case, the server's port will be determined by |
| 4098 | adding this value to the client's port. |
| 4099 | |
| 4100 | <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "server" keywords |
| 4101 | accepts an important number of options and has a complete section |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4102 | dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more details. |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4103 | |
| 4104 | Examples : |
| 4105 | server first 10.1.1.1:1080 cookie first check inter 1000 |
| 4106 | server second 10.1.1.2:1080 cookie second check inter 1000 |
| 4107 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c6df066 | 2010-01-05 16:38:49 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4108 | See also: "default-server" and section 5 about server options |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4109 | |
| 4110 | |
| 4111 | source <addr>[:<port>] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ] |
Willy Tarreau | d53f96b | 2009-02-04 18:46:54 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4112 | source <addr>[:<port>] [interface <name>] |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4113 | Set the source address for outgoing connections |
| 4114 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4115 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 4116 | Arguments : |
| 4117 | <addr> is the IPv4 address HAProxy will bind to before connecting to a |
| 4118 | server. This address is also used as a source for health checks. |
| 4119 | The default value of 0.0.0.0 means that the system will select |
| 4120 | the most appropriate address to reach its destination. |
| 4121 | |
| 4122 | <port> is an optional port. It is normally not needed but may be useful |
| 4123 | in some very specific contexts. The default value of zero means |
Willy Tarreau | c6f4ce8 | 2009-06-10 11:09:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4124 | the system will select a free port. Note that port ranges are not |
| 4125 | supported in the backend. If you want to force port ranges, you |
| 4126 | have to specify them on each "server" line. |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4127 | |
| 4128 | <addr2> is the IP address to present to the server when connections are |
| 4129 | forwarded in full transparent proxy mode. This is currently only |
| 4130 | supported on some patched Linux kernels. When this address is |
| 4131 | specified, clients connecting to the server will be presented |
| 4132 | with this address, while health checks will still use the address |
| 4133 | <addr>. |
| 4134 | |
| 4135 | <port2> is the optional port to present to the server when connections |
| 4136 | are forwarded in full transparent proxy mode (see <addr2> above). |
| 4137 | The default value of zero means the system will select a free |
| 4138 | port. |
| 4139 | |
Willy Tarreau | d53f96b | 2009-02-04 18:46:54 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4140 | <name> is an optional interface name to which to bind to for outgoing |
| 4141 | traffic. On systems supporting this features (currently, only |
| 4142 | Linux), this allows one to bind all traffic to the server to |
| 4143 | this interface even if it is not the one the system would select |
| 4144 | based on routing tables. This should be used with extreme care. |
| 4145 | Note that using this option requires root privileges. |
| 4146 | |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4147 | The "source" keyword is useful in complex environments where a specific |
| 4148 | address only is allowed to connect to the servers. It may be needed when a |
| 4149 | private address must be used through a public gateway for instance, and it is |
| 4150 | known that the system cannot determine the adequate source address by itself. |
| 4151 | |
| 4152 | An extension which is available on certain patched Linux kernels may be used |
| 4153 | through the "usesrc" optional keyword. It makes it possible to connect to the |
| 4154 | servers with an IP address which does not belong to the system itself. This |
| 4155 | is called "full transparent proxy mode". For this to work, the destination |
| 4156 | servers have to route their traffic back to this address through the machine |
| 4157 | running HAProxy, and IP forwarding must generally be enabled on this machine. |
| 4158 | |
| 4159 | In this "full transparent proxy" mode, it is possible to force a specific IP |
| 4160 | address to be presented to the servers. This is not much used in fact. A more |
| 4161 | common use is to tell HAProxy to present the client's IP address. For this, |
| 4162 | there are two methods : |
| 4163 | |
| 4164 | - present the client's IP and port addresses. This is the most transparent |
| 4165 | mode, but it can cause problems when IP connection tracking is enabled on |
| 4166 | the machine, because a same connection may be seen twice with different |
| 4167 | states. However, this solution presents the huge advantage of not |
| 4168 | limiting the system to the 64k outgoing address+port couples, because all |
| 4169 | of the client ranges may be used. |
| 4170 | |
| 4171 | - present only the client's IP address and select a spare port. This |
| 4172 | solution is still quite elegant but slightly less transparent (downstream |
| 4173 | firewalls logs will not match upstream's). It also presents the downside |
| 4174 | of limiting the number of concurrent connections to the usual 64k ports. |
| 4175 | However, since the upstream and downstream ports are different, local IP |
| 4176 | connection tracking on the machine will not be upset by the reuse of the |
| 4177 | same session. |
| 4178 | |
| 4179 | Note that depending on the transparent proxy technology used, it may be |
| 4180 | required to force the source address. In fact, cttproxy version 2 requires an |
| 4181 | IP address in <addr> above, and does not support setting of "0.0.0.0" as the |
| 4182 | IP address because it creates NAT entries which much match the exact outgoing |
| 4183 | address. Tproxy version 4 and some other kernel patches which work in pure |
| 4184 | forwarding mode generally will not have this limitation. |
| 4185 | |
| 4186 | This option sets the default source for all servers in the backend. It may |
| 4187 | also be specified in a "defaults" section. Finer source address specification |
| 4188 | is possible at the server level using the "source" server option. Refer to |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4189 | section 5 for more information. |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4190 | |
| 4191 | Examples : |
| 4192 | backend private |
| 4193 | # Connect to the servers using our 192.168.1.200 source address |
| 4194 | source 192.168.1.200 |
| 4195 | |
| 4196 | backend transparent_ssl1 |
| 4197 | # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address |
| 4198 | source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip |
| 4199 | |
| 4200 | backend transparent_ssl2 |
| 4201 | # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address and port |
| 4202 | # not recommended if IP conntrack is present on the local machine. |
| 4203 | source 192.168.1.200 usesrc client |
| 4204 | |
| 4205 | backend transparent_ssl3 |
| 4206 | # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address. It |
| 4207 | # is more conntrack-friendly. |
| 4208 | source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip |
| 4209 | |
| 4210 | backend transparent_smtp |
| 4211 | # Connect to the SMTP farm from the client's source address/port |
| 4212 | # with Tproxy version 4. |
| 4213 | source 0.0.0.0 usesrc clientip |
| 4214 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4215 | See also : the "source" server option in section 5, the Tproxy patches for |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4216 | the Linux kernel on www.balabit.com, the "bind" keyword. |
| 4217 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 25b501a | 2008-01-06 16:36:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4218 | |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4219 | srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated) |
| 4220 | Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side. |
| 4221 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4222 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 4223 | Arguments : |
| 4224 | <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but |
| 4225 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 4226 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 4227 | |
| 4228 | The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or |
| 4229 | send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider |
| 4230 | during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the |
| 4231 | headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the |
| 4232 | request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with |
| 4233 | what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs |
| 4234 | to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly. |
| 4235 | |
| 4236 | The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other |
| 4237 | unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this |
| 4238 | document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly |
| 4239 | recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in |
| 4240 | order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4241 | response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4242 | packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4243 | seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum). |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4244 | |
| 4245 | This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in |
| 4246 | "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to |
| 4247 | forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which |
| 4248 | is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning |
| 4249 | during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in |
| 4250 | the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either. |
| 4251 | |
| 4252 | This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated. |
| 4253 | Please use "timeout server" instead. |
| 4254 | |
| 4255 | See also : "timeout server", "timeout client" and "clitimeout". |
| 4256 | |
| 4257 | |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4258 | stats auth <user>:<passwd> |
| 4259 | Enable statistics with authentication and grant access to an account |
| 4260 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4261 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 4262 | Arguments : |
| 4263 | <user> is a user name to grant access to |
| 4264 | |
| 4265 | <passwd> is the cleartext password associated to this user |
| 4266 | |
| 4267 | This statement enables statistics with default settings, and restricts access |
| 4268 | to declared users only. It may be repeated as many times as necessary to |
| 4269 | allow as many users as desired. When a user tries to access the statistics |
| 4270 | without a valid account, a "401 Forbidden" response will be returned so that |
| 4271 | the browser asks the user to provide a valid user and password. The real |
| 4272 | which will be returned to the browser is configurable using "stats realm". |
| 4273 | |
| 4274 | Since the authentication method is HTTP Basic Authentication, the passwords |
| 4275 | circulate in cleartext on the network. Thus, it was decided that the |
| 4276 | configuration file would also use cleartext passwords to remind the users |
| 4277 | that those ones should not be sensible and not shared with any other account. |
| 4278 | |
| 4279 | It is also possible to reduce the scope of the proxies which appear in the |
| 4280 | report using "stats scope". |
| 4281 | |
| 4282 | Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is |
| 4283 | recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default |
| 4284 | unobvious parameters. |
| 4285 | |
| 4286 | Example : |
| 4287 | # public access (limited to this backend only) |
| 4288 | backend public_www |
| 4289 | server srv1 192.168.0.1:80 |
| 4290 | stats enable |
| 4291 | stats hide-version |
| 4292 | stats scope . |
| 4293 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 4294 | stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics |
| 4295 | stats auth admin1:AdMiN123 |
| 4296 | stats auth admin2:AdMiN321 |
| 4297 | |
| 4298 | # internal monitoring access (unlimited) |
| 4299 | backend private_monitoring |
| 4300 | stats enable |
| 4301 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 4302 | stats refresh 5s |
| 4303 | |
| 4304 | See also : "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats scope", "stats uri" |
| 4305 | |
| 4306 | |
| 4307 | stats enable |
| 4308 | Enable statistics reporting with default settings |
| 4309 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4310 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 4311 | Arguments : none |
| 4312 | |
| 4313 | This statement enables statistics reporting with default settings defined |
| 4314 | at build time. Unless stated otherwise, these settings are used : |
| 4315 | - stats uri : /haproxy?stats |
| 4316 | - stats realm : "HAProxy Statistics" |
| 4317 | - stats auth : no authentication |
| 4318 | - stats scope : no restriction |
| 4319 | |
| 4320 | Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is |
| 4321 | recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default |
| 4322 | unobvious parameters. |
| 4323 | |
| 4324 | Example : |
| 4325 | # public access (limited to this backend only) |
| 4326 | backend public_www |
| 4327 | server srv1 192.168.0.1:80 |
| 4328 | stats enable |
| 4329 | stats hide-version |
| 4330 | stats scope . |
| 4331 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 4332 | stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics |
| 4333 | stats auth admin1:AdMiN123 |
| 4334 | stats auth admin2:AdMiN321 |
| 4335 | |
| 4336 | # internal monitoring access (unlimited) |
| 4337 | backend private_monitoring |
| 4338 | stats enable |
| 4339 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 4340 | stats refresh 5s |
| 4341 | |
| 4342 | See also : "stats auth", "stats realm", "stats uri" |
| 4343 | |
| 4344 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 48cb2ae | 2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4345 | stats show-node [ <name> ] |
Willy Tarreau | 1d45b7c | 2009-08-16 10:29:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4346 | Enable reporting of a host name on the statistics page. |
| 4347 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4348 | yes | no | yes | yes |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 48cb2ae | 2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4349 | Arguments: |
| 4350 | <name> is an optional name to be reported. If unspecified, the |
| 4351 | node name from global section is automatically used instead. |
Willy Tarreau | 1d45b7c | 2009-08-16 10:29:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4352 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 48cb2ae | 2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4353 | This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their |
| 4354 | customers, where node or description might be different on a stats page |
| 4355 | provided for each customer. |
Willy Tarreau | 1d45b7c | 2009-08-16 10:29:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4356 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 48cb2ae | 2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4357 | Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is |
| 4358 | recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default |
| 4359 | unobvious parameters. |
| 4360 | |
| 4361 | Example: |
| 4362 | # internal monitoring access (unlimited) |
| 4363 | backend private_monitoring |
| 4364 | stats enable |
| 4365 | stats show-node Europe-1 |
| 4366 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 4367 | stats refresh 5s |
| 4368 | |
Willy Tarreau | 983e01e | 2010-01-11 18:42:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4369 | See also: "show-desc", "stats enable", "stats uri", and "node" in global |
| 4370 | section. |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 48cb2ae | 2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4371 | |
| 4372 | |
| 4373 | stats show-desc [ <description> ] |
| 4374 | Enable reporting of a description on the statistics page. |
| 4375 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4376 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 4377 | |
| 4378 | <name> is an optional description to be reported. If unspecified, the |
| 4379 | description from global section is automatically used instead. |
| 4380 | |
| 4381 | This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their |
| 4382 | customers, where node or description should be different for each customer. |
Willy Tarreau | 1d45b7c | 2009-08-16 10:29:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4383 | |
| 4384 | Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is |
| 4385 | recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default |
| 4386 | unobvious parameters. |
| 4387 | |
| 4388 | Example : |
| 4389 | # internal monitoring access (unlimited) |
| 4390 | backend private_monitoring |
| 4391 | stats enable |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 48cb2ae | 2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4392 | stats show-desc Master node for Europe, Asia, Africa |
Willy Tarreau | 1d45b7c | 2009-08-16 10:29:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4393 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 4394 | stats refresh 5s |
| 4395 | |
Willy Tarreau | 983e01e | 2010-01-11 18:42:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4396 | See also: "show-node", "stats enable", "stats uri" and "description" in |
| 4397 | global section. |
| 4398 | |
Willy Tarreau | 1d45b7c | 2009-08-16 10:29:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4399 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 15514c2 | 2010-01-04 16:03:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4400 | stats show-legends |
| 4401 | Enable reporting additional informations on the statistics page : |
| 4402 | - cap: capabilities (proxy) |
| 4403 | - mode: one of tcp, http or health (proxy) |
| 4404 | - id: SNMP ID (proxy, socket, server) |
| 4405 | - IP (socket, server) |
| 4406 | - cookie (backend, server) |
| 4407 | |
| 4408 | Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is |
| 4409 | recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default |
| 4410 | unobvious parameters. |
| 4411 | |
| 4412 | See also: "stats enable", "stats uri". |
Willy Tarreau | 1d45b7c | 2009-08-16 10:29:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4413 | |
Willy Tarreau | 983e01e | 2010-01-11 18:42:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4414 | |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4415 | stats realm <realm> |
| 4416 | Enable statistics and set authentication realm |
| 4417 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4418 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 4419 | Arguments : |
| 4420 | <realm> is the name of the HTTP Basic Authentication realm reported to |
| 4421 | the browser. The browser uses it to display it in the pop-up |
| 4422 | inviting the user to enter a valid username and password. |
| 4423 | |
| 4424 | The realm is read as a single word, so any spaces in it should be escaped |
| 4425 | using a backslash ('\'). |
| 4426 | |
| 4427 | This statement is useful only in conjunction with "stats auth" since it is |
| 4428 | only related to authentication. |
| 4429 | |
| 4430 | Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is |
| 4431 | recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default |
| 4432 | unobvious parameters. |
| 4433 | |
| 4434 | Example : |
| 4435 | # public access (limited to this backend only) |
| 4436 | backend public_www |
| 4437 | server srv1 192.168.0.1:80 |
| 4438 | stats enable |
| 4439 | stats hide-version |
| 4440 | stats scope . |
| 4441 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 4442 | stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics |
| 4443 | stats auth admin1:AdMiN123 |
| 4444 | stats auth admin2:AdMiN321 |
| 4445 | |
| 4446 | # internal monitoring access (unlimited) |
| 4447 | backend private_monitoring |
| 4448 | stats enable |
| 4449 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 4450 | stats refresh 5s |
| 4451 | |
| 4452 | See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats uri" |
| 4453 | |
| 4454 | |
| 4455 | stats refresh <delay> |
| 4456 | Enable statistics with automatic refresh |
| 4457 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4458 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 4459 | Arguments : |
| 4460 | <delay> is the suggested refresh delay, specified in seconds, which will |
| 4461 | be returned to the browser consulting the report page. While the |
| 4462 | browser is free to apply any delay, it will generally respect it |
| 4463 | and refresh the page this every seconds. The refresh interval may |
| 4464 | be specified in any other non-default time unit, by suffixing the |
| 4465 | unit after the value, as explained at the top of this document. |
| 4466 | |
| 4467 | This statement is useful on monitoring displays with a permanent page |
| 4468 | reporting the load balancer's activity. When set, the HTML report page will |
| 4469 | include a link "refresh"/"stop refresh" so that the user can select whether |
| 4470 | he wants automatic refresh of the page or not. |
| 4471 | |
| 4472 | Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is |
| 4473 | recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default |
| 4474 | unobvious parameters. |
| 4475 | |
| 4476 | Example : |
| 4477 | # public access (limited to this backend only) |
| 4478 | backend public_www |
| 4479 | server srv1 192.168.0.1:80 |
| 4480 | stats enable |
| 4481 | stats hide-version |
| 4482 | stats scope . |
| 4483 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 4484 | stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics |
| 4485 | stats auth admin1:AdMiN123 |
| 4486 | stats auth admin2:AdMiN321 |
| 4487 | |
| 4488 | # internal monitoring access (unlimited) |
| 4489 | backend private_monitoring |
| 4490 | stats enable |
| 4491 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 4492 | stats refresh 5s |
| 4493 | |
| 4494 | See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri" |
| 4495 | |
| 4496 | |
| 4497 | stats scope { <name> | "." } |
| 4498 | Enable statistics and limit access scope |
| 4499 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4500 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 4501 | Arguments : |
| 4502 | <name> is the name of a listen, frontend or backend section to be |
| 4503 | reported. The special name "." (a single dot) designates the |
| 4504 | section in which the statement appears. |
| 4505 | |
| 4506 | When this statement is specified, only the sections enumerated with this |
| 4507 | statement will appear in the report. All other ones will be hidden. This |
| 4508 | statement may appear as many times as needed if multiple sections need to be |
| 4509 | reported. Please note that the name checking is performed as simple string |
| 4510 | comparisons, and that it is never checked that a give section name really |
| 4511 | exists. |
| 4512 | |
| 4513 | Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is |
| 4514 | recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default |
| 4515 | unobvious parameters. |
| 4516 | |
| 4517 | Example : |
| 4518 | # public access (limited to this backend only) |
| 4519 | backend public_www |
| 4520 | server srv1 192.168.0.1:80 |
| 4521 | stats enable |
| 4522 | stats hide-version |
| 4523 | stats scope . |
| 4524 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 4525 | stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics |
| 4526 | stats auth admin1:AdMiN123 |
| 4527 | stats auth admin2:AdMiN321 |
| 4528 | |
| 4529 | # internal monitoring access (unlimited) |
| 4530 | backend private_monitoring |
| 4531 | stats enable |
| 4532 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 4533 | stats refresh 5s |
| 4534 | |
| 4535 | See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri" |
| 4536 | |
| 4537 | |
| 4538 | stats uri <prefix> |
| 4539 | Enable statistics and define the URI prefix to access them |
| 4540 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4541 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 4542 | Arguments : |
| 4543 | <prefix> is the prefix of any URI which will be redirected to stats. This |
| 4544 | prefix may contain a question mark ('?') to indicate part of a |
| 4545 | query string. |
| 4546 | |
| 4547 | The statistics URI is intercepted on the relayed traffic, so it appears as a |
| 4548 | page within the normal application. It is strongly advised to ensure that the |
| 4549 | selected URI will never appear in the application, otherwise it will never be |
| 4550 | possible to reach it in the application. |
| 4551 | |
| 4552 | The default URI compiled in haproxy is "/haproxy?stats", but this may be |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4553 | changed at build time, so it's better to always explicitly specify it here. |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4554 | It is generally a good idea to include a question mark in the URI so that |
| 4555 | intermediate proxies refrain from caching the results. Also, since any string |
| 4556 | beginning with the prefix will be accepted as a stats request, the question |
| 4557 | mark helps ensuring that no valid URI will begin with the same words. |
| 4558 | |
| 4559 | It is sometimes very convenient to use "/" as the URI prefix, and put that |
| 4560 | statement in a "listen" instance of its own. That makes it easy to dedicate |
| 4561 | an address or a port to statistics only. |
| 4562 | |
| 4563 | Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is |
| 4564 | recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default |
| 4565 | unobvious parameters. |
| 4566 | |
| 4567 | Example : |
| 4568 | # public access (limited to this backend only) |
| 4569 | backend public_www |
| 4570 | server srv1 192.168.0.1:80 |
| 4571 | stats enable |
| 4572 | stats hide-version |
| 4573 | stats scope . |
| 4574 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 4575 | stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics |
| 4576 | stats auth admin1:AdMiN123 |
| 4577 | stats auth admin2:AdMiN321 |
| 4578 | |
| 4579 | # internal monitoring access (unlimited) |
| 4580 | backend private_monitoring |
| 4581 | stats enable |
| 4582 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 4583 | stats refresh 5s |
| 4584 | |
| 4585 | See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm" |
| 4586 | |
| 4587 | |
| 4588 | stats hide-version |
| 4589 | Enable statistics and hide HAProxy version reporting |
| 4590 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4591 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 4592 | Arguments : none |
| 4593 | |
| 4594 | By default, the stats page reports some useful status information along with |
| 4595 | the statistics. Among them is HAProxy's version. However, it is generally |
| 4596 | considered dangerous to report precise version to anyone, as it can help them |
| 4597 | target known weaknesses with specific attacks. The "stats hide-version" |
| 4598 | statement removes the version from the statistics report. This is recommended |
| 4599 | for public sites or any site with a weak login/password. |
| 4600 | |
| 4601 | Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is |
| 4602 | recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default |
| 4603 | unobvious parameters. |
| 4604 | |
| 4605 | Example : |
| 4606 | # public access (limited to this backend only) |
| 4607 | backend public_www |
| 4608 | server srv1 192.168.0.1:80 |
| 4609 | stats enable |
| 4610 | stats hide-version |
| 4611 | stats scope . |
| 4612 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 4613 | stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics |
| 4614 | stats auth admin1:AdMiN123 |
| 4615 | stats auth admin2:AdMiN321 |
| 4616 | |
| 4617 | # internal monitoring access (unlimited) |
| 4618 | backend private_monitoring |
| 4619 | stats enable |
| 4620 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 4621 | stats refresh 5s |
| 4622 | |
| 4623 | See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri" |
| 4624 | |
| 4625 | |
Willy Tarreau | b937b7e | 2010-01-12 15:27:54 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4626 | stick match <pattern> [table <table>] [{if | unless} <cond>] |
| 4627 | Define a request pattern matching condition to stick a user to a server |
| 4628 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4629 | no | no | yes | yes |
| 4630 | |
| 4631 | Arguments : |
| 4632 | <pattern> is a pattern extraction rule as described in section 7.8. It |
| 4633 | describes what elements of the incoming request or connection |
| 4634 | will be analysed in the hope to find a matching entry in a |
| 4635 | stickiness table. This rule is mandatory. |
| 4636 | |
| 4637 | <table> is an optional stickiness table name. If unspecified, the same |
| 4638 | backend's table is used. A stickiness table is declared using |
| 4639 | the "stick-table" statement. |
| 4640 | |
| 4641 | <cond> is an optional matching condition. It makes it possible to match |
| 4642 | on a certain criterion only when other conditions are met (or |
| 4643 | not met). For instance, it could be used to match on a source IP |
| 4644 | address except when a request passes through a known proxy, in |
| 4645 | which case we'd match on a header containing that IP address. |
| 4646 | |
| 4647 | Some protocols or applications require complex stickiness rules and cannot |
| 4648 | always simply rely on cookies nor hashing. The "stick match" statement |
| 4649 | describes a rule to extract the stickiness criterion from an incoming request |
| 4650 | or connection. See section 7 for a complete list of possible patterns and |
| 4651 | transformation rules. |
| 4652 | |
| 4653 | The table has to be declared using the "stick-table" statement. It must be of |
| 4654 | a type compatible with the pattern. By default it is the one which is present |
| 4655 | in the same backend. It is possible to share a table with other backends by |
| 4656 | referencing it using the "table" keyword. If another table is referenced, |
| 4657 | the server's ID inside the backends are used. By default, all server IDs |
| 4658 | start at 1 in each backend, so the server ordering is enough. But in case of |
| 4659 | doubt, it is highly recommended to force server IDs using their "id" setting. |
| 4660 | |
| 4661 | It is possible to restrict the conditions where a "stick match" statement |
| 4662 | will apply, using "if" or "unless" followed by a condition. See section 7 for |
| 4663 | ACL based conditions. |
| 4664 | |
| 4665 | There is no limit on the number of "stick match" statements. The first that |
| 4666 | applies and matches will cause the request to be directed to the same server |
| 4667 | as was used for the request which created the entry. That way, multiple |
| 4668 | matches can be used as fallbacks. |
| 4669 | |
| 4670 | The stick rules are checked after the persistence cookies, so they will not |
| 4671 | affect stickiness if a cookie has already been used to select a server. That |
| 4672 | way, it becomes very easy to insert cookies and match on IP addresses in |
| 4673 | order to maintain stickiness between HTTP and HTTPS. |
| 4674 | |
| 4675 | Example : |
| 4676 | # forward SMTP users to the same server they just used for POP in the |
| 4677 | # last 30 minutes |
| 4678 | backend pop |
| 4679 | mode tcp |
| 4680 | balance roundrobin |
| 4681 | stick store-request src |
| 4682 | stick-table type ip size 200k expire 30m |
| 4683 | server s1 192.168.1.1:110 |
| 4684 | server s2 192.168.1.1:110 |
| 4685 | |
| 4686 | backend smtp |
| 4687 | mode tcp |
| 4688 | balance roundrobin |
| 4689 | stick match src table pop |
| 4690 | server s1 192.168.1.1:25 |
| 4691 | server s2 192.168.1.1:25 |
| 4692 | |
| 4693 | See also : "stick-table", "stick on", and section 7 about ACLs and pattern |
| 4694 | extraction. |
| 4695 | |
| 4696 | |
| 4697 | stick on <pattern> [table <table>] [{if | unless} <condition>] |
| 4698 | Define a request pattern to associate a user to a server |
| 4699 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4700 | no | no | yes | yes |
| 4701 | |
| 4702 | Note : This form is exactly equivalent to "stick match" followed by |
| 4703 | "stick store-request", all with the same arguments. Please refer |
| 4704 | to both keywords for details. It is only provided as a convenience |
| 4705 | for writing more maintainable configurations. |
| 4706 | |
| 4707 | Examples : |
| 4708 | # The following form ... |
| 4709 | stick or src table pop if !localhost |
| 4710 | |
| 4711 | # ...is strictly equivalent to this one : |
| 4712 | stick match src table pop if !localhost |
| 4713 | stick store-request src table pop if !localhost |
| 4714 | |
| 4715 | |
| 4716 | # Use cookie persistence for HTTP, and stick on source address for HTTPS as |
| 4717 | # well as HTTP without cookie. Share the same table between both accesses. |
| 4718 | backend http |
| 4719 | mode http |
| 4720 | balance roundrobin |
| 4721 | stick on src table https |
| 4722 | cookie SRV insert indirect nocache |
| 4723 | server s1 192.168.1.1:80 cookie s1 |
| 4724 | server s2 192.168.1.1:80 cookie s2 |
| 4725 | |
| 4726 | backend https |
| 4727 | mode tcp |
| 4728 | balance roundrobin |
| 4729 | stick-table type ip size 200k expire 30m |
| 4730 | stick on src |
| 4731 | server s1 192.168.1.1:443 |
| 4732 | server s2 192.168.1.1:443 |
| 4733 | |
| 4734 | See also : "stick match" and "stick store-request" |
| 4735 | |
| 4736 | |
| 4737 | stick store-request <pattern> [table <table>] [{if | unless} <condition>] |
| 4738 | Define a request pattern used to create an entry in a stickiness table |
| 4739 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4740 | no | no | yes | yes |
| 4741 | |
| 4742 | Arguments : |
| 4743 | <pattern> is a pattern extraction rule as described in section 7.8. It |
| 4744 | describes what elements of the incoming request or connection |
| 4745 | will be analysed, extracted and stored in the table once a |
| 4746 | server is selected. |
| 4747 | |
| 4748 | <table> is an optional stickiness table name. If unspecified, the same |
| 4749 | backend's table is used. A stickiness table is declared using |
| 4750 | the "stick-table" statement. |
| 4751 | |
| 4752 | <cond> is an optional storage condition. It makes it possible to store |
| 4753 | certain criteria only when some conditions are met (or not met). |
| 4754 | For instance, it could be used to store the source IP address |
| 4755 | except when the request passes through a known proxy, in which |
| 4756 | case we'd store a converted form of a header containing that IP |
| 4757 | address. |
| 4758 | |
| 4759 | Some protocols or applications require complex stickiness rules and cannot |
| 4760 | always simply rely on cookies nor hashing. The "stick store-request" statement |
| 4761 | describes a rule to decide what to extract from the request and when to do |
| 4762 | it, in order to store it into a stickiness table for further requests to |
| 4763 | match it using the "stick match" statement. Obviously the extracted part must |
| 4764 | make sense and have a chance to be matched in a further request. Storing a |
| 4765 | client's IP address for instance often makes sense. Storing an ID found in a |
| 4766 | URL parameter also makes sense. Storing a source port will almost never make |
| 4767 | any sense because it will be randomly matched. See section 7 for a complete |
| 4768 | list of possible patterns and transformation rules. |
| 4769 | |
| 4770 | The table has to be declared using the "stick-table" statement. It must be of |
| 4771 | a type compatible with the pattern. By default it is the one which is present |
| 4772 | in the same backend. It is possible to share a table with other backends by |
| 4773 | referencing it using the "table" keyword. If another table is referenced, |
| 4774 | the server's ID inside the backends are used. By default, all server IDs |
| 4775 | start at 1 in each backend, so the server ordering is enough. But in case of |
| 4776 | doubt, it is highly recommended to force server IDs using their "id" setting. |
| 4777 | |
| 4778 | It is possible to restrict the conditions where a "stick store-request" |
| 4779 | statement will apply, using "if" or "unless" followed by a condition. This |
| 4780 | condition will be evaluated while parsing the request, so any criteria can be |
| 4781 | used. See section 7 for ACL based conditions. |
| 4782 | |
| 4783 | There is no limit on the number of "stick store-request" statements, but |
| 4784 | there is a limit of 8 simultaneous stores per request or response. This |
| 4785 | makes it possible to store up to 8 criteria, all extracted from either the |
| 4786 | request or the response, regardless of the number of rules. Only the 8 first |
| 4787 | ones which match will be kept. Using this, it is possible to feed multiple |
| 4788 | tables at once in the hope to increase the chance to recognize a user on |
| 4789 | another protocol or access method. |
| 4790 | |
| 4791 | The "store-request" rules are evaluated once the server connection has been |
| 4792 | established, so that the table will contain the real server that processed |
| 4793 | the request. |
| 4794 | |
| 4795 | Example : |
| 4796 | # forward SMTP users to the same server they just used for POP in the |
| 4797 | # last 30 minutes |
| 4798 | backend pop |
| 4799 | mode tcp |
| 4800 | balance roundrobin |
| 4801 | stick store-request src |
| 4802 | stick-table type ip size 200k expire 30m |
| 4803 | server s1 192.168.1.1:110 |
| 4804 | server s2 192.168.1.1:110 |
| 4805 | |
| 4806 | backend smtp |
| 4807 | mode tcp |
| 4808 | balance roundrobin |
| 4809 | stick match src table pop |
| 4810 | server s1 192.168.1.1:25 |
| 4811 | server s2 192.168.1.1:25 |
| 4812 | |
| 4813 | See also : "stick-table", "stick on", and section 7 about ACLs and pattern |
| 4814 | extraction. |
| 4815 | |
| 4816 | |
| 4817 | stick-table type {ip | integer | string [len <length>] } size <size> |
| 4818 | [expire <expire>] [nopurge] |
| 4819 | Configure the stickiness table for the current backend |
| 4820 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4821 | no | no | yes | yes |
| 4822 | |
| 4823 | Arguments : |
| 4824 | ip a table declared with "type ip" will only store IPv4 addresses. |
| 4825 | This form is very compact (about 50 bytes per entry) and allows |
| 4826 | very fast entry lookup and stores with almost no overhead. This |
| 4827 | is mainly used to store client source IP addresses. |
| 4828 | |
| 4829 | integer a table declared with "type integer" will store 32bit integers |
| 4830 | which can represent a client identifier found in a request for |
| 4831 | instance. |
| 4832 | |
| 4833 | string a table declared with "type string" will store substrings of up |
| 4834 | to <len> characters. If the string provided by the pattern |
| 4835 | extractor is larger than <len>, it will be truncated before |
| 4836 | being stored. During matching, at most <len> characters will be |
| 4837 | compared between the string in the table and the extracted |
| 4838 | pattern. When not specified, the string is automatically limited |
| 4839 | to 31 characters. |
| 4840 | |
| 4841 | <length> is the maximum number of characters that will be stored in a |
| 4842 | "string" type table. See type "string" above. Be careful when |
| 4843 | changing this parameter as memory usage will proportionally |
| 4844 | increase. |
| 4845 | |
| 4846 | <size> is the maximum number of entries that can fit in the table. This |
| 4847 | value directly impats memory usage. Count approximately 50 bytes |
| 4848 | per entry, plus the size of a string if any. The size supports |
| 4849 | suffixes "k", "m", "g" for 2^10, 2^20 and 2^30 factors. |
| 4850 | |
| 4851 | [nopurge] indicates that we refuse to purge older entries when the table |
| 4852 | is full. When not specified and the table is full when haproxy |
| 4853 | wants to store an entry in it, it will flush a few of the oldest |
| 4854 | entries in order to release some space for the new ones. This is |
| 4855 | most often the desired behaviour. In some specific cases, it |
| 4856 | be desirable to refuse new entries instead of purging the older |
| 4857 | ones. That may be the case when the amount of data to store is |
| 4858 | far above the hardware limits and we prefer not to offer access |
| 4859 | to new clients than to reject the ones already connected. When |
| 4860 | using this parameter, be sure to properly set the "expire" |
| 4861 | parameter (see below). |
| 4862 | |
| 4863 | <expire> defines the maximum duration of an entry in the table since it |
| 4864 | was last created, refreshed or matched. The expiration delay is |
| 4865 | defined using the standard time format, similarly as the various |
| 4866 | timeouts. The maximum duration is slightly above 24 days. See |
| 4867 | section 2.2 for more information. If this delay is not specified, |
| 4868 | the session won't automatically expire, but older entries will |
| 4869 | be removed once full. Be sure not to use the "nopurge" parameter |
| 4870 | if not expiration delay is specified. |
| 4871 | |
| 4872 | The is only one stick-table per backend. At the moment of writing this doc, |
| 4873 | it does not seem useful to have multiple tables per backend. If this happens |
| 4874 | to be required, simply create a dummy backend with a stick-table in it and |
| 4875 | reference it. |
| 4876 | |
| 4877 | It is important to understand that stickiness based on learning information |
| 4878 | has some limitations, including the fact that all learned associations are |
| 4879 | lost upon restart. In general it can be good as a complement but not always |
| 4880 | as an exclusive stickiness. |
| 4881 | |
| 4882 | See also : "stick match", "stick on", "stick store-request", and section 2.2 |
| 4883 | about time format. |
| 4884 | |
| 4885 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4886 | tcp-request content accept [{if | unless} <condition>] |
| 4887 | Accept a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched |
| 4888 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4889 | no | yes | yes | no |
| 4890 | |
| 4891 | During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately validated if the |
| 4892 | condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless"). |
| 4893 | Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an |
| 4894 | uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately |
| 4895 | stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand |
| 4896 | that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration |
| 4897 | order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no |
| 4898 | specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted. |
| 4899 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4900 | Note that the "if/unless" condition is optional. If no condition is set on |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4901 | the action, it is simply performed unconditionally. |
| 4902 | |
| 4903 | If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action already is |
| 4904 | "accept". Thus, this statement alone does not bring anything without another |
| 4905 | "reject" statement. |
| 4906 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4907 | See section 7 about ACL usage. |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4908 | |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4909 | See also : "tcp-request content reject", "tcp-request inspect-delay" |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4910 | |
| 4911 | |
| 4912 | tcp-request content reject [{if | unless} <condition>] |
| 4913 | Reject a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched |
| 4914 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4915 | no | yes | yes | no |
| 4916 | |
| 4917 | During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately rejected if the |
| 4918 | condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless"). |
| 4919 | Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an |
| 4920 | uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately |
| 4921 | stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand |
| 4922 | that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration |
| 4923 | order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no |
| 4924 | specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted. |
| 4925 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4926 | Note that the "if/unless" condition is optional. If no condition is set on |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4927 | the action, it is simply performed unconditionally. |
| 4928 | |
| 4929 | If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action is set to |
| 4930 | "accept". |
| 4931 | |
| 4932 | Example: |
| 4933 | # reject SMTP connection if client speaks first |
| 4934 | tcp-request inspect-delay 30s |
| 4935 | acl content_present req_len gt 0 |
| 4936 | tcp-request reject if content_present |
| 4937 | |
| 4938 | # Forward HTTPS connection only if client speaks |
| 4939 | tcp-request inspect-delay 30s |
| 4940 | acl content_present req_len gt 0 |
| 4941 | tcp-request accept if content_present |
| 4942 | tcp-request reject |
| 4943 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4944 | See section 7 about ACL usage. |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4945 | |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4946 | See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request inspect-delay" |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4947 | |
| 4948 | |
| 4949 | tcp-request inspect-delay <timeout> |
| 4950 | Set the maximum allowed time to wait for data during content inspection |
| 4951 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4952 | no | yes | yes | no |
| 4953 | Arguments : |
| 4954 | <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but |
| 4955 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 4956 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 4957 | |
| 4958 | People using haproxy primarily as a TCP relay are often worried about the |
| 4959 | risk of passing any type of protocol to a server without any analysis. In |
| 4960 | order to be able to analyze the request contents, we must first withhold |
| 4961 | the data then analyze them. This statement simply enables withholding of |
| 4962 | data for at most the specified amount of time. |
| 4963 | |
| 4964 | Note that when performing content inspection, haproxy will evaluate the whole |
| 4965 | rules for every new chunk which gets in, taking into account the fact that |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4966 | those data are partial. If no rule matches before the aforementioned delay, |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4967 | a last check is performed upon expiration, this time considering that the |
Willy Tarreau | d869b24 | 2009-03-15 14:43:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4968 | contents are definitive. If no delay is set, haproxy will not wait at all |
| 4969 | and will immediately apply a verdict based on the available information. |
| 4970 | Obviously this is unlikely to be very useful and might even be racy, so such |
| 4971 | setups are not recommended. |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4972 | |
| 4973 | As soon as a rule matches, the request is released and continues as usual. If |
| 4974 | the timeout is reached and no rule matches, the default policy will be to let |
| 4975 | it pass through unaffected. |
| 4976 | |
| 4977 | For most protocols, it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients |
| 4978 | send the full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to |
| 4979 | cover TCP retransmits but that's all. For some protocols, it may make sense |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4980 | to use large values, for instance to ensure that the client never talks |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4981 | before the server (eg: SMTP), or to wait for a client to talk before passing |
| 4982 | data to the server (eg: SSL). Note that the client timeout must cover at |
| 4983 | least the inspection delay, otherwise it will expire first. |
| 4984 | |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4985 | See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request content reject", |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4986 | "timeout client". |
| 4987 | |
| 4988 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 5259dfe | 2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4989 | timeout check <timeout> |
| 4990 | Set additional check timeout, but only after a connection has been already |
| 4991 | established. |
| 4992 | |
| 4993 | May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4994 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 4995 | Arguments: |
| 4996 | <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but |
| 4997 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 4998 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 4999 | |
| 5000 | If set, haproxy uses min("timeout connect", "inter") as a connect timeout |
| 5001 | for check and "timeout check" as an additional read timeout. The "min" is |
| 5002 | used so that people running with *very* long "timeout connect" (eg. those |
| 5003 | who needed this due to the queue or tarpit) do not slow down their checks. |
| 5004 | Of course it is better to use "check queue" and "check tarpit" instead of |
| 5005 | long "timeout connect". |
| 5006 | |
| 5007 | If "timeout check" is not set haproxy uses "inter" for complete check |
| 5008 | timeout (connect + read) exactly like all <1.3.15 version. |
| 5009 | |
| 5010 | In most cases check request is much simpler and faster to handle than normal |
| 5011 | requests and people may want to kick out laggy servers so this timeout should |
Willy Tarreau | 41a340d | 2008-01-22 12:25:31 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5012 | be smaller than "timeout server". |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 5259dfe | 2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5013 | |
| 5014 | This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in |
| 5015 | "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to |
| 5016 | forget about it. |
| 5017 | |
Willy Tarreau | 41a340d | 2008-01-22 12:25:31 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5018 | See also: "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout server", |
| 5019 | "timeout tarpit". |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 5259dfe | 2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5020 | |
| 5021 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5022 | timeout client <timeout> |
| 5023 | timeout clitimeout <timeout> (deprecated) |
| 5024 | Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side. |
| 5025 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 5026 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 5027 | Arguments : |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5028 | <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5029 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 5030 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 5031 | |
| 5032 | The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or |
| 5033 | send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider |
| 5034 | during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the |
| 5035 | response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified |
| 5036 | in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is |
| 5037 | suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode |
| 5038 | (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the |
| 5039 | client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5040 | situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5041 | losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds |
| 5042 | (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). |
| 5043 | |
| 5044 | This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in |
| 5045 | "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to |
| 5046 | forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which |
| 5047 | is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning |
| 5048 | during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in |
| 5049 | the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either. |
| 5050 | |
| 5051 | This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "clitimeout". It is recommended |
| 5052 | to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout clitimeout" is |
| 5053 | provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged. |
| 5054 | |
| 5055 | See also : "clitimeout", "timeout server". |
| 5056 | |
| 5057 | |
| 5058 | timeout connect <timeout> |
| 5059 | timeout contimeout <timeout> (deprecated) |
| 5060 | Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed. |
| 5061 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 5062 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 5063 | Arguments : |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5064 | <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5065 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 5066 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 5067 | |
| 5068 | If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5069 | immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5070 | cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5071 | slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 5259dfe | 2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5072 | connect timeout also presets both queue and tarpit timeouts to the same value |
| 5073 | if these have not been specified. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5074 | |
| 5075 | This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in |
| 5076 | "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to |
| 5077 | forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which |
| 5078 | is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning |
| 5079 | during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in |
| 5080 | the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either. |
| 5081 | |
| 5082 | This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "contimeout". It is recommended |
| 5083 | to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout contimeout" is |
| 5084 | provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged. |
| 5085 | |
Willy Tarreau | 41a340d | 2008-01-22 12:25:31 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5086 | See also: "timeout check", "timeout queue", "timeout server", "contimeout", |
| 5087 | "timeout tarpit". |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5088 | |
| 5089 | |
Willy Tarreau | b16a574 | 2010-01-10 14:46:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5090 | timeout http-keep-alive <timeout> |
| 5091 | Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a new HTTP request to appear |
| 5092 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 5093 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 5094 | Arguments : |
| 5095 | <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but |
| 5096 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 5097 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 5098 | |
| 5099 | By default, the time to wait for a new request in case of keep-alive is set |
| 5100 | by "timeout http-request". However this is not always convenient because some |
| 5101 | people want very short keep-alive timeouts in order to release connections |
| 5102 | faster, and others prefer to have larger ones but still have short timeouts |
| 5103 | once the request has started to present itself. |
| 5104 | |
| 5105 | The "http-keep-alive" timeout covers these needs. It will define how long to |
| 5106 | wait for a new HTTP request to start coming after a response was sent. Once |
| 5107 | the first byte of request has been seen, the "http-request" timeout is used |
| 5108 | to wait for the complete request to come. Note that empty lines prior to a |
| 5109 | new request do not refresh the timeout and are not counted as a new request. |
| 5110 | |
| 5111 | There is also another difference between the two timeouts : when a connection |
| 5112 | expires during timeout http-keep-alive, no error is returned, the connection |
| 5113 | just closes. If the connection expires in "http-request" while waiting for a |
| 5114 | connection to complete, a HTTP 408 error is returned. |
| 5115 | |
| 5116 | In general it is optimal to set this value to a few tens to hundreds of |
| 5117 | milliseconds, to allow users to fetch all objects of a page at once but |
| 5118 | without waiting for further clicks. Also, if set to a very small value (eg: |
| 5119 | 1 millisecond) it will probably only accept pipelined requests but not the |
| 5120 | non-pipelined ones. It may be a nice trade-off for very large sites running |
| 5121 | with tends to hundreds of thousands of clients. |
| 5122 | |
| 5123 | If this parameter is not set, the "http-request" timeout applies, and if both |
| 5124 | are not set, "timeout client" still applies at the lower level. It should be |
| 5125 | set in the frontend to take effect, unless the frontend is in TCP mode, in |
| 5126 | which case the HTTP backend's timeout will be used. |
| 5127 | |
| 5128 | See also : "timeout http-request", "timeout client". |
| 5129 | |
| 5130 | |
Willy Tarreau | 036fae0 | 2008-01-06 13:24:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5131 | timeout http-request <timeout> |
| 5132 | Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a complete HTTP request |
| 5133 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
Willy Tarreau | cd7afc0 | 2009-07-12 10:03:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5134 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | 036fae0 | 2008-01-06 13:24:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5135 | Arguments : |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5136 | <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but |
Willy Tarreau | 036fae0 | 2008-01-06 13:24:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5137 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 5138 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 5139 | |
| 5140 | In order to offer DoS protection, it may be required to lower the maximum |
| 5141 | accepted time to receive a complete HTTP request without affecting the client |
| 5142 | timeout. This helps protecting against established connections on which |
| 5143 | nothing is sent. The client timeout cannot offer a good protection against |
| 5144 | this abuse because it is an inactivity timeout, which means that if the |
| 5145 | attacker sends one character every now and then, the timeout will not |
| 5146 | trigger. With the HTTP request timeout, no matter what speed the client |
| 5147 | types, the request will be aborted if it does not complete in time. |
| 5148 | |
| 5149 | Note that this timeout only applies to the header part of the request, and |
| 5150 | not to any data. As soon as the empty line is received, this timeout is not |
Willy Tarreau | b16a574 | 2010-01-10 14:46:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5151 | used anymore. It is used again on keep-alive connections to wait for a second |
| 5152 | request if "timeout http-keep-alive" is not set. |
Willy Tarreau | 036fae0 | 2008-01-06 13:24:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5153 | |
| 5154 | Generally it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients send the |
| 5155 | full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to cover TCP |
| 5156 | retransmits but that's all. Setting it to very low values (eg: 50 ms) will |
| 5157 | generally work on local networks as long as there are no packet losses. This |
| 5158 | will prevent people from sending bare HTTP requests using telnet. |
| 5159 | |
| 5160 | If this parameter is not set, the client timeout still applies between each |
Willy Tarreau | cd7afc0 | 2009-07-12 10:03:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5161 | chunk of the incoming request. It should be set in the frontend to take |
| 5162 | effect, unless the frontend is in TCP mode, in which case the HTTP backend's |
| 5163 | timeout will be used. |
Willy Tarreau | 036fae0 | 2008-01-06 13:24:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5164 | |
Willy Tarreau | b16a574 | 2010-01-10 14:46:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5165 | See also : "timeout http-keep-alive", "timeout client". |
Willy Tarreau | 036fae0 | 2008-01-06 13:24:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5166 | |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5167 | |
| 5168 | timeout queue <timeout> |
| 5169 | Set the maximum time to wait in the queue for a connection slot to be free |
| 5170 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 5171 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 5172 | Arguments : |
| 5173 | <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but |
| 5174 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 5175 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 5176 | |
| 5177 | When a server's maxconn is reached, connections are left pending in a queue |
| 5178 | which may be server-specific or global to the backend. In order not to wait |
| 5179 | indefinitely, a timeout is applied to requests pending in the queue. If the |
| 5180 | timeout is reached, it is considered that the request will almost never be |
| 5181 | served, so it is dropped and a 503 error is returned to the client. |
| 5182 | |
| 5183 | The "timeout queue" statement allows to fix the maximum time for a request to |
| 5184 | be left pending in a queue. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's |
| 5185 | connection timeout ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility |
| 5186 | with older versions with no "timeout queue" parameter. |
| 5187 | |
| 5188 | See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout". |
| 5189 | |
| 5190 | |
| 5191 | timeout server <timeout> |
| 5192 | timeout srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated) |
| 5193 | Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side. |
| 5194 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 5195 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 5196 | Arguments : |
| 5197 | <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but |
| 5198 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 5199 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 5200 | |
| 5201 | The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or |
| 5202 | send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider |
| 5203 | during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the |
| 5204 | headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the |
| 5205 | request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with |
| 5206 | what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs |
| 5207 | to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly. |
| 5208 | |
| 5209 | The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other |
| 5210 | unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this |
| 5211 | document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly |
| 5212 | recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in |
| 5213 | order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5214 | response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5215 | packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5216 | seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum). |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5217 | |
| 5218 | This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in |
| 5219 | "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to |
| 5220 | forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which |
| 5221 | is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning |
| 5222 | during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in |
| 5223 | the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either. |
| 5224 | |
| 5225 | This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "srvtimeout". It is recommended |
| 5226 | to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout srvtimeout" is |
| 5227 | provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged. |
| 5228 | |
| 5229 | See also : "srvtimeout", "timeout client". |
| 5230 | |
| 5231 | |
| 5232 | timeout tarpit <timeout> |
| 5233 | Set the duration for which tapitted connections will be maintained |
| 5234 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 5235 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 5236 | Arguments : |
| 5237 | <timeout> is the tarpit duration specified in milliseconds by default, but |
| 5238 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 5239 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 5240 | |
| 5241 | When a connection is tarpitted using "reqtarpit", it is maintained open with |
| 5242 | no activity for a certain amount of time, then closed. "timeout tarpit" |
| 5243 | defines how long it will be maintained open. |
| 5244 | |
| 5245 | The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other |
| 5246 | unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this |
| 5247 | document. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's connection timeout |
| 5248 | ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility with older versions |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5249 | with no "timeout tapit" parameter. |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5250 | |
| 5251 | See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout". |
| 5252 | |
| 5253 | |
| 5254 | transparent (deprecated) |
| 5255 | Enable client-side transparent proxying |
| 5256 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
Willy Tarreau | 4b1f859 | 2008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5257 | yes | no | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5258 | Arguments : none |
| 5259 | |
| 5260 | This keyword was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer |
| 5261 | 3 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming |
| 5262 | connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let |
| 5263 | this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is |
| 5264 | used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination |
| 5265 | IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another |
| 5266 | equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the |
| 5267 | appropriate server. |
| 5268 | |
| 5269 | The "transparent" keyword is deprecated, use "option transparent" instead. |
| 5270 | |
| 5271 | Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy |
| 5272 | present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection. |
| 5273 | |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5274 | See also: "option transparent" |
| 5275 | |
| 5276 | |
| 5277 | use_backend <backend> if <condition> |
| 5278 | use_backend <backend> unless <condition> |
Willy Tarreau | 1d0dfb1 | 2009-07-07 15:10:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5279 | Switch to a specific backend if/unless an ACL-based condition is matched. |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5280 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 5281 | no | yes | yes | no |
| 5282 | Arguments : |
| 5283 | <backend> is the name of a valid backend or "listen" section. |
| 5284 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5285 | <condition> is a condition composed of ACLs, as described in section 7. |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5286 | |
| 5287 | When doing content-switching, connections arrive on a frontend and are then |
| 5288 | dispatched to various backends depending on a number of conditions. The |
| 5289 | relation between the conditions and the backends is described with the |
Willy Tarreau | 1d0dfb1 | 2009-07-07 15:10:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5290 | "use_backend" keyword. While it is normally used with HTTP processing, it can |
| 5291 | also be used in pure TCP, either without content using stateless ACLs (eg: |
| 5292 | source address validation) or combined with a "tcp-request" rule to wait for |
| 5293 | some payload. |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5294 | |
| 5295 | There may be as many "use_backend" rules as desired. All of these rules are |
| 5296 | evaluated in their declaration order, and the first one which matches will |
| 5297 | assign the backend. |
| 5298 | |
| 5299 | In the first form, the backend will be used if the condition is met. In the |
| 5300 | second form, the backend will be used if the condition is not met. If no |
| 5301 | condition is valid, the backend defined with "default_backend" will be used. |
| 5302 | If no default backend is defined, either the servers in the same section are |
| 5303 | used (in case of a "listen" section) or, in case of a frontend, no server is |
| 5304 | used and a 503 service unavailable response is returned. |
| 5305 | |
Willy Tarreau | 51aecc7 | 2009-07-12 09:47:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5306 | Note that it is possible to switch from a TCP frontend to an HTTP backend. In |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5307 | this case, either the frontend has already checked that the protocol is HTTP, |
Willy Tarreau | 51aecc7 | 2009-07-12 09:47:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5308 | and backend processing will immediately follow, or the backend will wait for |
| 5309 | a complete HTTP request to get in. This feature is useful when a frontend |
| 5310 | must decode several protocols on a unique port, one of them being HTTP. |
| 5311 | |
Willy Tarreau | 1d0dfb1 | 2009-07-07 15:10:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5312 | See also: "default_backend", "tcp-request", and section 7 about ACLs. |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5313 | |
Willy Tarreau | 036fae0 | 2008-01-06 13:24:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5314 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c6df066 | 2010-01-05 16:38:49 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5315 | 5. Server and default-server options |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5316 | ----------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5317 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c6df066 | 2010-01-05 16:38:49 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5318 | The "server" and "default-server" keywords support a certain number of settings |
| 5319 | which are all passed as arguments on the server line. The order in which those |
| 5320 | arguments appear does not count, and they are all optional. Some of those |
| 5321 | settings are single words (booleans) while others expect one or several values |
| 5322 | after them. In this case, the values must immediately follow the setting name. |
| 5323 | Except default-server, all those settings must be specified after the server's |
| 5324 | address if they are used: |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5325 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5326 | server <name> <address>[:port] [settings ...] |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c6df066 | 2010-01-05 16:38:49 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5327 | default-server [settings ...] |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5328 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c53601c | 2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5329 | The currently supported settings are the following ones. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5330 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5331 | addr <ipv4> |
| 5332 | Using the "addr" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different IP address |
| 5333 | to send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate an IP |
| 5334 | address to specific component able to perform complex tests which are more |
| 5335 | suitable to health-checks than the application. This parameter is ignored if |
| 5336 | the "check" parameter is not set. See also the "port" parameter. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5337 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c53601c | 2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5338 | Supported in default-server: No |
| 5339 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5340 | backup |
| 5341 | When "backup" is present on a server line, the server is only used in load |
| 5342 | balancing when all other non-backup servers are unavailable. Requests coming |
| 5343 | with a persistence cookie referencing the server will always be served |
| 5344 | though. By default, only the first operational backup server is used, unless |
| 5345 | the "allbackups" option is set in the backend. See also the "allbackups" |
| 5346 | option. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5347 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c53601c | 2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5348 | Supported in default-server: No |
| 5349 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5350 | check |
| 5351 | This option enables health checks on the server. By default, a server is |
| 5352 | always considered available. If "check" is set, the server will receive |
| 5353 | periodic health checks to ensure that it is really able to serve requests. |
| 5354 | The default address and port to send the tests to are those of the server, |
| 5355 | and the default source is the same as the one defined in the backend. It is |
| 5356 | possible to change the address using the "addr" parameter, the port using the |
| 5357 | "port" parameter, the source address using the "source" address, and the |
| 5358 | interval and timers using the "inter", "rise" and "fall" parameters. The |
| 5359 | request method is define in the backend using the "httpchk", "smtpchk", |
Hervé COMMOWICK | 698ae00 | 2010-01-12 09:25:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5360 | "mysql-check" and "ssl-hello-chk" options. Please refer to those options and |
| 5361 | parameters for more information. |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5362 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c53601c | 2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5363 | Supported in default-server: No |
| 5364 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5365 | cookie <value> |
| 5366 | The "cookie" parameter sets the cookie value assigned to the server to |
| 5367 | <value>. This value will be checked in incoming requests, and the first |
| 5368 | operational server possessing the same value will be selected. In return, in |
| 5369 | cookie insertion or rewrite modes, this value will be assigned to the cookie |
| 5370 | sent to the client. There is nothing wrong in having several servers sharing |
| 5371 | the same cookie value, and it is in fact somewhat common between normal and |
| 5372 | backup servers. See also the "cookie" keyword in backend section. |
| 5373 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c53601c | 2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5374 | Supported in default-server: No |
| 5375 | |
| 5376 | error-limit <count> |
Willy Tarreau | 983e01e | 2010-01-11 18:42:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5377 | If health observing is enabled, the "error-limit" parameter specifies the |
| 5378 | number of consecutive errors that triggers event selected by the "on-error" |
| 5379 | option. By default it is set to 10 consecutive errors. |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 97f07b8 | 2009-12-15 22:31:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5380 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c53601c | 2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5381 | Supported in default-server: Yes |
| 5382 | |
| 5383 | See also the "check", "error-limit" and "on-error". |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 97f07b8 | 2009-12-15 22:31:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5384 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c53601c | 2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5385 | fall <count> |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5386 | The "fall" parameter states that a server will be considered as dead after |
| 5387 | <count> consecutive unsuccessful health checks. This value defaults to 3 if |
| 5388 | unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "rise" parameters. |
| 5389 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c53601c | 2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5390 | Supported in default-server: Yes |
| 5391 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5392 | id <value> |
Willy Tarreau | 53fb4ae | 2009-10-04 23:04:08 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5393 | Set a persistent ID for the server. This ID must be positive and unique for |
| 5394 | the proxy. An unused ID will automatically be assigned if unset. The first |
| 5395 | assigned value will be 1. This ID is currently only returned in statistics. |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5396 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c53601c | 2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5397 | Supported in default-server: No |
| 5398 | |
| 5399 | inter <delay> |
| 5400 | fastinter <delay> |
| 5401 | downinter <delay> |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5402 | The "inter" parameter sets the interval between two consecutive health checks |
| 5403 | to <delay> milliseconds. If left unspecified, the delay defaults to 2000 ms. |
| 5404 | It is also possible to use "fastinter" and "downinter" to optimize delays |
| 5405 | between checks depending on the server state : |
| 5406 | |
| 5407 | Server state | Interval used |
| 5408 | ---------------------------------+----------------------------------------- |
| 5409 | UP 100% (non-transitional) | "inter" |
| 5410 | ---------------------------------+----------------------------------------- |
| 5411 | Transitionally UP (going down), | |
| 5412 | Transitionally DOWN (going up), | "fastinter" if set, "inter" otherwise. |
| 5413 | or yet unchecked. | |
| 5414 | ---------------------------------+----------------------------------------- |
| 5415 | DOWN 100% (non-transitional) | "downinter" if set, "inter" otherwise. |
| 5416 | ---------------------------------+----------------------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5417 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5418 | Just as with every other time-based parameter, they can be entered in any |
| 5419 | other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The "inter" parameter also |
| 5420 | serves as a timeout for health checks sent to servers if "timeout check" is |
| 5421 | not set. In order to reduce "resonance" effects when multiple servers are |
| 5422 | hosted on the same hardware, the health-checks of all servers are started |
| 5423 | with a small time offset between them. It is also possible to add some random |
| 5424 | noise in the health checks interval using the global "spread-checks" |
| 5425 | keyword. This makes sense for instance when a lot of backends use the same |
| 5426 | servers. |
| 5427 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c53601c | 2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5428 | Supported in default-server: Yes |
| 5429 | |
| 5430 | maxconn <maxconn> |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5431 | The "maxconn" parameter specifies the maximal number of concurrent |
| 5432 | connections that will be sent to this server. If the number of incoming |
| 5433 | concurrent requests goes higher than this value, they will be queued, waiting |
| 5434 | for a connection to be released. This parameter is very important as it can |
| 5435 | save fragile servers from going down under extreme loads. If a "minconn" |
| 5436 | parameter is specified, the limit becomes dynamic. The default value is "0" |
| 5437 | which means unlimited. See also the "minconn" and "maxqueue" parameters, and |
| 5438 | the backend's "fullconn" keyword. |
| 5439 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c53601c | 2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5440 | Supported in default-server: Yes |
| 5441 | |
| 5442 | maxqueue <maxqueue> |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5443 | The "maxqueue" parameter specifies the maximal number of connections which |
| 5444 | will wait in the queue for this server. If this limit is reached, next |
| 5445 | requests will be redispatched to other servers instead of indefinitely |
| 5446 | waiting to be served. This will break persistence but may allow people to |
| 5447 | quickly re-log in when the server they try to connect to is dying. The |
| 5448 | default value is "0" which means the queue is unlimited. See also the |
| 5449 | "maxconn" and "minconn" parameters. |
| 5450 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c53601c | 2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5451 | Supported in default-server: Yes |
| 5452 | |
| 5453 | minconn <minconn> |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5454 | When the "minconn" parameter is set, the maxconn limit becomes a dynamic |
| 5455 | limit following the backend's load. The server will always accept at least |
| 5456 | <minconn> connections, never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on |
| 5457 | the ramp between both values when the backend has less than <fullconn> |
| 5458 | concurrent connections. This makes it possible to limit the load on the |
| 5459 | server during normal loads, but push it further for important loads without |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5460 | overloading the server during exceptional loads. See also the "maxconn" |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5461 | and "maxqueue" parameters, as well as the "fullconn" backend keyword. |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 97f07b8 | 2009-12-15 22:31:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5462 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c53601c | 2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5463 | Supported in default-server: Yes |
| 5464 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 97f07b8 | 2009-12-15 22:31:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5465 | observe <mode> |
| 5466 | This option enables health adjusting based on observing communication with |
| 5467 | the server. By default this functionality is disabled and enabling it also |
| 5468 | requires to enable health checks. There are two supported modes: "layer4" and |
| 5469 | "layer7". In layer4 mode, only successful/unsuccessful tcp connections are |
| 5470 | significant. In layer7, which is only allowed for http proxies, responses |
| 5471 | received from server are verified, like valid/wrong http code, unparsable |
| 5472 | headers, a timeout, etc. |
| 5473 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c53601c | 2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5474 | Supported in default-server: No |
| 5475 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 97f07b8 | 2009-12-15 22:31:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5476 | See also the "check", "on-error" and "error-limit". |
| 5477 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c53601c | 2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5478 | on-error <mode> |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 97f07b8 | 2009-12-15 22:31:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5479 | Select what should happen when enough consecutive errors are detected. |
| 5480 | Currently, four modes are available: |
| 5481 | - fastinter: force fastinter |
| 5482 | - fail-check: simulate a failed check, also forces fastinter (default) |
| 5483 | - sudden-death: simulate a pre-fatal failed health check, one more failed |
| 5484 | check will mark a server down, forces fastinter |
| 5485 | - mark-down: mark the server immediately down and force fastinter |
| 5486 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c53601c | 2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5487 | Supported in default-server: Yes |
| 5488 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 97f07b8 | 2009-12-15 22:31:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5489 | See also the "check", "observe" and "error-limit". |
| 5490 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c53601c | 2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5491 | port <port> |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5492 | Using the "port" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different port to |
| 5493 | send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate a port |
| 5494 | to a specific component able to perform complex tests which are more suitable |
| 5495 | to health-checks than the application. It is common to run a simple script in |
| 5496 | inetd for instance. This parameter is ignored if the "check" parameter is not |
| 5497 | set. See also the "addr" parameter. |
| 5498 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c53601c | 2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5499 | Supported in default-server: Yes |
| 5500 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5501 | redir <prefix> |
| 5502 | The "redir" parameter enables the redirection mode for all GET and HEAD |
| 5503 | requests addressing this server. This means that instead of having HAProxy |
| 5504 | forward the request to the server, it will send an "HTTP 302" response with |
| 5505 | the "Location" header composed of this prefix immediately followed by the |
| 5506 | requested URI beginning at the leading '/' of the path component. That means |
| 5507 | that no trailing slash should be used after <prefix>. All invalid requests |
| 5508 | will be rejected, and all non-GET or HEAD requests will be normally served by |
| 5509 | the server. Note that since the response is completely forged, no header |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5510 | mangling nor cookie insertion is possible in the response. However, cookies in |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5511 | requests are still analysed, making this solution completely usable to direct |
| 5512 | users to a remote location in case of local disaster. Main use consists in |
| 5513 | increasing bandwidth for static servers by having the clients directly |
| 5514 | connect to them. Note: never use a relative location here, it would cause a |
| 5515 | loop between the client and HAProxy! |
| 5516 | |
| 5517 | Example : server srv1 192.168.1.1:80 redir http://image1.mydomain.com check |
| 5518 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c53601c | 2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5519 | Supported in default-server: No |
| 5520 | |
| 5521 | rise <count> |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5522 | The "rise" parameter states that a server will be considered as operational |
| 5523 | after <count> consecutive successful health checks. This value defaults to 2 |
| 5524 | if unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "fall" parameters. |
| 5525 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c53601c | 2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5526 | Supported in default-server: Yes |
| 5527 | |
| 5528 | slowstart <start_time_in_ms> |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5529 | The "slowstart" parameter for a server accepts a value in milliseconds which |
| 5530 | indicates after how long a server which has just come back up will run at |
| 5531 | full speed. Just as with every other time-based parameter, it can be entered |
| 5532 | in any other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The speed grows |
| 5533 | linearly from 0 to 100% during this time. The limitation applies to two |
| 5534 | parameters : |
| 5535 | |
| 5536 | - maxconn: the number of connections accepted by the server will grow from 1 |
| 5537 | to 100% of the usual dynamic limit defined by (minconn,maxconn,fullconn). |
| 5538 | |
| 5539 | - weight: when the backend uses a dynamic weighted algorithm, the weight |
| 5540 | grows linearly from 1 to 100%. In this case, the weight is updated at every |
| 5541 | health-check. For this reason, it is important that the "inter" parameter |
| 5542 | is smaller than the "slowstart", in order to maximize the number of steps. |
| 5543 | |
| 5544 | The slowstart never applies when haproxy starts, otherwise it would cause |
| 5545 | trouble to running servers. It only applies when a server has been previously |
| 5546 | seen as failed. |
| 5547 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c53601c | 2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5548 | Supported in default-server: Yes |
| 5549 | |
Willy Tarreau | c6f4ce8 | 2009-06-10 11:09:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5550 | source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ] |
| 5551 | source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [interface <name>] ... |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5552 | The "source" parameter sets the source address which will be used when |
| 5553 | connecting to the server. It follows the exact same parameters and principle |
| 5554 | as the backend "source" keyword, except that it only applies to the server |
| 5555 | referencing it. Please consult the "source" keyword for details. |
| 5556 | |
Willy Tarreau | c6f4ce8 | 2009-06-10 11:09:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5557 | Additionally, the "source" statement on a server line allows one to specify a |
| 5558 | source port range by indicating the lower and higher bounds delimited by a |
| 5559 | dash ('-'). Some operating systems might require a valid IP address when a |
| 5560 | source port range is specified. It is permitted to have the same IP/range for |
| 5561 | several servers. Doing so makes it possible to bypass the maximum of 64k |
| 5562 | total concurrent connections. The limit will then reach 64k connections per |
| 5563 | server. |
| 5564 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c53601c | 2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5565 | Supported in default-server: No |
| 5566 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5567 | track [<proxy>/]<server> |
| 5568 | This option enables ability to set the current state of the server by |
| 5569 | tracking another one. Only a server with checks enabled can be tracked |
| 5570 | so it is not possible for example to track a server that tracks another |
| 5571 | one. If <proxy> is omitted the current one is used. If disable-on-404 is |
| 5572 | used, it has to be enabled on both proxies. |
| 5573 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c53601c | 2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5574 | Supported in default-server: No |
| 5575 | |
| 5576 | weight <weight> |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5577 | The "weight" parameter is used to adjust the server's weight relative to |
| 5578 | other servers. All servers will receive a load proportional to their weight |
| 5579 | relative to the sum of all weights, so the higher the weight, the higher the |
Willy Tarreau | 6704d67 | 2009-06-15 10:56:05 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5580 | load. The default weight is 1, and the maximal value is 256. A value of 0 |
| 5581 | means the server will not participate in load-balancing but will still accept |
| 5582 | persistent connections. If this parameter is used to distribute the load |
| 5583 | according to server's capacity, it is recommended to start with values which |
| 5584 | can both grow and shrink, for instance between 10 and 100 to leave enough |
| 5585 | room above and below for later adjustments. |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5586 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c53601c | 2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5587 | Supported in default-server: Yes |
| 5588 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5589 | |
| 5590 | 6. HTTP header manipulation |
| 5591 | --------------------------- |
| 5592 | |
| 5593 | In HTTP mode, it is possible to rewrite, add or delete some of the request and |
| 5594 | response headers based on regular expressions. It is also possible to block a |
| 5595 | request or a response if a particular header matches a regular expression, |
| 5596 | which is enough to stop most elementary protocol attacks, and to protect |
| 5597 | against information leak from the internal network. But there is a limitation |
| 5598 | to this : since HAProxy's HTTP engine does not support keep-alive, only headers |
| 5599 | passed during the first request of a TCP session will be seen. All subsequent |
| 5600 | headers will be considered data only and not analyzed. Furthermore, HAProxy |
| 5601 | never touches data contents, it stops analysis at the end of headers. |
| 5602 | |
Willy Tarreau | 816b979 | 2009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5603 | There is an exception though. If HAProxy encounters an "Informational Response" |
| 5604 | (status code 1xx), it is able to process all rsp* rules which can allow, deny, |
| 5605 | rewrite or delete a header, but it will refuse to add a header to any such |
| 5606 | messages as this is not HTTP-compliant. The reason for still processing headers |
| 5607 | in such responses is to stop and/or fix any possible information leak which may |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5608 | happen, for instance because another downstream equipment would unconditionally |
Willy Tarreau | 816b979 | 2009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5609 | add a header, or if a server name appears there. When such messages are seen, |
| 5610 | normal processing still occurs on the next non-informational messages. |
| 5611 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5612 | This section covers common usage of the following keywords, described in detail |
| 5613 | in section 4.2 : |
| 5614 | |
| 5615 | - reqadd <string> |
| 5616 | - reqallow <search> |
| 5617 | - reqiallow <search> |
| 5618 | - reqdel <search> |
| 5619 | - reqidel <search> |
| 5620 | - reqdeny <search> |
| 5621 | - reqideny <search> |
| 5622 | - reqpass <search> |
| 5623 | - reqipass <search> |
| 5624 | - reqrep <search> <replace> |
| 5625 | - reqirep <search> <replace> |
| 5626 | - reqtarpit <search> |
| 5627 | - reqitarpit <search> |
| 5628 | - rspadd <string> |
| 5629 | - rspdel <search> |
| 5630 | - rspidel <search> |
| 5631 | - rspdeny <search> |
| 5632 | - rspideny <search> |
| 5633 | - rsprep <search> <replace> |
| 5634 | - rspirep <search> <replace> |
| 5635 | |
| 5636 | With all these keywords, the same conventions are used. The <search> parameter |
| 5637 | is a POSIX extended regular expression (regex) which supports grouping through |
| 5638 | parenthesis (without the backslash). Spaces and other delimiters must be |
| 5639 | prefixed with a backslash ('\') to avoid confusion with a field delimiter. |
| 5640 | Other characters may be prefixed with a backslash to change their meaning : |
| 5641 | |
| 5642 | \t for a tab |
| 5643 | \r for a carriage return (CR) |
| 5644 | \n for a new line (LF) |
| 5645 | \ to mark a space and differentiate it from a delimiter |
| 5646 | \# to mark a sharp and differentiate it from a comment |
| 5647 | \\ to use a backslash in a regex |
| 5648 | \\\\ to use a backslash in the text (*2 for regex, *2 for haproxy) |
| 5649 | \xXX to write the ASCII hex code XX as in the C language |
| 5650 | |
| 5651 | The <replace> parameter contains the string to be used to replace the largest |
| 5652 | portion of text matching the regex. It can make use of the special characters |
| 5653 | above, and can reference a substring which is delimited by parenthesis in the |
| 5654 | regex, by writing a backslash ('\') immediately followed by one digit from 0 to |
| 5655 | 9 indicating the group position (0 designating the entire line). This practice |
| 5656 | is very common to users of the "sed" program. |
| 5657 | |
| 5658 | The <string> parameter represents the string which will systematically be added |
| 5659 | after the last header line. It can also use special character sequences above. |
| 5660 | |
| 5661 | Notes related to these keywords : |
| 5662 | --------------------------------- |
| 5663 | - these keywords are not always convenient to allow/deny based on header |
| 5664 | contents. It is strongly recommended to use ACLs with the "block" keyword |
| 5665 | instead, resulting in far more flexible and manageable rules. |
| 5666 | |
| 5667 | - lines are always considered as a whole. It is not possible to reference |
| 5668 | a header name only or a value only. This is important because of the way |
| 5669 | headers are written (notably the number of spaces after the colon). |
| 5670 | |
| 5671 | - the first line is always considered as a header, which makes it possible to |
| 5672 | rewrite or filter HTTP requests URIs or response codes, but in turn makes |
| 5673 | it harder to distinguish between headers and request line. The regex prefix |
| 5674 | ^[^\ \t]*[\ \t] matches any HTTP method followed by a space, and the prefix |
| 5675 | ^[^ \t:]*: matches any header name followed by a colon. |
| 5676 | |
| 5677 | - for performances reasons, the number of characters added to a request or to |
| 5678 | a response is limited at build time to values between 1 and 4 kB. This |
| 5679 | should normally be far more than enough for most usages. If it is too short |
| 5680 | on occasional usages, it is possible to gain some space by removing some |
| 5681 | useless headers before adding new ones. |
| 5682 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5683 | - keywords beginning with "reqi" and "rspi" are the same as their counterpart |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5684 | without the 'i' letter except that they ignore case when matching patterns. |
| 5685 | |
| 5686 | - when a request passes through a frontend then a backend, all req* rules |
| 5687 | from the frontend will be evaluated, then all req* rules from the backend |
| 5688 | will be evaluated. The reverse path is applied to responses. |
| 5689 | |
| 5690 | - req* statements are applied after "block" statements, so that "block" is |
| 5691 | always the first one, but before "use_backend" in order to permit rewriting |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5692 | before switching. |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5693 | |
| 5694 | |
Willy Tarreau | b937b7e | 2010-01-12 15:27:54 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5695 | 7. Using ACLs and pattern extraction |
| 5696 | ------------------------------------ |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5697 | |
| 5698 | The use of Access Control Lists (ACL) provides a flexible solution to perform |
| 5699 | content switching and generally to take decisions based on content extracted |
| 5700 | from the request, the response or any environmental status. The principle is |
| 5701 | simple : |
| 5702 | |
| 5703 | - define test criteria with sets of values |
| 5704 | - perform actions only if a set of tests is valid |
| 5705 | |
| 5706 | The actions generally consist in blocking the request, or selecting a backend. |
| 5707 | |
| 5708 | In order to define a test, the "acl" keyword is used. The syntax is : |
| 5709 | |
| 5710 | acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ... |
| 5711 | |
| 5712 | This creates a new ACL <aclname> or completes an existing one with new tests. |
| 5713 | Those tests apply to the portion of request/response specified in <criterion> |
| 5714 | and may be adjusted with optional flags [flags]. Some criteria also support |
| 5715 | an operator which may be specified before the set of values. The values are |
| 5716 | of the type supported by the criterion, and are separated by spaces. |
| 5717 | |
| 5718 | ACL names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits, '-' (dash), |
| 5719 | '_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are case-sensitive, |
| 5720 | which means that "my_acl" and "My_Acl" are two different ACLs. |
| 5721 | |
| 5722 | There is no enforced limit to the number of ACLs. The unused ones do not affect |
| 5723 | performance, they just consume a small amount of memory. |
| 5724 | |
| 5725 | The following ACL flags are currently supported : |
| 5726 | |
| 5727 | -i : ignore case during matching. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5728 | -- : force end of flags. Useful when a string looks like one of the flags. |
| 5729 | |
| 5730 | Supported types of values are : |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5731 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5732 | - integers or integer ranges |
| 5733 | - strings |
| 5734 | - regular expressions |
| 5735 | - IP addresses and networks |
| 5736 | |
| 5737 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5738 | 7.1. Matching integers |
| 5739 | ---------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5740 | |
| 5741 | Matching integers is special in that ranges and operators are permitted. Note |
| 5742 | that integer matching only applies to positive values. A range is a value |
| 5743 | expressed with a lower and an upper bound separated with a colon, both of which |
| 5744 | may be omitted. |
| 5745 | |
| 5746 | For instance, "1024:65535" is a valid range to represent a range of |
| 5747 | unprivileged ports, and "1024:" would also work. "0:1023" is a valid |
| 5748 | representation of privileged ports, and ":1023" would also work. |
| 5749 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5750 | As a special case, some ACL functions support decimal numbers which are in fact |
| 5751 | two integers separated by a dot. This is used with some version checks for |
| 5752 | instance. All integer properties apply to those decimal numbers, including |
| 5753 | ranges and operators. |
| 5754 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5755 | For an easier usage, comparison operators are also supported. Note that using |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5756 | operators with ranges does not make much sense and is strongly discouraged. |
| 5757 | Similarly, it does not make much sense to perform order comparisons with a set |
| 5758 | of values. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5759 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5760 | Available operators for integer matching are : |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5761 | |
| 5762 | eq : true if the tested value equals at least one value |
| 5763 | ge : true if the tested value is greater than or equal to at least one value |
| 5764 | gt : true if the tested value is greater than at least one value |
| 5765 | le : true if the tested value is less than or equal to at least one value |
| 5766 | lt : true if the tested value is less than at least one value |
| 5767 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5768 | For instance, the following ACL matches any negative Content-Length header : |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5769 | |
| 5770 | acl negative-length hdr_val(content-length) lt 0 |
| 5771 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5772 | This one matches SSL versions between 3.0 and 3.1 (inclusive) : |
| 5773 | |
| 5774 | acl sslv3 req_ssl_ver 3:3.1 |
| 5775 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5776 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5777 | 7.2. Matching strings |
| 5778 | --------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5779 | |
| 5780 | String matching applies to verbatim strings as they are passed, with the |
| 5781 | exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it possible to escape some |
| 5782 | characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is passed before the first |
| 5783 | string, then the matching will be performed ignoring the case. In order |
| 5784 | to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass the "--" flag |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5785 | before the first string. Same applies of course to match the string "--". |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5786 | |
| 5787 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5788 | 7.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes) |
| 5789 | ------------------------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5790 | |
| 5791 | Just like with string matching, regex matching applies to verbatim strings as |
| 5792 | they are passed, with the exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it |
| 5793 | possible to escape some characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is |
| 5794 | passed before the first regex, then the matching will be performed ignoring |
| 5795 | the case. In order to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5796 | the "--" flag before the first string. Same principle applies of course to |
| 5797 | match the string "--". |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5798 | |
| 5799 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5800 | 7.4. Matching IPv4 addresses |
| 5801 | ---------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5802 | |
| 5803 | IPv4 addresses values can be specified either as plain addresses or with a |
| 5804 | netmask appended, in which case the IPv4 address matches whenever it is |
| 5805 | within the network. Plain addresses may also be replaced with a resolvable |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5806 | host name, but this practice is generally discouraged as it makes it more |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5807 | difficult to read and debug configurations. If hostnames are used, you should |
| 5808 | at least ensure that they are present in /etc/hosts so that the configuration |
| 5809 | does not depend on any random DNS match at the moment the configuration is |
| 5810 | parsed. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5811 | |
| 5812 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5813 | 7.5. Available matching criteria |
| 5814 | -------------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5815 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5816 | 7.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below |
| 5817 | ------------------------------------ |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5818 | |
| 5819 | A first set of criteria applies to information which does not require any |
| 5820 | analysis of the request or response contents. Those generally include TCP/IP |
| 5821 | addresses and ports, as well as internal values independant on the stream. |
| 5822 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5823 | always_false |
| 5824 | This one never matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as |
| 5825 | a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations. |
| 5826 | |
| 5827 | always_true |
| 5828 | This one always matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as |
| 5829 | a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations. |
| 5830 | |
| 5831 | src <ip_address> |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5832 | Applies to the client's IPv4 address. It is usually used to limit access to |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5833 | certain resources such as statistics. Note that it is the TCP-level source |
| 5834 | address which is used, and not the address of a client behind a proxy. |
| 5835 | |
| 5836 | src_port <integer> |
| 5837 | Applies to the client's TCP source port. This has a very limited usage. |
| 5838 | |
| 5839 | dst <ip_address> |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5840 | Applies to the local IPv4 address the client connected to. It can be used to |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5841 | switch to a different backend for some alternative addresses. |
| 5842 | |
| 5843 | dst_port <integer> |
| 5844 | Applies to the local port the client connected to. It can be used to switch |
| 5845 | to a different backend for some alternative ports. |
| 5846 | |
| 5847 | dst_conn <integer> |
Willy Tarreau | a36af91 | 2009-10-10 12:02:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5848 | Applies to the number of currently established connections on the same socket |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5849 | including the one being evaluated. It can be used to either return a sorry |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5850 | page before hard-blocking, or to use a specific backend to drain new requests |
Willy Tarreau | a36af91 | 2009-10-10 12:02:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5851 | when the socket is considered saturated. This offers the ability to assign |
| 5852 | different limits to different listening ports or addresses. See also the |
| 5853 | "fe_conn" and "be_conn" criteria. |
| 5854 | |
| 5855 | fe_conn <integer> |
| 5856 | fe_conn(frontend) <integer> |
| 5857 | Applies to the number of currently established connections on the frontend, |
| 5858 | possibly including the connection being evaluated. If no frontend name is |
| 5859 | specified, the current one is used. But it is also possible to check another |
| 5860 | frontend. It can be used to either return a sorry page before hard-blocking, |
| 5861 | or to use a specific backend to drain new requests when the farm is |
| 5862 | considered saturated. See also the "dst_conn", "be_conn" and "fe_sess_rate" |
| 5863 | criteria. |
| 5864 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 346f76d | 2010-01-12 21:59:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5865 | fe_id <integer> |
| 5866 | Applies to the fronted's id. Can be used in backends to check from which |
| 5867 | frontend it was called. |
| 5868 | |
| 5869 | so_id <integer> |
| 5870 | Applies to the socket's id. Useful in frontends with many bind keywords. |
| 5871 | |
Willy Tarreau | a36af91 | 2009-10-10 12:02:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5872 | be_conn <integer> |
| 5873 | be_conn(frontend) <integer> |
| 5874 | Applies to the number of currently established connections on the backend, |
| 5875 | possibly including the connection being evaluated. If no backend name is |
| 5876 | specified, the current one is used. But it is also possible to check another |
| 5877 | backend. It can be used to use a specific farm when the nominal one is full. |
| 5878 | See also the "fe_conn", "queue" and "be_sess_rate" criteria. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5879 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5880 | nbsrv <integer> |
| 5881 | nbsrv(backend) <integer> |
| 5882 | Returns true when the number of usable servers of either the current backend |
| 5883 | or the named backend matches the values or ranges specified. This is used to |
| 5884 | switch to an alternate backend when the number of servers is too low to |
| 5885 | to handle some load. It is useful to report a failure when combined with |
| 5886 | "monitor fail". |
| 5887 | |
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim | 5051d7b | 2008-09-04 01:03:03 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 5888 | connslots <integer> |
| 5889 | connslots(backend) <integer> |
| 5890 | The basic idea here is to be able to measure the number of connection "slots" |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5891 | still available (connection + queue), so that anything beyond that (intended |
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim | 5051d7b | 2008-09-04 01:03:03 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 5892 | usage; see "use_backend" keyword) can be redirected to a different backend. |
| 5893 | |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5894 | 'connslots' = number of available server connection slots, + number of |
| 5895 | available server queue slots. |
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim | 5051d7b | 2008-09-04 01:03:03 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 5896 | |
Willy Tarreau | a36af91 | 2009-10-10 12:02:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5897 | Note that while "fe_conn" may be used, "connslots" comes in especially |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5898 | useful when you have a case of traffic going to one single ip, splitting into |
| 5899 | multiple backends (perhaps using acls to do name-based load balancing) and |
| 5900 | you want to be able to differentiate between different backends, and their |
| 5901 | available "connslots". Also, whereas "nbsrv" only measures servers that are |
| 5902 | actually *down*, this acl is more fine-grained and looks into the number of |
Willy Tarreau | a36af91 | 2009-10-10 12:02:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5903 | available connection slots as well. See also "queue" and "avg_queue". |
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim | 5051d7b | 2008-09-04 01:03:03 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 5904 | |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5905 | OTHER CAVEATS AND NOTES: at this point in time, the code does not take care |
| 5906 | of dynamic connections. Also, if any of the server maxconn, or maxqueue is 0, |
| 5907 | then this acl clearly does not make sense, in which case the value returned |
| 5908 | will be -1. |
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim | 5051d7b | 2008-09-04 01:03:03 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 5909 | |
Willy Tarreau | a36af91 | 2009-10-10 12:02:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5910 | queue <integer> |
| 5911 | queue(frontend) <integer> |
| 5912 | Returns the total number of queued connections of the designated backend, |
| 5913 | including all the connections in server queues. If no backend name is |
| 5914 | specified, the current one is used, but it is also possible to check another |
| 5915 | one. This can be used to take actions when queuing goes above a known level, |
| 5916 | generally indicating a surge of traffic or a massive slowdown on the servers. |
| 5917 | One possible action could be to reject new users but still accept old ones. |
| 5918 | See also the "avg_queue", "be_conn", and "be_sess_rate" criteria. |
| 5919 | |
| 5920 | avg_queue <integer> |
| 5921 | avg_queue(frontend) <integer> |
| 5922 | Returns the total number of queued connections of the designated backend |
| 5923 | divided by the number of active servers. This is very similar to "queue" |
| 5924 | except that the size of the farm is considered, in order to give a more |
| 5925 | accurate measurement of the time it may take for a new connection to be |
| 5926 | processed. The main usage is to return a sorry page to new users when it |
| 5927 | becomes certain they will get a degraded service. Note that in the event |
| 5928 | there would not be any active server anymore, we would consider twice the |
| 5929 | number of queued connections as the measured value. This is a fair estimate, |
| 5930 | as we expect one server to get back soon anyway, but we still prefer to send |
| 5931 | new traffic to another backend if in better shape. See also the "queue", |
| 5932 | "be_conn", and "be_sess_rate" criteria. |
| 5933 | |
Willy Tarreau | 079ff0a | 2009-03-05 21:34:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5934 | fe_sess_rate <integer> |
| 5935 | fe_sess_rate(frontend) <integer> |
| 5936 | Returns true when the session creation rate on the current or the named |
| 5937 | frontend matches the specified values or ranges, expressed in new sessions |
| 5938 | per second. This is used to limit the connection rate to acceptable ranges in |
| 5939 | order to prevent abuse of service at the earliest moment. This can be |
| 5940 | combined with layer 4 ACLs in order to force the clients to wait a bit for |
| 5941 | the rate to go down below the limit. |
| 5942 | |
| 5943 | Example : |
| 5944 | # This frontend limits incoming mails to 10/s with a max of 100 |
| 5945 | # concurrent connections. We accept any connection below 10/s, and |
| 5946 | # force excess clients to wait for 100 ms. Since clients are limited to |
| 5947 | # 100 max, there cannot be more than 10 incoming mails per second. |
| 5948 | frontend mail |
| 5949 | bind :25 |
| 5950 | mode tcp |
| 5951 | maxconn 100 |
| 5952 | acl too_fast fe_sess_rate ge 10 |
| 5953 | tcp-request inspect-delay 100ms |
| 5954 | tcp-request content accept if ! too_fast |
| 5955 | tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5956 | |
Willy Tarreau | 079ff0a | 2009-03-05 21:34:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5957 | be_sess_rate <integer> |
| 5958 | be_sess_rate(backend) <integer> |
| 5959 | Returns true when the sessions creation rate on the backend matches the |
| 5960 | specified values or ranges, in number of new sessions per second. This is |
| 5961 | used to switch to an alternate backend when an expensive or fragile one |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5962 | reaches too high a session rate, or to limit abuse of service (eg. prevent |
Willy Tarreau | 079ff0a | 2009-03-05 21:34:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5963 | sucking of an online dictionary). |
| 5964 | |
| 5965 | Example : |
| 5966 | # Redirect to an error page if the dictionary is requested too often |
| 5967 | backend dynamic |
| 5968 | mode http |
| 5969 | acl being_scanned be_sess_rate gt 100 |
| 5970 | redirect location /denied.html if being_scanned |
| 5971 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5972 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5973 | 7.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4 |
| 5974 | ----------------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5975 | |
| 5976 | A second set of criteria depends on data found in buffers, but which can change |
| 5977 | during analysis. This requires that some data has been buffered, for instance |
| 5978 | through TCP request content inspection. Please see the "tcp-request" keyword |
| 5979 | for more detailed information on the subject. |
| 5980 | |
| 5981 | req_len <integer> |
Emeric Brun | bede3d0 | 2009-06-30 17:54:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5982 | Returns true when the length of the data in the request buffer matches the |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5983 | specified range. It is important to understand that this test does not |
| 5984 | return false as long as the buffer is changing. This means that a check with |
| 5985 | equality to zero will almost always immediately match at the beginning of the |
| 5986 | session, while a test for more data will wait for that data to come in and |
| 5987 | return false only when haproxy is certain that no more data will come in. |
| 5988 | This test was designed to be used with TCP request content inspection. |
| 5989 | |
Willy Tarreau | 2492d5b | 2009-07-11 00:06:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5990 | req_proto_http |
| 5991 | Returns true when data in the request buffer look like HTTP and correctly |
| 5992 | parses as such. It is the same parser as the common HTTP request parser which |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5993 | is used so there should be no surprises. This test can be used for instance |
Willy Tarreau | 2492d5b | 2009-07-11 00:06:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5994 | to direct HTTP traffic to a given port and HTTPS traffic to another one |
| 5995 | using TCP request content inspection rules. |
| 5996 | |
Emeric Brun | bede3d0 | 2009-06-30 17:54:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5997 | req_rdp_cookie <string> |
| 5998 | req_rdp_cookie(name) <string> |
| 5999 | Returns true when data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol, and |
| 6000 | a cookie is present and equal to <string>. By default, any cookie name is |
| 6001 | checked, but a specific cookie name can be specified in parenthesis. The |
| 6002 | parser only checks for the first cookie, as illustrated in the RDP protocol |
| 6003 | specification. The cookie name is case insensitive. This ACL can be useful |
| 6004 | with the "MSTS" cookie, as it can contain the user name of the client |
| 6005 | connecting to the server if properly configured on the client. This can be |
| 6006 | used to restrict access to certain servers to certain users. |
| 6007 | |
| 6008 | req_rdp_cookie_cnt <integer> |
| 6009 | req_rdp_cookie_cnt(name) <integer> |
| 6010 | Returns true when the data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol |
| 6011 | and the number of RDP cookies matches the specified range (typically zero or |
| 6012 | one). Optionally a specific cookie name can be checked. This is a simple way |
| 6013 | of detecting the RDP protocol, as clients generally send the MSTS or MSTSHASH |
| 6014 | cookies. |
| 6015 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6016 | req_ssl_ver <decimal> |
| 6017 | Returns true when data in the request buffer look like SSL, with a protocol |
| 6018 | version matching the specified range. Both SSLv2 hello messages and SSLv3 |
| 6019 | messages are supported. The test tries to be strict enough to avoid being |
| 6020 | easily fooled. In particular, it waits for as many bytes as announced in the |
| 6021 | message header if this header looks valid (bound to the buffer size). Note |
| 6022 | that TLSv1 is announced as SSL version 3.1. This test was designed to be used |
| 6023 | with TCP request content inspection. |
| 6024 | |
Willy Tarreau | b6fb420 | 2008-07-20 11:18:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6025 | wait_end |
| 6026 | Waits for the end of the analysis period to return true. This may be used in |
| 6027 | conjunction with content analysis to avoid returning a wrong verdict early. |
| 6028 | It may also be used to delay some actions, such as a delayed reject for some |
| 6029 | special addresses. Since it either stops the rules evaluation or immediately |
| 6030 | returns true, it is recommended to use this acl as the last one in a rule. |
| 6031 | Please note that the default ACL "WAIT_END" is always usable without prior |
| 6032 | declaration. This test was designed to be used with TCP request content |
| 6033 | inspection. |
| 6034 | |
| 6035 | Examples : |
| 6036 | # delay every incoming request by 2 seconds |
| 6037 | tcp-request inspect-delay 2s |
| 6038 | tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END |
| 6039 | |
| 6040 | # don't immediately tell bad guys they are rejected |
| 6041 | tcp-request inspect-delay 10s |
| 6042 | acl goodguys src 10.0.0.0/24 |
| 6043 | acl badguys src 10.0.1.0/24 |
| 6044 | tcp-request content accept if goodguys |
| 6045 | tcp-request content reject if badguys WAIT_END |
| 6046 | tcp-request content reject |
| 6047 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6048 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6049 | 7.5.3. Matching at Layer 7 |
| 6050 | -------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6051 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6052 | A third set of criteria applies to information which can be found at the |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6053 | application layer (layer 7). Those require that a full HTTP request has been |
| 6054 | read, and are only evaluated then. They may require slightly more CPU resources |
| 6055 | than the layer 4 ones, but not much since the request and response are indexed. |
| 6056 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6057 | method <string> |
| 6058 | Applies to the method in the HTTP request, eg: "GET". Some predefined ACL |
| 6059 | already check for most common methods. |
| 6060 | |
Willy Tarreau | c097e32 | 2010-01-31 15:54:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6061 | status <integer> |
| 6062 | Applies to the HTTP status code in the HTTP response, eg: "302". It can be |
| 6063 | used to act on responses depending on status ranges, for instance, remove |
| 6064 | any Location header if the response is not a 3xx. |
| 6065 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6066 | req_ver <string> |
| 6067 | Applies to the version string in the HTTP request, eg: "1.0". Some predefined |
| 6068 | ACL already check for versions 1.0 and 1.1. |
| 6069 | |
| 6070 | path <string> |
| 6071 | Returns true when the path part of the request, which starts at the first |
| 6072 | slash and ends before the question mark, equals one of the strings. It may be |
| 6073 | used to match known files, such as /favicon.ico. |
| 6074 | |
| 6075 | path_beg <string> |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6076 | Returns true when the path begins with one of the strings. This can be used |
| 6077 | to send certain directory names to alternative backends. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6078 | |
| 6079 | path_end <string> |
| 6080 | Returns true when the path ends with one of the strings. This may be used to |
| 6081 | control file name extension. |
| 6082 | |
| 6083 | path_sub <string> |
| 6084 | Returns true when the path contains one of the strings. It can be used to |
| 6085 | detect particular patterns in paths, such as "../" for example. See also |
| 6086 | "path_dir". |
| 6087 | |
| 6088 | path_dir <string> |
| 6089 | Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with |
| 6090 | slashes in the path. This is used to perform filename or directory name |
| 6091 | matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also |
| 6092 | "url_dir" and "path_sub". |
| 6093 | |
| 6094 | path_dom <string> |
| 6095 | Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots |
| 6096 | in the path. This may be used to perform domain name matching in proxy |
| 6097 | requests. See also "path_sub" and "url_dom". |
| 6098 | |
| 6099 | path_reg <regex> |
| 6100 | Returns true when the path matches one of the regular expressions. It can be |
| 6101 | used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower |
| 6102 | than other methods. See also "url_reg" and all "path_" criteria. |
| 6103 | |
| 6104 | url <string> |
| 6105 | Applies to the whole URL passed in the request. The only real use is to match |
| 6106 | "*", for which there already is a predefined ACL. |
| 6107 | |
| 6108 | url_beg <string> |
| 6109 | Returns true when the URL begins with one of the strings. This can be used to |
| 6110 | check whether a URL begins with a slash or with a protocol scheme. |
| 6111 | |
| 6112 | url_end <string> |
| 6113 | Returns true when the URL ends with one of the strings. It has very limited |
| 6114 | use. "path_end" should be used instead for filename matching. |
| 6115 | |
| 6116 | url_sub <string> |
| 6117 | Returns true when the URL contains one of the strings. It can be used to |
| 6118 | detect particular patterns in query strings for example. See also "path_sub". |
| 6119 | |
| 6120 | url_dir <string> |
| 6121 | Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with |
| 6122 | slashes in the URL. This is used to perform filename or directory name |
| 6123 | matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also |
| 6124 | "path_dir" and "url_sub". |
| 6125 | |
| 6126 | url_dom <string> |
| 6127 | Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots |
| 6128 | in the URL. This is used to perform domain name matching without the risk of |
| 6129 | wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also "url_sub". |
| 6130 | |
| 6131 | url_reg <regex> |
| 6132 | Returns true when the URL matches one of the regular expressions. It can be |
| 6133 | used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower |
| 6134 | than other methods. See also "path_reg" and all "url_" criteria. |
| 6135 | |
Alexandre Cassen | 5eb1a90 | 2007-11-29 15:43:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6136 | url_ip <ip_address> |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6137 | Applies to the IP address specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request. |
| 6138 | It can be used to prevent access to certain resources such as local network. |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6139 | It is useful with option "http_proxy". |
Alexandre Cassen | 5eb1a90 | 2007-11-29 15:43:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6140 | |
| 6141 | url_port <integer> |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6142 | Applies to the port specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request. It can |
| 6143 | be used to prevent access to certain resources. It is useful with option |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6144 | "http_proxy". Note that if the port is not specified in the request, port 80 |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6145 | is assumed. |
Alexandre Cassen | 5eb1a90 | 2007-11-29 15:43:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6146 | |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6147 | hdr <string> |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6148 | hdr(header) <string> |
| 6149 | Note: all the "hdr*" matching criteria either apply to all headers, or to a |
| 6150 | particular header whose name is passed between parenthesis and without any |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6151 | space. The header name is not case-sensitive. The header matching complies |
| 6152 | with RFC2616, and treats as separate headers all values delimited by commas. |
Willy Tarreau | c097e32 | 2010-01-31 15:54:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6153 | Use the shdr() variant for response headers sent by the server. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6154 | |
| 6155 | The "hdr" criteria returns true if any of the headers matching the criteria |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6156 | match any of the strings. This can be used to check exact for values. For |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6157 | instance, checking that "connection: close" is set : |
| 6158 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6159 | hdr(Connection) -i close |
Willy Tarreau | 21d2af3 | 2008-02-14 20:25:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6160 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6161 | hdr_beg <string> |
| 6162 | hdr_beg(header) <string> |
| 6163 | Returns true when one of the headers begins with one of the strings. See |
Willy Tarreau | c097e32 | 2010-01-31 15:54:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6164 | "hdr" for more information on header matching. Use the shdr_beg() variant for |
| 6165 | response headers sent by the server. |
Willy Tarreau | 21d2af3 | 2008-02-14 20:25:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6166 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6167 | hdr_end <string> |
| 6168 | hdr_end(header) <string> |
| 6169 | Returns true when one of the headers ends with one of the strings. See "hdr" |
Willy Tarreau | c097e32 | 2010-01-31 15:54:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6170 | for more information on header matching. Use the shdr_end() variant for |
| 6171 | response headers sent by the server. |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6172 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6173 | hdr_sub <string> |
| 6174 | hdr_sub(header) <string> |
| 6175 | Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings. See "hdr" |
Willy Tarreau | c097e32 | 2010-01-31 15:54:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6176 | for more information on header matching. Use the shdr_sub() variant for |
| 6177 | response headers sent by the server. |
Willy Tarreau | 5764b38 | 2007-11-30 17:46:49 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6178 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6179 | hdr_dir <string> |
| 6180 | hdr_dir(header) <string> |
| 6181 | Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either |
| 6182 | isolated or delimited by slashes. This is used to perform filename or |
| 6183 | directory name matching, and may be used with Referer. See "hdr" for more |
Willy Tarreau | c097e32 | 2010-01-31 15:54:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6184 | information on header matching. Use the shdr_dir() variant for response |
| 6185 | headers sent by the server. |
Willy Tarreau | 5764b38 | 2007-11-30 17:46:49 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6186 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6187 | hdr_dom <string> |
| 6188 | hdr_dom(header) <string> |
| 6189 | Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either |
| 6190 | isolated or delimited by dots. This is used to perform domain name matching, |
| 6191 | and may be used with the Host header. See "hdr" for more information on |
Willy Tarreau | c097e32 | 2010-01-31 15:54:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6192 | header matching. Use the shdr_dom() variant for response headers sent by the |
| 6193 | server. |
Willy Tarreau | 5764b38 | 2007-11-30 17:46:49 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6194 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6195 | hdr_reg <regex> |
| 6196 | hdr_reg(header) <regex> |
| 6197 | Returns true when one of the headers matches of the regular expressions. It |
| 6198 | can be used at any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching |
| 6199 | is slower than other methods. See also other "hdr_" criteria, as well as |
Willy Tarreau | c097e32 | 2010-01-31 15:54:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6200 | "hdr" for more information on header matching. Use the shdr_reg() variant for |
| 6201 | response headers sent by the server. |
Willy Tarreau | 5764b38 | 2007-11-30 17:46:49 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6202 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6203 | hdr_val <integer> |
| 6204 | hdr_val(header) <integer> |
| 6205 | Returns true when one of the headers starts with a number which matches the |
| 6206 | values or ranges specified. This may be used to limit content-length to |
| 6207 | acceptable values for example. See "hdr" for more information on header |
Willy Tarreau | c097e32 | 2010-01-31 15:54:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6208 | matching. Use the shdr_val() variant for response headers sent by the server. |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6209 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6210 | hdr_cnt <integer> |
| 6211 | hdr_cnt(header) <integer> |
| 6212 | Returns true when the number of occurrence of the specified header matches |
| 6213 | the values or ranges specified. It is important to remember that one header |
| 6214 | line may count as several headers if it has several values. This is used to |
| 6215 | detect presence, absence or abuse of a specific header, as well as to block |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6216 | request smuggling attacks by rejecting requests which contain more than one |
Willy Tarreau | c097e32 | 2010-01-31 15:54:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6217 | of certain headers. See "hdr" for more information on header matching. Use |
| 6218 | the shdr_cnt() variant for response headers sent by the server. |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c8b16fc | 2008-02-18 01:26:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6219 | |
Willy Tarreau | 106f979 | 2009-09-19 07:54:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6220 | hdr_ip <ip_address> |
| 6221 | hdr_ip(header) <ip_address> |
| 6222 | Returns true when one of the headers' values contains an IP address matching |
| 6223 | <ip_address>. This is mainly used with headers such as X-Forwarded-For or |
Willy Tarreau | c097e32 | 2010-01-31 15:54:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6224 | X-Client-IP. See "hdr" for more information on header matching. Use the |
| 6225 | shdr_ip() variant for response headers sent by the server. |
Willy Tarreau | 106f979 | 2009-09-19 07:54:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6226 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 6b35ce1 | 2010-02-01 23:35:44 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6227 | http_auth(userlist) |
| 6228 | http_auth_group(userlist) <group> [<group>]* |
| 6229 | Returns true when authentication data received from the client matches |
| 6230 | username & password stored on the userlist. It is also possible to |
| 6231 | use http_auth_group to check if the user is assigned to at least one |
| 6232 | of specified groups. |
| 6233 | |
| 6234 | Currently only http basic auth is supported. |
| 6235 | |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6236 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6237 | 7.6. Pre-defined ACLs |
| 6238 | --------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6239 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6240 | Some predefined ACLs are hard-coded so that they do not have to be declared in |
| 6241 | every frontend which needs them. They all have their names in upper case in |
| 6242 | order to avoid confusion. Their equivalence is provided below. Please note that |
| 6243 | only the first three ones are not layer 7 based. |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6244 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6245 | ACL name Equivalent to Usage |
| 6246 | ---------------+-----------------------------+--------------------------------- |
| 6247 | TRUE always_true always match |
| 6248 | FALSE always_false never match |
| 6249 | LOCALHOST src 127.0.0.1/8 match connection from local host |
Willy Tarreau | 2492d5b | 2009-07-11 00:06:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6250 | HTTP req_proto_http match if protocol is valid HTTP |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6251 | HTTP_1.0 req_ver 1.0 match HTTP version 1.0 |
| 6252 | HTTP_1.1 req_ver 1.1 match HTTP version 1.1 |
| 6253 | METH_CONNECT method CONNECT match HTTP CONNECT method |
| 6254 | METH_GET method GET HEAD match HTTP GET or HEAD method |
| 6255 | METH_HEAD method HEAD match HTTP HEAD method |
| 6256 | METH_OPTIONS method OPTIONS match HTTP OPTIONS method |
| 6257 | METH_POST method POST match HTTP POST method |
| 6258 | METH_TRACE method TRACE match HTTP TRACE method |
| 6259 | HTTP_URL_ABS url_reg ^[^/:]*:// match absolute URL with scheme |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6260 | HTTP_URL_SLASH url_beg / match URL beginning with "/" |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6261 | HTTP_URL_STAR url * match URL equal to "*" |
| 6262 | HTTP_CONTENT hdr_val(content-length) gt 0 match an existing content-length |
Emeric Brun | bede3d0 | 2009-06-30 17:54:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6263 | RDP_COOKIE req_rdp_cookie_cnt gt 0 match presence of an RDP cookie |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6264 | REQ_CONTENT req_len gt 0 match data in the request buffer |
| 6265 | WAIT_END wait_end wait for end of content analysis |
| 6266 | ---------------+-----------------------------+--------------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6267 | |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6268 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6269 | 7.7. Using ACLs to form conditions |
| 6270 | ---------------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6271 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6272 | Some actions are only performed upon a valid condition. A condition is a |
| 6273 | combination of ACLs with operators. 3 operators are supported : |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6274 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6275 | - AND (implicit) |
| 6276 | - OR (explicit with the "or" keyword or the "||" operator) |
| 6277 | - Negation with the exclamation mark ("!") |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6278 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6279 | A condition is formed as a disjunctive form: |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6280 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6281 | [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln { or [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln } ... |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6282 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6283 | Such conditions are generally used after an "if" or "unless" statement, |
| 6284 | indicating when the condition will trigger the action. |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6285 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6286 | For instance, to block HTTP requests to the "*" URL with methods other than |
| 6287 | "OPTIONS", as well as POST requests without content-length, and GET or HEAD |
| 6288 | requests with a content-length greater than 0, and finally every request which |
| 6289 | is not either GET/HEAD/POST/OPTIONS ! |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6290 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6291 | acl missing_cl hdr_cnt(Content-length) eq 0 |
| 6292 | block if HTTP_URL_STAR !METH_OPTIONS || METH_POST missing_cl |
| 6293 | block if METH_GET HTTP_CONTENT |
| 6294 | block unless METH_GET or METH_POST or METH_OPTIONS |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6295 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6296 | To select a different backend for requests to static contents on the "www" site |
| 6297 | and to every request on the "img", "video", "download" and "ftp" hosts : |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6298 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6299 | acl url_static path_beg /static /images /img /css |
| 6300 | acl url_static path_end .gif .png .jpg .css .js |
| 6301 | acl host_www hdr_beg(host) -i www |
| 6302 | acl host_static hdr_beg(host) -i img. video. download. ftp. |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6303 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6304 | # now use backend "static" for all static-only hosts, and for static urls |
| 6305 | # of host "www". Use backend "www" for the rest. |
| 6306 | use_backend static if host_static or host_www url_static |
| 6307 | use_backend www if host_www |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6308 | |
Willy Tarreau | 95fa469 | 2010-02-01 13:05:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6309 | It is also possible to form rules using "anonymous ACLs". Those are unnamed ACL |
| 6310 | expressions that are built on the fly without needing to be declared. They must |
| 6311 | be enclosed between braces, with a space before and after each brace (because |
| 6312 | the braces must be seen as independant words). Example : |
| 6313 | |
| 6314 | The following rule : |
| 6315 | |
| 6316 | acl missing_cl hdr_cnt(Content-length) eq 0 |
| 6317 | block if METH_POST missing_cl |
| 6318 | |
| 6319 | Can also be written that way : |
| 6320 | |
| 6321 | block if METH_POST { hdr_cnt(Content-length) eq 0 } |
| 6322 | |
| 6323 | It is generally not recommended to use this construct because it's a lot easier |
| 6324 | to leave errors in the configuration when written that way. However, for very |
| 6325 | simple rules matching only one source IP address for instance, it can make more |
| 6326 | sense to use them than to declare ACLs with random names. Another example of |
| 6327 | good use is the following : |
| 6328 | |
| 6329 | With named ACLs : |
| 6330 | |
| 6331 | acl site_dead nbsrv(dynamic) lt 2 |
| 6332 | acl site_dead nbsrv(static) lt 2 |
| 6333 | monitor fail if site_dead |
| 6334 | |
| 6335 | With anonymous ACLs : |
| 6336 | |
| 6337 | monitor fail if { nbsrv(dynamic) lt 2 } || { nbsrv(static) lt 2 } |
| 6338 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6339 | See section 4.2 for detailed help on the "block" and "use_backend" keywords. |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6340 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5764b38 | 2007-11-30 17:46:49 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6341 | |
Willy Tarreau | b937b7e | 2010-01-12 15:27:54 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6342 | 7.8. Pattern extraction |
| 6343 | ----------------------- |
| 6344 | |
| 6345 | The stickiness features relies on pattern extraction in the request and |
| 6346 | response. Sometimes the data needs to be converted first before being stored, |
| 6347 | for instance converted from ASCII to IP or upper case to lower case. |
| 6348 | |
| 6349 | All these operations of data extraction and conversion are defined as |
| 6350 | "pattern extraction rules". A pattern rule always has the same format. It |
| 6351 | begins with a single pattern fetch word, potentially followed by a list of |
| 6352 | arguments within parenthesis then an optional list of transformations. As |
| 6353 | much as possible, the pattern fetch functions use the same name as their |
| 6354 | equivalent used in ACLs. |
| 6355 | |
| 6356 | The list of currently supported pattern fetch functions is the following : |
| 6357 | |
| 6358 | src This is the source IPv4 address of the client of the session. |
| 6359 | It is of type IP and only works with such tables. |
| 6360 | |
| 6361 | dst This is the destination IPv4 address of the session on the |
| 6362 | client side, which is the address the client connected to. |
| 6363 | It can be useful when running in transparent mode. It is of |
| 6364 | typie IP and only works with such tables. |
| 6365 | |
| 6366 | dst_port This is the destination TCP port of the session on the client |
| 6367 | side, which is the port the client connected to. This might be |
| 6368 | used when running in transparent mode or when assigning dynamic |
| 6369 | ports to some clients for a whole application session. It is of |
| 6370 | type integer and only works with such tables. |
| 6371 | |
| 6372 | |
| 6373 | The currently available list of transformations include : |
| 6374 | |
| 6375 | lower Convert a string pattern to lower case. This can only be placed |
| 6376 | after a string pattern fetch function or after a conversion |
| 6377 | function returning a string type. The result is of type string. |
| 6378 | |
| 6379 | upper Convert a string pattern to upper case. This can only be placed |
| 6380 | after a string pattern fetch function or after a conversion |
| 6381 | function returning a string type. The result is of type string. |
| 6382 | |
Willy Tarreau | d31d6eb | 2010-01-26 18:01:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6383 | ipmask(mask) Apply a mask to an IPv4 address, and use the result for lookups |
| 6384 | and storage. This can be used to make all hosts within a |
| 6385 | certain mask to share the same table entries and as such use |
| 6386 | the same server. The mask can be passed in dotted form (eg: |
| 6387 | 255.255.255.0) or in CIDR form (eg: 24). |
| 6388 | |
Willy Tarreau | b937b7e | 2010-01-12 15:27:54 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6389 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6390 | 8. Logging |
| 6391 | ---------- |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6392 | |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6393 | One of HAProxy's strong points certainly lies is its precise logs. It probably |
| 6394 | provides the finest level of information available for such a product, which is |
| 6395 | very important for troubleshooting complex environments. Standard information |
| 6396 | provided in logs include client ports, TCP/HTTP state timers, precise session |
| 6397 | state at termination and precise termination cause, information about decisions |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6398 | to direct traffic to a server, and of course the ability to capture arbitrary |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6399 | headers. |
| 6400 | |
| 6401 | In order to improve administrators reactivity, it offers a great transparency |
| 6402 | about encountered problems, both internal and external, and it is possible to |
| 6403 | send logs to different sources at the same time with different level filters : |
| 6404 | |
| 6405 | - global process-level logs (system errors, start/stop, etc..) |
| 6406 | - per-instance system and internal errors (lack of resource, bugs, ...) |
| 6407 | - per-instance external troubles (servers up/down, max connections) |
| 6408 | - per-instance activity (client connections), either at the establishment or |
| 6409 | at the termination. |
| 6410 | |
| 6411 | The ability to distribute different levels of logs to different log servers |
| 6412 | allow several production teams to interact and to fix their problems as soon |
| 6413 | as possible. For example, the system team might monitor system-wide errors, |
| 6414 | while the application team might be monitoring the up/down for their servers in |
| 6415 | real time, and the security team might analyze the activity logs with one hour |
| 6416 | delay. |
| 6417 | |
| 6418 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6419 | 8.1. Log levels |
| 6420 | --------------- |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6421 | |
| 6422 | TCP and HTTP connections can be logged with informations such as date, time, |
| 6423 | source IP address, destination address, connection duration, response times, |
| 6424 | HTTP request, the HTTP return code, number of bytes transmitted, the conditions |
| 6425 | in which the session ended, and even exchanged cookies values, to track a |
| 6426 | particular user's problems for example. All messages are sent to up to two |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6427 | syslog servers. Check the "log" keyword in section 4.2 for more info about log |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6428 | facilities. |
| 6429 | |
| 6430 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6431 | 8.2. Log formats |
| 6432 | ---------------- |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6433 | |
Emeric Brun | 3a058f3 | 2009-06-30 18:26:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6434 | HAProxy supports 4 log formats. Several fields are common between these formats |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6435 | and will be detailed in the next sections. A few of them may slightly vary with |
| 6436 | the configuration, due to indicators specific to certain options. The supported |
| 6437 | formats are the following ones : |
| 6438 | |
| 6439 | - the default format, which is very basic and very rarely used. It only |
| 6440 | provides very basic information about the incoming connection at the moment |
| 6441 | it is accepted : source IP:port, destination IP:port, and frontend-name. |
| 6442 | This mode will eventually disappear so it will not be described to great |
| 6443 | extents. |
| 6444 | |
| 6445 | - the TCP format, which is more advanced. This format is enabled when "option |
| 6446 | tcplog" is set on the frontend. HAProxy will then usually wait for the |
| 6447 | connection to terminate before logging. This format provides much richer |
| 6448 | information, such as timers, connection counts, queue size, etc... This |
| 6449 | format is recommended for pure TCP proxies. |
| 6450 | |
| 6451 | - the HTTP format, which is the most advanced for HTTP proxying. This format |
| 6452 | is enabled when "option httplog" is set on the frontend. It provides the |
| 6453 | same information as the TCP format with some HTTP-specific fields such as |
| 6454 | the request, the status code, and captures of headers and cookies. This |
| 6455 | format is recommended for HTTP proxies. |
| 6456 | |
Emeric Brun | 3a058f3 | 2009-06-30 18:26:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6457 | - the CLF HTTP format, which is equivalent to the HTTP format, but with the |
| 6458 | fields arranged in the same order as the CLF format. In this mode, all |
| 6459 | timers, captures, flags, etc... appear one per field after the end of the |
| 6460 | common fields, in the same order they appear in the standard HTTP format. |
| 6461 | |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6462 | Next sections will go deeper into details for each of these formats. Format |
| 6463 | specification will be performed on a "field" basis. Unless stated otherwise, a |
| 6464 | field is a portion of text delimited by any number of spaces. Since syslog |
| 6465 | servers are susceptible of inserting fields at the beginning of a line, it is |
| 6466 | always assumed that the first field is the one containing the process name and |
| 6467 | identifier. |
| 6468 | |
| 6469 | Note : Since log lines may be quite long, the log examples in sections below |
| 6470 | might be broken into multiple lines. The example log lines will be |
| 6471 | prefixed with 3 closing angle brackets ('>>>') and each time a log is |
| 6472 | broken into multiple lines, each non-final line will end with a |
| 6473 | backslash ('\') and the next line will start indented by two characters. |
| 6474 | |
| 6475 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6476 | 8.2.1. Default log format |
| 6477 | ------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6478 | |
| 6479 | This format is used when no specific option is set. The log is emitted as soon |
| 6480 | as the connection is accepted. One should note that this currently is the only |
| 6481 | format which logs the request's destination IP and ports. |
| 6482 | |
| 6483 | Example : |
| 6484 | listen www |
| 6485 | mode http |
| 6486 | log global |
| 6487 | server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000 |
| 6488 | |
| 6489 | >>> Feb 6 12:12:09 localhost \ |
| 6490 | haproxy[14385]: Connect from 10.0.1.2:33312 to 10.0.3.31:8012 \ |
| 6491 | (www/HTTP) |
| 6492 | |
| 6493 | Field Format Extract from the example above |
| 6494 | 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14385]: |
| 6495 | 2 'Connect from' Connect from |
| 6496 | 3 source_ip ':' source_port 10.0.1.2:33312 |
| 6497 | 4 'to' to |
| 6498 | 5 destination_ip ':' destination_port 10.0.3.31:8012 |
| 6499 | 6 '(' frontend_name '/' mode ')' (www/HTTP) |
| 6500 | |
| 6501 | Detailed fields description : |
| 6502 | - "source_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the connection. |
| 6503 | - "source_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection. |
| 6504 | - "destination_ip" is the IP address the client connected to. |
| 6505 | - "destination_port" is the TCP port the client connected to. |
| 6506 | - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received |
| 6507 | and processed the connection. |
| 6508 | - "mode is the mode the frontend is operating (TCP or HTTP). |
| 6509 | |
| 6510 | It is advised not to use this deprecated format for newer installations as it |
| 6511 | will eventually disappear. |
| 6512 | |
| 6513 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6514 | 8.2.2. TCP log format |
| 6515 | --------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6516 | |
| 6517 | The TCP format is used when "option tcplog" is specified in the frontend, and |
| 6518 | is the recommended format for pure TCP proxies. It provides a lot of precious |
| 6519 | information for troubleshooting. Since this format includes timers and byte |
| 6520 | counts, the log is normally emitted at the end of the session. It can be |
| 6521 | emitted earlier if "option logasap" is specified, which makes sense in most |
| 6522 | environments with long sessions such as remote terminals. Sessions which match |
| 6523 | the "monitor" rules are never logged. It is also possible not to emit logs for |
| 6524 | sessions for which no data were exchanged between the client and the server, by |
Willy Tarreau | c9bd0cc | 2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6525 | specifying "option dontlognull" in the frontend. Successful connections will |
| 6526 | not be logged if "option dontlog-normal" is specified in the frontend. A few |
| 6527 | fields may slightly vary depending on some configuration options, those are |
| 6528 | marked with a star ('*') after the field name below. |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6529 | |
| 6530 | Example : |
| 6531 | frontend fnt |
| 6532 | mode tcp |
| 6533 | option tcplog |
| 6534 | log global |
| 6535 | default_backend bck |
| 6536 | |
| 6537 | backend bck |
| 6538 | server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000 |
| 6539 | |
| 6540 | >>> Feb 6 12:12:56 localhost \ |
| 6541 | haproxy[14387]: 10.0.1.2:33313 [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443] fnt \ |
| 6542 | bck/srv1 0/0/5007 212 -- 0/0/0/0/3 0/0 |
| 6543 | |
| 6544 | Field Format Extract from the example above |
| 6545 | 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14387]: |
| 6546 | 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33313 |
| 6547 | 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443] |
| 6548 | 4 frontend_name fnt |
| 6549 | 5 backend_name '/' server_name bck/srv1 |
| 6550 | 6 Tw '/' Tc '/' Tt* 0/0/5007 |
| 6551 | 7 bytes_read* 212 |
| 6552 | 8 termination_state -- |
| 6553 | 9 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 0/0/0/0/3 |
| 6554 | 10 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0 |
| 6555 | |
| 6556 | Detailed fields description : |
| 6557 | - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP |
| 6558 | connection to haproxy. |
| 6559 | |
| 6560 | - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection. |
| 6561 | |
| 6562 | - "accept_date" is the exact date when the connection was received by haproxy |
| 6563 | (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on the |
| 6564 | network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is usually |
| 6565 | the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log. |
| 6566 | |
| 6567 | - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received |
| 6568 | and processed the connection. |
| 6569 | |
| 6570 | - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected |
| 6571 | to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the |
| 6572 | frontend if no switching rule has been applied, which is common for TCP |
| 6573 | applications. |
| 6574 | |
| 6575 | - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was |
| 6576 | sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors |
| 6577 | and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend |
| 6578 | which processed the request. If the connection was aborted before reaching |
| 6579 | a server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name. |
| 6580 | |
| 6581 | - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues. |
| 6582 | It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue. |
| 6583 | See "Timers" below for more details. |
| 6584 | |
| 6585 | - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to |
| 6586 | establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the |
| 6587 | connection was aborted before a connection could be established. See |
| 6588 | "Timers" below for more details. |
| 6589 | |
| 6590 | - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the |
| 6591 | last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if |
| 6592 | "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment |
| 6593 | the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value, |
| 6594 | indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more |
| 6595 | details. |
| 6596 | |
| 6597 | - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted from the server to |
| 6598 | the client when the log is emitted. If "option logasap" is specified, the |
| 6599 | this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that the final one |
| 6600 | may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit counter, so log |
| 6601 | analysis tools must be able to handle it without overflowing. |
| 6602 | |
| 6603 | - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session |
| 6604 | ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of |
| 6605 | session to happen, and for what reason (timeout, error, ...). The normal |
| 6606 | flags should be "--", indicating the session was closed by either end with |
| 6607 | no data remaining in buffers. See below "Session state at disconnection" |
| 6608 | for more details. |
| 6609 | |
| 6610 | - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when |
| 6611 | the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system |
| 6612 | limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 when |
| 6613 | multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system limits |
| 6614 | the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all of them |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6615 | are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the system. |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6616 | |
| 6617 | - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when |
| 6618 | the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource |
| 6619 | required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn" |
| 6620 | has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is |
| 6621 | because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be |
| 6622 | caused by a denial of service attack. |
| 6623 | |
| 6624 | - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the |
| 6625 | backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of |
| 6626 | concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of |
| 6627 | connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of |
| 6628 | additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application. |
| 6629 | Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is |
| 6630 | congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a |
| 6631 | denial of service attack. |
| 6632 | |
| 6633 | - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on |
| 6634 | the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's |
| 6635 | configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal |
| 6636 | to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a |
| 6637 | lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that |
| 6638 | there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response |
| 6639 | time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means |
| 6640 | that this server has some trouble causing the connections to take longer to |
| 6641 | be processed than on other servers. |
| 6642 | |
| 6643 | - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session |
| 6644 | when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a |
| 6645 | server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted. |
| 6646 | Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between |
| 6647 | haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server |
| 6648 | preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be |
| 6649 | prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a |
| 6650 | redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial |
| 6651 | server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the |
| 6652 | connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may |
| 6653 | sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule |
| 6654 | of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count |
| 6655 | should not be attributed to the logged server. |
| 6656 | |
| 6657 | - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before |
| 6658 | this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone |
| 6659 | through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate |
| 6660 | server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of |
| 6661 | requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a |
| 6662 | redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be |
| 6663 | cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the |
| 6664 | backend queue unless a redispatch occurs. |
| 6665 | |
| 6666 | - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before |
| 6667 | this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not |
| 6668 | gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average |
| 6669 | queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when |
| 6670 | divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a |
| 6671 | session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue, |
| 6672 | and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass |
| 6673 | through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch |
| 6674 | occurs. |
| 6675 | |
| 6676 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6677 | 8.2.3. HTTP log format |
| 6678 | ---------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6679 | |
| 6680 | The HTTP format is the most complete and the best suited for HTTP proxies. It |
| 6681 | is enabled by when "option httplog" is specified in the frontend. It provides |
| 6682 | the same level of information as the TCP format with additional features which |
| 6683 | are specific to the HTTP protocol. Just like the TCP format, the log is usually |
| 6684 | emitted at the end of the session, unless "option logasap" is specified, which |
| 6685 | generally only makes sense for download sites. A session which matches the |
| 6686 | "monitor" rules will never logged. It is also possible not to log sessions for |
| 6687 | which no data were sent by the client by specifying "option dontlognull" in the |
Willy Tarreau | c9bd0cc | 2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6688 | frontend. Successful connections will not be logged if "option dontlog-normal" |
| 6689 | is specified in the frontend. |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6690 | |
| 6691 | Most fields are shared with the TCP log, some being different. A few fields may |
| 6692 | slightly vary depending on some configuration options. Those ones are marked |
| 6693 | with a star ('*') after the field name below. |
| 6694 | |
| 6695 | Example : |
| 6696 | frontend http-in |
| 6697 | mode http |
| 6698 | option httplog |
| 6699 | log global |
| 6700 | default_backend bck |
| 6701 | |
| 6702 | backend static |
| 6703 | server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000 |
| 6704 | |
| 6705 | >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \ |
| 6706 | haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \ |
| 6707 | static/srv1 10/0/30/69/109 200 2750 - - ---- 1/1/1/1/0 0/0 {1wt.eu} \ |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6708 | {} "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1" |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6709 | |
| 6710 | Field Format Extract from the example above |
| 6711 | 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14389]: |
| 6712 | 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33317 |
| 6713 | 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] |
| 6714 | 4 frontend_name http-in |
| 6715 | 5 backend_name '/' server_name static/srv1 |
| 6716 | 6 Tq '/' Tw '/' Tc '/' Tr '/' Tt* 10/0/30/69/109 |
| 6717 | 7 status_code 200 |
| 6718 | 8 bytes_read* 2750 |
| 6719 | 9 captured_request_cookie - |
| 6720 | 10 captured_response_cookie - |
| 6721 | 11 termination_state ---- |
| 6722 | 12 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 1/1/1/1/0 |
| 6723 | 13 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0 |
| 6724 | 14 '{' captured_request_headers* '}' {haproxy.1wt.eu} |
| 6725 | 15 '{' captured_response_headers* '}' {} |
| 6726 | 16 '"' http_request '"' "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1" |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6727 | |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6728 | |
| 6729 | Detailed fields description : |
| 6730 | - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP |
| 6731 | connection to haproxy. |
| 6732 | |
| 6733 | - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection. |
| 6734 | |
| 6735 | - "accept_date" is the exact date when the TCP connection was received by |
| 6736 | haproxy (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on |
| 6737 | the network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is |
| 6738 | usually the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log. This |
| 6739 | does not depend on the fact that the client has sent the request or not. |
| 6740 | |
| 6741 | - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received |
| 6742 | and processed the connection. |
| 6743 | |
| 6744 | - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected |
| 6745 | to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the |
| 6746 | frontend if no switching rule has been applied. |
| 6747 | |
| 6748 | - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was |
| 6749 | sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors |
| 6750 | and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend |
| 6751 | which processed the request. If the request was aborted before reaching a |
| 6752 | server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name. If the request was |
| 6753 | intercepted by the stats subsystem, "<STATS>" is indicated instead. |
| 6754 | |
| 6755 | - "Tq" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the client to send |
| 6756 | a full HTTP request, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the connection |
| 6757 | was aborted before a complete request could be received. It should always |
| 6758 | be very small because a request generally fits in one single packet. Large |
| 6759 | times here generally indicate network trouble between the client and |
| 6760 | haproxy. See "Timers" below for more details. |
| 6761 | |
| 6762 | - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues. |
| 6763 | It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue. |
| 6764 | See "Timers" below for more details. |
| 6765 | |
| 6766 | - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to |
| 6767 | establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the |
| 6768 | request was aborted before a connection could be established. See "Timers" |
| 6769 | below for more details. |
| 6770 | |
| 6771 | - "Tr" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the server to send |
| 6772 | a full HTTP response, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the request was |
| 6773 | aborted before a complete response could be received. It generally matches |
| 6774 | the server's processing time for the request, though it may be altered by |
| 6775 | the amount of data sent by the client to the server. Large times here on |
| 6776 | "GET" requests generally indicate an overloaded server. See "Timers" below |
| 6777 | for more details. |
| 6778 | |
| 6779 | - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the |
| 6780 | last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if |
| 6781 | "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment |
| 6782 | the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value, |
| 6783 | indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more |
| 6784 | details. |
| 6785 | |
| 6786 | - "status_code" is the HTTP status code returned to the client. This status |
| 6787 | is generally set by the server, but it might also be set by haproxy when |
| 6788 | the server cannot be reached or when its response is blocked by haproxy. |
| 6789 | |
| 6790 | - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted to the client when |
| 6791 | the log is emitted. This does include HTTP headers. If "option logasap" is |
| 6792 | specified, the this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that |
| 6793 | the final one may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit |
| 6794 | counter, so log analysis tools must be able to handle it without |
| 6795 | overflowing. |
| 6796 | |
| 6797 | - "captured_request_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating that |
| 6798 | the client had this cookie in the request. The cookie name and its maximum |
| 6799 | length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend |
| 6800 | configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is not |
| 6801 | set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track session |
| 6802 | ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session crossing |
| 6803 | between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please consult |
| 6804 | the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below. |
| 6805 | |
| 6806 | - "captured_response_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating |
| 6807 | that the server has returned a cookie with its response. The cookie name |
| 6808 | and its maximum length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the |
| 6809 | frontend configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is |
| 6810 | not set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track |
| 6811 | session ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session |
| 6812 | crossing between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please |
| 6813 | consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below. |
| 6814 | |
| 6815 | - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session |
| 6816 | ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of |
| 6817 | session to happen, for what reason (timeout, error, ...), just like in TCP |
| 6818 | logs, and information about persistence operations on cookies in the last |
| 6819 | two characters. The normal flags should begin with "--", indicating the |
| 6820 | session was closed by either end with no data remaining in buffers. See |
| 6821 | below "Session state at disconnection" for more details. |
| 6822 | |
| 6823 | - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when |
| 6824 | the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system |
| 6825 | limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 or 1024 |
| 6826 | when multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system |
| 6827 | limits the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6828 | of them are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6829 | system. |
| 6830 | |
| 6831 | - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when |
| 6832 | the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource |
| 6833 | required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn" |
| 6834 | has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is |
| 6835 | because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be |
| 6836 | caused by a denial of service attack. |
| 6837 | |
| 6838 | - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the |
| 6839 | backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of |
| 6840 | concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of |
| 6841 | connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of |
| 6842 | additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application. |
| 6843 | Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is |
| 6844 | congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a |
| 6845 | denial of service attack. |
| 6846 | |
| 6847 | - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on |
| 6848 | the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's |
| 6849 | configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal |
| 6850 | to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a |
| 6851 | lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that |
| 6852 | there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response |
| 6853 | time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means |
| 6854 | that this server has some trouble causing the requests to take longer to be |
| 6855 | processed than on other servers. |
| 6856 | |
| 6857 | - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session |
| 6858 | when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a |
| 6859 | server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted. |
| 6860 | Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between |
| 6861 | haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server |
| 6862 | preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be |
| 6863 | prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a |
| 6864 | redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial |
| 6865 | server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the |
| 6866 | connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may |
| 6867 | sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule |
| 6868 | of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count |
| 6869 | should not be attributed to the logged server. |
| 6870 | |
| 6871 | - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before |
| 6872 | this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone |
| 6873 | through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate |
| 6874 | server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of |
| 6875 | requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a |
| 6876 | redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be |
| 6877 | cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the |
| 6878 | backend queue unless a redispatch occurs. |
| 6879 | |
| 6880 | - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before |
| 6881 | this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not |
| 6882 | gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average |
| 6883 | queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when |
| 6884 | divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a |
| 6885 | session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue, |
| 6886 | and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass |
| 6887 | through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch |
| 6888 | occurs. |
| 6889 | |
| 6890 | - "captured_request_headers" is a list of headers captured in the request due |
| 6891 | to the presence of the "capture request header" statement in the frontend. |
| 6892 | Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar |
| 6893 | ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear, causing a |
| 6894 | shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this field may |
| 6895 | contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser than when |
| 6896 | it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and |
| 6897 | cookies" below for more details. |
| 6898 | |
| 6899 | - "captured_response_headers" is a list of headers captured in the response |
| 6900 | due to the presence of the "capture response header" statement in the |
| 6901 | frontend. Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a |
| 6902 | vertical bar ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear, |
| 6903 | causing a shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this |
| 6904 | field may contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser |
| 6905 | than when it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers |
| 6906 | and cookies" below for more details. |
| 6907 | |
| 6908 | - "http_request" is the complete HTTP request line, including the method, |
| 6909 | request and HTTP version string. Non-printable characters are encoded (see |
| 6910 | below the section "Non-printable characters"). This is always the last |
| 6911 | field, and it is always delimited by quotes and is the only one which can |
| 6912 | contain quotes. If new fields are added to the log format, they will be |
| 6913 | added before this field. This field might be truncated if the request is |
| 6914 | huge and does not fit in the standard syslog buffer (1024 characters). This |
| 6915 | is the reason why this field must always remain the last one. |
| 6916 | |
| 6917 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6918 | 8.3. Advanced logging options |
| 6919 | ----------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6920 | |
| 6921 | Some advanced logging options are often looked for but are not easy to find out |
| 6922 | just by looking at the various options. Here is an entry point for the few |
| 6923 | options which can enable better logging. Please refer to the keywords reference |
| 6924 | for more information about their usage. |
| 6925 | |
| 6926 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6927 | 8.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests |
| 6928 | ------------------------------------------ |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6929 | |
| 6930 | It is quite common to have some monitoring tools perform health checks on |
| 6931 | haproxy. Sometimes it will be a layer 3 load-balancer such as LVS or any |
| 6932 | commercial load-balancer, and sometimes it will simply be a more complete |
| 6933 | monitoring system such as Nagios. When the tests are very frequent, users often |
| 6934 | ask how to disable logging for those checks. There are three possibilities : |
| 6935 | |
| 6936 | - if connections come from everywhere and are just TCP probes, it is often |
| 6937 | desired to simply disable logging of connections without data exchange, by |
| 6938 | setting "option dontlognull" in the frontend. It also disables logging of |
| 6939 | port scans, which may or may not be desired. |
| 6940 | |
| 6941 | - if the connection come from a known source network, use "monitor-net" to |
| 6942 | declare this network as monitoring only. Any host in this network will then |
| 6943 | only be able to perform health checks, and their requests will not be |
| 6944 | logged. This is generally appropriate to designate a list of equipments |
| 6945 | such as other load-balancers. |
| 6946 | |
| 6947 | - if the tests are performed on a known URI, use "monitor-uri" to declare |
| 6948 | this URI as dedicated to monitoring. Any host sending this request will |
| 6949 | only get the result of a health-check, and the request will not be logged. |
| 6950 | |
| 6951 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6952 | 8.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate |
| 6953 | ---------------------------------------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6954 | |
| 6955 | The problem with logging at end of connection is that you have no clue about |
| 6956 | what is happening during very long sessions, such as remote terminal sessions |
| 6957 | or large file downloads. This problem can be worked around by specifying |
| 6958 | "option logasap" in the frontend. Haproxy will then log as soon as possible, |
| 6959 | just before data transfer begins. This means that in case of TCP, it will still |
| 6960 | log the connection status to the server, and in case of HTTP, it will log just |
| 6961 | after processing the server headers. In this case, the number of bytes reported |
| 6962 | is the number of header bytes sent to the client. In order to avoid confusion |
| 6963 | with normal logs, the total time field and the number of bytes are prefixed |
| 6964 | with a '+' sign which means that real numbers are certainly larger. |
| 6965 | |
| 6966 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6967 | 8.3.3. Raising log level upon errors |
| 6968 | ------------------------------------ |
Willy Tarreau | c9bd0cc | 2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6969 | |
| 6970 | Sometimes it is more convenient to separate normal traffic from errors logs, |
| 6971 | for instance in order to ease error monitoring from log files. When the option |
| 6972 | "log-separate-errors" is used, connections which experience errors, timeouts, |
| 6973 | retries, redispatches or HTTP status codes 5xx will see their syslog level |
| 6974 | raised from "info" to "err". This will help a syslog daemon store the log in |
| 6975 | a separate file. It is very important to keep the errors in the normal traffic |
| 6976 | file too, so that log ordering is not altered. You should also be careful if |
| 6977 | you already have configured your syslog daemon to store all logs higher than |
| 6978 | "notice" in an "admin" file, because the "err" level is higher than "notice". |
| 6979 | |
| 6980 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6981 | 8.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections |
| 6982 | -------------------------------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | c9bd0cc | 2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6983 | |
| 6984 | Although this may sound strange at first, some large sites have to deal with |
| 6985 | multiple thousands of logs per second and are experiencing difficulties keeping |
| 6986 | them intact for a long time or detecting errors within them. If the option |
| 6987 | "dontlog-normal" is set on the frontend, all normal connections will not be |
| 6988 | logged. In this regard, a normal connection is defined as one without any |
| 6989 | error, timeout, retry nor redispatch. In HTTP, the status code is checked too, |
| 6990 | and a response with a status 5xx is not considered normal and will be logged |
| 6991 | too. Of course, doing is is really discouraged as it will remove most of the |
| 6992 | useful information from the logs. Do this only if you have no other |
| 6993 | alternative. |
| 6994 | |
| 6995 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6996 | 8.4. Timing events |
| 6997 | ------------------ |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6998 | |
| 6999 | Timers provide a great help in troubleshooting network problems. All values are |
| 7000 | reported in milliseconds (ms). These timers should be used in conjunction with |
| 7001 | the session termination flags. In TCP mode with "option tcplog" set on the |
| 7002 | frontend, 3 control points are reported under the form "Tw/Tc/Tt", and in HTTP |
| 7003 | mode, 5 control points are reported under the form "Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/Tt" : |
| 7004 | |
| 7005 | - Tq: total time to get the client request (HTTP mode only). It's the time |
| 7006 | elapsed between the moment the client connection was accepted and the |
| 7007 | moment the proxy received the last HTTP header. The value "-1" indicates |
| 7008 | that the end of headers (empty line) has never been seen. This happens when |
| 7009 | the client closes prematurely or times out. |
| 7010 | |
| 7011 | - Tw: total time spent in the queues waiting for a connection slot. It |
| 7012 | accounts for backend queue as well as the server queues, and depends on the |
| 7013 | queue size, and the time needed for the server to complete previous |
| 7014 | requests. The value "-1" means that the request was killed before reaching |
| 7015 | the queue, which is generally what happens with invalid or denied requests. |
| 7016 | |
| 7017 | - Tc: total time to establish the TCP connection to the server. It's the time |
| 7018 | elapsed between the moment the proxy sent the connection request, and the |
| 7019 | moment it was acknowledged by the server, or between the TCP SYN packet and |
| 7020 | the matching SYN/ACK packet in return. The value "-1" means that the |
| 7021 | connection never established. |
| 7022 | |
| 7023 | - Tr: server response time (HTTP mode only). It's the time elapsed between |
| 7024 | the moment the TCP connection was established to the server and the moment |
| 7025 | the server sent its complete response headers. It purely shows its request |
| 7026 | processing time, without the network overhead due to the data transmission. |
| 7027 | It is worth noting that when the client has data to send to the server, for |
| 7028 | instance during a POST request, the time already runs, and this can distort |
| 7029 | apparent response time. For this reason, it's generally wise not to trust |
| 7030 | too much this field for POST requests initiated from clients behind an |
| 7031 | untrusted network. A value of "-1" here means that the last the response |
| 7032 | header (empty line) was never seen, most likely because the server timeout |
| 7033 | stroke before the server managed to process the request. |
| 7034 | |
| 7035 | - Tt: total session duration time, between the moment the proxy accepted it |
| 7036 | and the moment both ends were closed. The exception is when the "logasap" |
| 7037 | option is specified. In this case, it only equals (Tq+Tw+Tc+Tr), and is |
| 7038 | prefixed with a '+' sign. From this field, we can deduce "Td", the data |
| 7039 | transmission time, by substracting other timers when valid : |
| 7040 | |
| 7041 | Td = Tt - (Tq + Tw + Tc + Tr) |
| 7042 | |
| 7043 | Timers with "-1" values have to be excluded from this equation. In TCP |
| 7044 | mode, "Tq" and "Tr" have to be excluded too. Note that "Tt" can never be |
| 7045 | negative. |
| 7046 | |
| 7047 | These timers provide precious indications on trouble causes. Since the TCP |
| 7048 | protocol defines retransmit delays of 3, 6, 12... seconds, we know for sure |
| 7049 | that timers close to multiples of 3s are nearly always related to lost packets |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7050 | due to network problems (wires, negotiation, congestion). Moreover, if "Tt" is |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7051 | close to a timeout value specified in the configuration, it often means that a |
| 7052 | session has been aborted on timeout. |
| 7053 | |
| 7054 | Most common cases : |
| 7055 | |
| 7056 | - If "Tq" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the |
| 7057 | client and the proxy. This is very rare on local networks but might happen |
| 7058 | when clients are on far remote networks and send large requests. It may |
| 7059 | happen that values larger than usual appear here without any network cause. |
| 7060 | Sometimes, during an attack or just after a resource starvation has ended, |
| 7061 | haproxy may accept thousands of connections in a few milliseconds. The time |
| 7062 | spent accepting these connections will inevitably slightly delay processing |
| 7063 | of other connections, and it can happen that request times in the order of |
| 7064 | a few tens of milliseconds are measured after a few thousands of new |
| 7065 | connections have been accepted at once. |
| 7066 | |
| 7067 | - If "Tc" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the |
| 7068 | server and the proxy during the server connection phase. This value should |
| 7069 | always be very low, such as 1 ms on local networks and less than a few tens |
| 7070 | of ms on remote networks. |
| 7071 | |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7072 | - If "Tr" is nearly always lower than 3000 except some rare values which seem |
| 7073 | to be the average majored by 3000, there are probably some packets lost |
| 7074 | between the proxy and the server. |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7075 | |
| 7076 | - If "Tt" is large even for small byte counts, it generally is because |
| 7077 | neither the client nor the server decides to close the connection, for |
| 7078 | instance because both have agreed on a keep-alive connection mode. In order |
| 7079 | to solve this issue, it will be needed to specify "option httpclose" on |
| 7080 | either the frontend or the backend. If the problem persists, it means that |
| 7081 | the server ignores the "close" connection mode and expects the client to |
| 7082 | close. Then it will be required to use "option forceclose". Having the |
| 7083 | smallest possible 'Tt' is important when connection regulation is used with |
| 7084 | the "maxconn" option on the servers, since no new connection will be sent |
| 7085 | to the server until another one is released. |
| 7086 | |
| 7087 | Other noticeable HTTP log cases ('xx' means any value to be ignored) : |
| 7088 | |
| 7089 | Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/+Tt The "option logasap" is present on the frontend and the log |
| 7090 | was emitted before the data phase. All the timers are valid |
| 7091 | except "Tt" which is shorter than reality. |
| 7092 | |
| 7093 | -1/xx/xx/xx/Tt The client was not able to send a complete request in time |
| 7094 | or it aborted too early. Check the session termination flags |
| 7095 | then "timeout http-request" and "timeout client" settings. |
| 7096 | |
| 7097 | Tq/-1/xx/xx/Tt It was not possible to process the request, maybe because |
| 7098 | servers were out of order, because the request was invalid |
| 7099 | or forbidden by ACL rules. Check the session termination |
| 7100 | flags. |
| 7101 | |
| 7102 | Tq/Tw/-1/xx/Tt The connection could not establish on the server. Either it |
| 7103 | actively refused it or it timed out after Tt-(Tq+Tw) ms. |
| 7104 | Check the session termination flags, then check the |
| 7105 | "timeout connect" setting. Note that the tarpit action might |
| 7106 | return similar-looking patterns, with "Tw" equal to the time |
| 7107 | the client connection was maintained open. |
| 7108 | |
| 7109 | Tq/Tw/Tc/-1/Tt The server has accepted the connection but did not return |
| 7110 | a complete response in time, or it closed its connexion |
| 7111 | unexpectedly after Tt-(Tq+Tw+Tc) ms. Check the session |
| 7112 | termination flags, then check the "timeout server" setting. |
| 7113 | |
| 7114 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7115 | 8.5. Session state at disconnection |
| 7116 | ----------------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7117 | |
| 7118 | TCP and HTTP logs provide a session termination indicator in the |
| 7119 | "termination_state" field, just before the number of active connections. It is |
| 7120 | 2-characters long in TCP mode, and is extended to 4 characters in HTTP mode, |
| 7121 | each of which has a special meaning : |
| 7122 | |
| 7123 | - On the first character, a code reporting the first event which caused the |
| 7124 | session to terminate : |
| 7125 | |
| 7126 | C : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the client. |
| 7127 | |
| 7128 | S : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the server, or the |
| 7129 | server explicitly refused it. |
| 7130 | |
| 7131 | P : the session was prematurely aborted by the proxy, because of a |
| 7132 | connection limit enforcement, because a DENY filter was matched, |
| 7133 | because of a security check which detected and blocked a dangerous |
| 7134 | error in server response which might have caused information leak |
| 7135 | (eg: cacheable cookie), or because the response was processed by |
| 7136 | the proxy (redirect, stats, etc...). |
| 7137 | |
| 7138 | R : a resource on the proxy has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source |
| 7139 | ports, ...). Usually, this appears during the connection phase, and |
| 7140 | system logs should contain a copy of the precise error. If this |
| 7141 | happens, it must be considered as a very serious anomaly which |
| 7142 | should be fixed as soon as possible by any means. |
| 7143 | |
| 7144 | I : an internal error was identified by the proxy during a self-check. |
| 7145 | This should NEVER happen, and you are encouraged to report any log |
| 7146 | containing this, because this would almost certainly be a bug. It |
| 7147 | would be wise to preventively restart the process after such an |
| 7148 | event too, in case it would be caused by memory corruption. |
| 7149 | |
| 7150 | c : the client-side timeout expired while waiting for the client to |
| 7151 | send or receive data. |
| 7152 | |
| 7153 | s : the server-side timeout expired while waiting for the server to |
| 7154 | send or receive data. |
| 7155 | |
| 7156 | - : normal session completion, both the client and the server closed |
| 7157 | with nothing left in the buffers. |
| 7158 | |
| 7159 | - on the second character, the TCP or HTTP session state when it was closed : |
| 7160 | |
| 7161 | R : th proxy was waiting for a complete, valid REQUEST from the client |
| 7162 | (HTTP mode only). Nothing was sent to any server. |
| 7163 | |
| 7164 | Q : the proxy was waiting in the QUEUE for a connection slot. This can |
| 7165 | only happen when servers have a 'maxconn' parameter set. It can |
| 7166 | also happen in the global queue after a redispatch consecutive to |
| 7167 | a failed attempt to connect to a dying server. If no redispatch is |
| 7168 | reported, then no connection attempt was made to any server. |
| 7169 | |
| 7170 | C : the proxy was waiting for the CONNECTION to establish on the |
| 7171 | server. The server might at most have noticed a connection attempt. |
| 7172 | |
| 7173 | H : the proxy was waiting for complete, valid response HEADERS from the |
| 7174 | server (HTTP only). |
| 7175 | |
| 7176 | D : the session was in the DATA phase. |
| 7177 | |
| 7178 | L : the proxy was still transmitting LAST data to the client while the |
| 7179 | server had already finished. This one is very rare as it can only |
| 7180 | happen when the client dies while receiving the last packets. |
| 7181 | |
| 7182 | T : the request was tarpitted. It has been held open with the client |
| 7183 | during the whole "timeout tarpit" duration or until the client |
| 7184 | closed, both of which will be reported in the "Tw" timer. |
| 7185 | |
| 7186 | - : normal session completion after end of data transfer. |
| 7187 | |
| 7188 | - the third character tells whether the persistence cookie was provided by |
| 7189 | the client (only in HTTP mode) : |
| 7190 | |
| 7191 | N : the client provided NO cookie. This is usually the case for new |
| 7192 | visitors, so counting the number of occurrences of this flag in the |
| 7193 | logs generally indicate a valid trend for the site frequentation. |
| 7194 | |
| 7195 | I : the client provided an INVALID cookie matching no known server. |
| 7196 | This might be caused by a recent configuration change, mixed |
| 7197 | cookies between HTTP/HTTPS sites, or an attack. |
| 7198 | |
| 7199 | D : the client provided a cookie designating a server which was DOWN, |
| 7200 | so either "option persist" was used and the client was sent to |
| 7201 | this server, or it was not set and the client was redispatched to |
| 7202 | another server. |
| 7203 | |
| 7204 | V : the client provided a valid cookie, and was sent to the associated |
| 7205 | server. |
| 7206 | |
| 7207 | - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration). |
| 7208 | |
| 7209 | - the last character reports what operations were performed on the persistence |
| 7210 | cookie returned by the server (only in HTTP mode) : |
| 7211 | |
| 7212 | N : NO cookie was provided by the server, and none was inserted either. |
| 7213 | |
| 7214 | I : no cookie was provided by the server, and the proxy INSERTED one. |
| 7215 | Note that in "cookie insert" mode, if the server provides a cookie, |
| 7216 | it will still be overwritten and reported as "I" here. |
| 7217 | |
| 7218 | P : a cookie was PROVIDED by the server and transmitted as-is. |
| 7219 | |
| 7220 | R : the cookie provided by the server was REWRITTEN by the proxy, which |
| 7221 | happens in "cookie rewrite" or "cookie prefix" modes. |
| 7222 | |
| 7223 | D : the cookie provided by the server was DELETED by the proxy. |
| 7224 | |
| 7225 | - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration). |
| 7226 | |
| 7227 | The combination of the two first flags give a lot of information about what was |
| 7228 | happening when the session terminated, and why it did terminate. It can be |
| 7229 | helpful to detect server saturation, network troubles, local system resource |
| 7230 | starvation, attacks, etc... |
| 7231 | |
| 7232 | The most common termination flags combinations are indicated below. They are |
| 7233 | alphabetically sorted, with the lowercase set just after the upper case for |
| 7234 | easier finding and understanding. |
| 7235 | |
| 7236 | Flags Reason |
| 7237 | |
| 7238 | -- Normal termination. |
| 7239 | |
| 7240 | CC The client aborted before the connection could be established to the |
| 7241 | server. This can happen when haproxy tries to connect to a recently |
| 7242 | dead (or unchecked) server, and the client aborts while haproxy is |
| 7243 | waiting for the server to respond or for "timeout connect" to expire. |
| 7244 | |
| 7245 | CD The client unexpectedly aborted during data transfer. This can be |
| 7246 | caused by a browser crash, by an intermediate equipment between the |
| 7247 | client and haproxy which decided to actively break the connection, |
| 7248 | by network routing issues between the client and haproxy, or by a |
| 7249 | keep-alive session between the server and the client terminated first |
| 7250 | by the client. |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7251 | |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7252 | cD The client did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the |
| 7253 | "timeout client" delay. This is often caused by network failures on |
| 7254 | the client side, or the client simply leaving the net uncleanly. |
| 7255 | |
| 7256 | CH The client aborted while waiting for the server to start responding. |
| 7257 | It might be the server taking too long to respond or the client |
| 7258 | clicking the 'Stop' button too fast. |
| 7259 | |
| 7260 | cH The "timeout client" stroke while waiting for client data during a |
| 7261 | POST request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values |
| 7262 | for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized packets. It can |
| 7263 | also happen when client timeout is smaller than server timeout and |
| 7264 | the server takes too long to respond. |
| 7265 | |
| 7266 | CQ The client aborted while its session was queued, waiting for a server |
| 7267 | with enough empty slots to accept it. It might be that either all the |
| 7268 | servers were saturated or that the assigned server was taking too |
| 7269 | long a time to respond. |
| 7270 | |
| 7271 | CR The client aborted before sending a full HTTP request. Most likely |
| 7272 | the request was typed by hand using a telnet client, and aborted |
| 7273 | too early. The HTTP status code is likely a 400 here. Sometimes this |
| 7274 | might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection between haproxy |
| 7275 | and the client. |
| 7276 | |
| 7277 | cR The "timeout http-request" stroke before the client sent a full HTTP |
| 7278 | request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values on the |
| 7279 | client side for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized |
| 7280 | packets, or by clients sending requests by hand and not typing fast |
| 7281 | enough, or forgetting to enter the empty line at the end of the |
| 7282 | request. The HTTP status code is likely a 408 here. |
| 7283 | |
| 7284 | CT The client aborted while its session was tarpitted. It is important to |
| 7285 | check if this happens on valid requests, in order to be sure that no |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7286 | wrong tarpit rules have been written. If a lot of them happen, it |
| 7287 | might make sense to lower the "timeout tarpit" value to something |
| 7288 | closer to the average reported "Tw" timer, in order not to consume |
| 7289 | resources for just a few attackers. |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7290 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7291 | SC The server or an equipment between it and haproxy explicitly refused |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7292 | the TCP connection (the proxy received a TCP RST or an ICMP message |
| 7293 | in return). Under some circumstances, it can also be the network |
| 7294 | stack telling the proxy that the server is unreachable (eg: no route, |
| 7295 | or no ARP response on local network). When this happens in HTTP mode, |
| 7296 | the status code is likely a 502 or 503 here. |
| 7297 | |
| 7298 | sC The "timeout connect" stroke before a connection to the server could |
| 7299 | complete. When this happens in HTTP mode, the status code is likely a |
| 7300 | 503 or 504 here. |
| 7301 | |
| 7302 | SD The connection to the server died with an error during the data |
| 7303 | transfer. This usually means that haproxy has received an RST from |
| 7304 | the server or an ICMP message from an intermediate equipment while |
| 7305 | exchanging data with the server. This can be caused by a server crash |
| 7306 | or by a network issue on an intermediate equipment. |
| 7307 | |
| 7308 | sD The server did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the |
| 7309 | "timeout server" setting during the data phase. This is often caused |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7310 | by too short timeouts on L4 equipments before the server (firewalls, |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7311 | load-balancers, ...), as well as keep-alive sessions maintained |
| 7312 | between the client and the server expiring first on haproxy. |
| 7313 | |
| 7314 | SH The server aborted before sending its full HTTP response headers, or |
| 7315 | it crashed while processing the request. Since a server aborting at |
| 7316 | this moment is very rare, it would be wise to inspect its logs to |
| 7317 | control whether it crashed and why. The logged request may indicate a |
| 7318 | small set of faulty requests, demonstrating bugs in the application. |
| 7319 | Sometimes this might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection |
| 7320 | between haproxy and the server. |
| 7321 | |
| 7322 | sH The "timeout server" stroke before the server could return its |
| 7323 | response headers. This is the most common anomaly, indicating too |
| 7324 | long transactions, probably caused by server or database saturation. |
| 7325 | The immediate workaround consists in increasing the "timeout server" |
| 7326 | setting, but it is important to keep in mind that the user experience |
| 7327 | will suffer from these long response times. The only long term |
| 7328 | solution is to fix the application. |
| 7329 | |
| 7330 | sQ The session spent too much time in queue and has been expired. See |
| 7331 | the "timeout queue" and "timeout connect" settings to find out how to |
| 7332 | fix this if it happens too often. If it often happens massively in |
| 7333 | short periods, it may indicate general problems on the affected |
| 7334 | servers due to I/O or database congestion, or saturation caused by |
| 7335 | external attacks. |
| 7336 | |
| 7337 | PC The proxy refused to establish a connection to the server because the |
| 7338 | process' socket limit has been reached while attempting to connect. |
| 7339 | The global "maxconn" parameter may be increased in the configuration |
| 7340 | so that it does not happen anymore. This status is very rare and |
| 7341 | might happen when the global "ulimit-n" parameter is forced by hand. |
| 7342 | |
| 7343 | PH The proxy blocked the server's response, because it was invalid, |
| 7344 | incomplete, dangerous (cache control), or matched a security filter. |
| 7345 | In any case, an HTTP 502 error is sent to the client. One possible |
| 7346 | cause for this error is an invalid syntax in an HTTP header name |
| 7347 | containing unauthorized characters. |
| 7348 | |
| 7349 | PR The proxy blocked the client's HTTP request, either because of an |
| 7350 | invalid HTTP syntax, in which case it returned an HTTP 400 error to |
| 7351 | the client, or because a deny filter matched, in which case it |
| 7352 | returned an HTTP 403 error. |
| 7353 | |
| 7354 | PT The proxy blocked the client's request and has tarpitted its |
| 7355 | connection before returning it a 500 server error. Nothing was sent |
| 7356 | to the server. The connection was maintained open for as long as |
| 7357 | reported by the "Tw" timer field. |
| 7358 | |
| 7359 | RC A local resource has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source ports) |
| 7360 | preventing the connection to the server from establishing. The error |
| 7361 | logs will tell precisely what was missing. This is very rare and can |
| 7362 | only be solved by proper system tuning. |
| 7363 | |
| 7364 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7365 | 8.6. Non-printable characters |
| 7366 | ----------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7367 | |
| 7368 | In order not to cause trouble to log analysis tools or terminals during log |
| 7369 | consulting, non-printable characters are not sent as-is into log files, but are |
| 7370 | converted to the two-digits hexadecimal representation of their ASCII code, |
| 7371 | prefixed by the character '#'. The only characters that can be logged without |
| 7372 | being escaped are comprised between 32 and 126 (inclusive). Obviously, the |
| 7373 | escape character '#' itself is also encoded to avoid any ambiguity ("#23"). It |
| 7374 | is the same for the character '"' which becomes "#22", as well as '{', '|' and |
| 7375 | '}' when logging headers. |
| 7376 | |
| 7377 | Note that the space character (' ') is not encoded in headers, which can cause |
| 7378 | issues for tools relying on space count to locate fields. A typical header |
| 7379 | containing spaces is "User-Agent". |
| 7380 | |
| 7381 | Last, it has been observed that some syslog daemons such as syslog-ng escape |
| 7382 | the quote ('"') with a backslash ('\'). The reverse operation can safely be |
| 7383 | performed since no quote may appear anywhere else in the logs. |
| 7384 | |
| 7385 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7386 | 8.7. Capturing HTTP cookies |
| 7387 | --------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7388 | |
| 7389 | Cookie capture simplifies the tracking a complete user session. This can be |
| 7390 | achieved using the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend. Please refer to |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7391 | section 4.2 for more details. Only one cookie can be captured, and the same |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7392 | cookie will simultaneously be checked in the request ("Cookie:" header) and in |
| 7393 | the response ("Set-Cookie:" header). The respective values will be reported in |
| 7394 | the HTTP logs at the "captured_request_cookie" and "captured_response_cookie" |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7395 | locations (see section 8.2.3 about HTTP log format). When either cookie is |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7396 | not seen, a dash ('-') replaces the value. This way, it's easy to detect when a |
| 7397 | user switches to a new session for example, because the server will reassign it |
| 7398 | a new cookie. It is also possible to detect if a server unexpectedly sets a |
| 7399 | wrong cookie to a client, leading to session crossing. |
| 7400 | |
| 7401 | Examples : |
| 7402 | # capture the first cookie whose name starts with "ASPSESSION" |
| 7403 | capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32 |
| 7404 | |
| 7405 | # capture the first cookie whose name is exactly "vgnvisitor" |
| 7406 | capture cookie vgnvisitor= len 32 |
| 7407 | |
| 7408 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7409 | 8.8. Capturing HTTP headers |
| 7410 | --------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7411 | |
| 7412 | Header captures are useful to track unique request identifiers set by an upper |
| 7413 | proxy, virtual host names, user-agents, POST content-length, referrers, etc. In |
| 7414 | the response, one can search for information about the response length, how the |
| 7415 | server asked the cache to behave, or an object location during a redirection. |
| 7416 | |
| 7417 | Header captures are performed using the "capture request header" and "capture |
| 7418 | response header" statements in the frontend. Please consult their definition in |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7419 | section 4.2 for more details. |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7420 | |
| 7421 | It is possible to include both request headers and response headers at the same |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7422 | time. Non-existent headers are logged as empty strings, and if one header |
| 7423 | appears more than once, only its last occurrence will be logged. Request headers |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7424 | are grouped within braces '{' and '}' in the same order as they were declared, |
| 7425 | and delimited with a vertical bar '|' without any space. Response headers |
| 7426 | follow the same representation, but are displayed after a space following the |
| 7427 | request headers block. These blocks are displayed just before the HTTP request |
| 7428 | in the logs. |
| 7429 | |
| 7430 | Example : |
| 7431 | # This instance chains to the outgoing proxy |
| 7432 | listen proxy-out |
| 7433 | mode http |
| 7434 | option httplog |
| 7435 | option logasap |
| 7436 | log global |
| 7437 | server cache1 192.168.1.1:3128 |
| 7438 | |
| 7439 | # log the name of the virtual server |
| 7440 | capture request header Host len 20 |
| 7441 | |
| 7442 | # log the amount of data uploaded during a POST |
| 7443 | capture request header Content-Length len 10 |
| 7444 | |
| 7445 | # log the beginning of the referrer |
| 7446 | capture request header Referer len 20 |
| 7447 | |
| 7448 | # server name (useful for outgoing proxies only) |
| 7449 | capture response header Server len 20 |
| 7450 | |
| 7451 | # logging the content-length is useful with "option logasap" |
| 7452 | capture response header Content-Length len 10 |
| 7453 | |
| 7454 | # log the expected cache behaviour on the response |
| 7455 | capture response header Cache-Control len 8 |
| 7456 | |
| 7457 | # the Via header will report the next proxy's name |
| 7458 | capture response header Via len 20 |
| 7459 | |
| 7460 | # log the URL location during a redirection |
| 7461 | capture response header Location len 20 |
| 7462 | |
| 7463 | >>> Aug 9 20:26:09 localhost \ |
| 7464 | haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34014 [09/Aug/2004:20:26:09] proxy-out \ |
| 7465 | proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/162/+162 200 +350 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \ |
| 7466 | {fr.adserver.yahoo.co||http://fr.f416.mail.} {|864|private||} \ |
| 7467 | "GET http://fr.adserver.yahoo.com/" |
| 7468 | |
| 7469 | >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \ |
| 7470 | haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34020 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \ |
| 7471 | proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/182/+182 200 +279 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \ |
| 7472 | {w.ods.org||} {Formilux/0.1.8|3495|||} \ |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7473 | "GET http://trafic.1wt.eu/ HTTP/1.1" |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7474 | |
| 7475 | >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \ |
| 7476 | haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34028 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \ |
| 7477 | proxy-out/cache1 0/0/2/126/+128 301 +223 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \ |
| 7478 | {www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr||http://trafic.1wt.eu/} \ |
| 7479 | {Apache|230|||http://www.sytadin.} \ |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7480 | "GET http://www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr/ HTTP/1.1" |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7481 | |
| 7482 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7483 | 8.9. Examples of logs |
| 7484 | --------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7485 | |
| 7486 | These are real-world examples of logs accompanied with an explanation. Some of |
| 7487 | them have been made up by hand. The syslog part has been removed for better |
| 7488 | reading. Their sole purpose is to explain how to decipher them. |
| 7489 | |
| 7490 | >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33318 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.130] px-http \ |
| 7491 | px-http/srv1 6559/0/7/147/6723 200 243 - - ---- 5/3/3/1/0 0/0 \ |
| 7492 | "HEAD / HTTP/1.0" |
| 7493 | |
| 7494 | => long request (6.5s) entered by hand through 'telnet'. The server replied |
| 7495 | in 147 ms, and the session ended normally ('----') |
| 7496 | |
| 7497 | >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33319 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.149] px-http \ |
| 7498 | px-http/srv1 6559/1230/7/147/6870 200 243 - - ---- 324/239/239/99/0 \ |
| 7499 | 0/9 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0" |
| 7500 | |
| 7501 | => Idem, but the request was queued in the global queue behind 9 other |
| 7502 | requests, and waited there for 1230 ms. |
| 7503 | |
| 7504 | >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.654] px-http \ |
| 7505 | px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/3/3/1/0 0/0 \ |
| 7506 | "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0" |
| 7507 | |
| 7508 | => request for a long data transfer. The "logasap" option was specified, so |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7509 | the log was produced just before transferring data. The server replied in |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7510 | 14 ms, 243 bytes of headers were sent to the client, and total time from |
| 7511 | accept to first data byte is 30 ms. |
| 7512 | |
| 7513 | >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.925] px-http \ |
| 7514 | px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/30 502 243 - - PH-- 3/2/2/0/0 0/0 \ |
| 7515 | "GET /cgi-bin/bug.cgi? HTTP/1.0" |
| 7516 | |
| 7517 | => the proxy blocked a server response either because of an "rspdeny" or |
| 7518 | "rspideny" filter, or because the response was improperly formatted and |
| 7519 | not HTTP-compliant, or because it blocked sensible information which |
| 7520 | risked being cached. In this case, the response is replaced with a "502 |
| 7521 | bad gateway". The flags ("PH--") tell us that it was haproxy who decided |
| 7522 | to return the 502 and not the server. |
| 7523 | |
| 7524 | >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34548 [15/Oct/2003:15:18:55.798] px-http \ |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7525 | px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/8490 -1 0 - - CR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 "" |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7526 | |
| 7527 | => the client never completed its request and aborted itself ("C---") after |
| 7528 | 8.5s, while the proxy was waiting for the request headers ("-R--"). |
| 7529 | Nothing was sent to any server. |
| 7530 | |
| 7531 | >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34549 [15/Oct/2003:15:19:06.103] px-http \ |
| 7532 | px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/50001 408 0 - - cR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 "" |
| 7533 | |
| 7534 | => The client never completed its request, which was aborted by the |
| 7535 | time-out ("c---") after 50s, while the proxy was waiting for the request |
| 7536 | headers ("-R--"). Nothing was sent to any server, but the proxy could |
| 7537 | send a 408 return code to the client. |
| 7538 | |
| 7539 | >>> haproxy[18989]: 127.0.0.1:34550 [15/Oct/2003:15:24:28.312] px-tcp \ |
| 7540 | px-tcp/srv1 0/0/5007 0 cD 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 |
| 7541 | |
| 7542 | => This log was produced with "option tcplog". The client timed out after |
| 7543 | 5 seconds ("c----"). |
| 7544 | |
| 7545 | >>> haproxy[18989]: 10.0.0.1:34552 [15/Oct/2003:15:26:31.462] px-http \ |
| 7546 | px-http/srv1 3183/-1/-1/-1/11215 503 0 - - SC-- 205/202/202/115/3 \ |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7547 | 0/0 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0" |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7548 | |
| 7549 | => The request took 3s to complete (probably a network problem), and the |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7550 | connection to the server failed ('SC--') after 4 attempts of 2 seconds |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7551 | (config says 'retries 3'), and no redispatch (otherwise we would have |
| 7552 | seen "/+3"). Status code 503 was returned to the client. There were 115 |
| 7553 | connections on this server, 202 connections on this proxy, and 205 on |
| 7554 | the global process. It is possible that the server refused the |
| 7555 | connection because of too many already established. |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7556 | |
Willy Tarreau | 3dfe6cd | 2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7557 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7558 | 9. Statistics and monitoring |
| 7559 | ---------------------------- |
| 7560 | |
| 7561 | It is possible to query HAProxy about its status. The most commonly used |
| 7562 | mechanism is the HTTP statistics page. This page also exposes an alternative |
| 7563 | CSV output format for monitoring tools. The same format is provided on the |
| 7564 | Unix socket. |
| 7565 | |
| 7566 | |
| 7567 | 9.1. CSV format |
Willy Tarreau | 3dfe6cd | 2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7568 | --------------- |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f58a962 | 2008-02-23 01:19:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7569 | |
Willy Tarreau | 7f062c4 | 2009-03-05 18:43:00 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7570 | The statistics may be consulted either from the unix socket or from the HTTP |
| 7571 | page. Both means provide a CSV format whose fields follow. |
| 7572 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f58a962 | 2008-02-23 01:19:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7573 | 0. pxname: proxy name |
| 7574 | 1. svname: service name (FRONTEND for frontend, BACKEND for backend, any name |
| 7575 | for server) |
| 7576 | 2. qcur: current queued requests |
| 7577 | 3. qmax: max queued requests |
| 7578 | 4. scur: current sessions |
| 7579 | 5. smax: max sessions |
| 7580 | 6. slim: sessions limit |
| 7581 | 7. stot: total sessions |
| 7582 | 8. bin: bytes in |
| 7583 | 9. bout: bytes out |
| 7584 | 10. dreq: denied requests |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 2c6962c | 2008-03-02 02:42:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7585 | 11. dresp: denied responses |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f58a962 | 2008-02-23 01:19:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7586 | 12. ereq: request errors |
| 7587 | 13. econ: connection errors |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 2c6962c | 2008-03-02 02:42:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7588 | 14. eresp: response errors |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f58a962 | 2008-02-23 01:19:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7589 | 15. wretr: retries (warning) |
| 7590 | 16. wredis: redispatches (warning) |
Cyril Bonté | 0dae585 | 2010-02-03 00:26:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7591 | 17. status: status (UP/DOWN/NOLB/MAINT/MAINT(via)...) |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f58a962 | 2008-02-23 01:19:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7592 | 18. weight: server weight (server), total weight (backend) |
| 7593 | 19. act: server is active (server), number of active servers (backend) |
| 7594 | 20. bck: server is backup (server), number of backup servers (backend) |
| 7595 | 21. chkfail: number of failed checks |
| 7596 | 22. chkdown: number of UP->DOWN transitions |
| 7597 | 23. lastchg: last status change (in seconds) |
| 7598 | 24. downtime: total downtime (in seconds) |
| 7599 | 25. qlimit: queue limit |
| 7600 | 26. pid: process id (0 for first instance, 1 for second, ...) |
| 7601 | 27. iid: unique proxy id |
| 7602 | 28. sid: service id (unique inside a proxy) |
| 7603 | 29. throttle: warm up status |
| 7604 | 30. lbtot: total number of times a server was selected |
| 7605 | 31. tracked: id of proxy/server if tracking is enabled |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | aeebf9b | 2009-10-04 15:43:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7606 | 32. type (0=frontend, 1=backend, 2=server, 3=socket) |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | db57c6b | 2009-08-31 21:23:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7607 | 33. rate: number of sessions per second over last elapsed second |
| 7608 | 34. rate_lim: limit on new sessions per second |
| 7609 | 35. rate_max: max number of new sessions per second |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 0960541 | 2009-09-23 22:09:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7610 | 36. check_status: status of last health check, one of: |
| 7611 | UNK -> unknown |
| 7612 | INI -> initializing |
| 7613 | SOCKERR -> socket error |
| 7614 | L4OK -> check passed on layer 4, no upper layers testing enabled |
| 7615 | L4TMOUT -> layer 1-4 timeout |
| 7616 | L4CON -> layer 1-4 connection problem, for example "Connection refused" |
| 7617 | (tcp rst) or "No route to host" (icmp) |
| 7618 | L6OK -> check passed on layer 6 |
| 7619 | L6TOUT -> layer 6 (SSL) timeout |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7620 | L6RSP -> layer 6 invalid response - protocol error |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 0960541 | 2009-09-23 22:09:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7621 | L7OK -> check passed on layer 7 |
| 7622 | L7OKC -> check conditionally passed on layer 7, for example 404 with |
| 7623 | disable-on-404 |
| 7624 | L7TOUT -> layer 7 (HTTP/SMTP) timeout |
Willy Tarreau | d72758d | 2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7625 | L7RSP -> layer 7 invalid response - protocol error |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 0960541 | 2009-09-23 22:09:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7626 | L7STS -> layer 7 response error, for example HTTP 5xx |
| 7627 | 37. check_code: layer5-7 code, if available |
| 7628 | 38. check_duration: time in ms took to finish last health check |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7629 | 39. hrsp_1xx: http responses with 1xx code |
| 7630 | 40. hrsp_2xx: http responses with 2xx code |
| 7631 | 41. hrsp_3xx: http responses with 3xx code |
| 7632 | 42. hrsp_4xx: http responses with 4xx code |
| 7633 | 43. hrsp_5xx: http responses with 5xx code |
| 7634 | 44. hrsp_other: http responses with other codes (protocol error) |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7635 | |
Willy Tarreau | 3dfe6cd | 2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7636 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7637 | 9.2. Unix Socket commands |
Willy Tarreau | 3dfe6cd | 2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7638 | ------------------------- |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 2c6962c | 2008-03-02 02:42:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7639 | |
Willy Tarreau | 3dfe6cd | 2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7640 | The following commands are supported on the UNIX stats socket ; all of them |
Willy Tarreau | 9a42c0d | 2009-09-22 19:31:03 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7641 | must be terminated by a line feed. The socket supports pipelining, so that it |
| 7642 | is possible to chain multiple commands at once provided they are delimited by |
| 7643 | a semi-colon or a line feed, although the former is more reliable as it has no |
| 7644 | risk of being truncated over the network. The responses themselves will each be |
| 7645 | followed by an empty line, so it will be easy for an external script to match a |
| 7646 | given response with a given request. By default one command line is processed |
| 7647 | then the connection closes, but there is an interactive allowing multiple lines |
| 7648 | to be issued one at a time. |
Willy Tarreau | 3dfe6cd | 2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7649 | |
Willy Tarreau | 9a42c0d | 2009-09-22 19:31:03 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7650 | It is important to understand that when multiple haproxy processes are started |
| 7651 | on the same sockets, any process may pick up the request and will output its |
| 7652 | own stats. |
Willy Tarreau | 3dfe6cd | 2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7653 | |
Willy Tarreau | 9a42c0d | 2009-09-22 19:31:03 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7654 | help |
| 7655 | Print the list of known keywords and their basic usage. The same help screen |
| 7656 | is also displayed for unknown commands. |
Willy Tarreau | 3dfe6cd | 2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7657 | |
Willy Tarreau | 9a42c0d | 2009-09-22 19:31:03 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7658 | prompt |
| 7659 | Toggle the prompt at the beginning of the line and enter or leave interactive |
| 7660 | mode. In interactive mode, the connection is not closed after a command |
| 7661 | completes. Instead, the prompt will appear again, indicating the user that |
| 7662 | the interpreter is waiting for a new command. The prompt consists in a right |
| 7663 | angle bracket followed by a space "> ". This mode is particularly convenient |
| 7664 | when one wants to periodically check information such as stats or errors. |
| 7665 | It is also a good idea to enter interactive mode before issuing a "help" |
| 7666 | command. |
| 7667 | |
| 7668 | quit |
| 7669 | Close the connection when in interactive mode. |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 2c6962c | 2008-03-02 02:42:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7670 | |
Willy Tarreau | e0c8a1a | 2009-03-04 16:33:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7671 | show errors [<iid>] |
| 7672 | Dump last known request and response errors collected by frontends and |
| 7673 | backends. If <iid> is specified, the limit the dump to errors concerning |
Willy Tarreau | 6162db2 | 2009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7674 | either frontend or backend whose ID is <iid>. This command is restricted |
| 7675 | and can only be issued on sockets configured for levels "operator" or |
| 7676 | "admin". |
Willy Tarreau | e0c8a1a | 2009-03-04 16:33:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7677 | |
| 7678 | The errors which may be collected are the last request and response errors |
| 7679 | caused by protocol violations, often due to invalid characters in header |
| 7680 | names. The report precisely indicates what exact character violated the |
| 7681 | protocol. Other important information such as the exact date the error was |
| 7682 | detected, frontend and backend names, the server name (when known), the |
| 7683 | internal session ID and the source address which has initiated the session |
| 7684 | are reported too. |
| 7685 | |
| 7686 | All characters are returned, and non-printable characters are encoded. The |
| 7687 | most common ones (\t = 9, \n = 10, \r = 13 and \e = 27) are encoded as one |
| 7688 | letter following a backslash. The backslash itself is encoded as '\\' to |
| 7689 | avoid confusion. Other non-printable characters are encoded '\xNN' where |
| 7690 | NN is the two-digits hexadecimal representation of the character's ASCII |
| 7691 | code. |
| 7692 | |
| 7693 | Lines are prefixed with the position of their first character, starting at 0 |
| 7694 | for the beginning of the buffer. At most one input line is printed per line, |
| 7695 | and large lines will be broken into multiple consecutive output lines so that |
| 7696 | the output never goes beyond 79 characters wide. It is easy to detect if a |
| 7697 | line was broken, because it will not end with '\n' and the next line's offset |
| 7698 | will be followed by a '+' sign, indicating it is a continuation of previous |
| 7699 | line. |
| 7700 | |
| 7701 | Example : |
| 7702 | >>> $ echo "show errors" | socat stdio /tmp/sock1 |
| 7703 | [04/Mar/2009:15:46:56.081] backend http-in (#2) : invalid response |
| 7704 | src 127.0.0.1, session #54, frontend fe-eth0 (#1), server s2 (#1) |
| 7705 | response length 213 bytes, error at position 23: |
| 7706 | |
| 7707 | 00000 HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n |
| 7708 | 00017 header/bizarre:blah\r\n |
| 7709 | 00038 Location: blah\r\n |
| 7710 | 00054 Long-line: this is a very long line which should b |
| 7711 | 00104+ e broken into multiple lines on the output buffer, |
| 7712 | 00154+ otherwise it would be too large to print in a ter |
| 7713 | 00204+ minal\r\n |
| 7714 | 00211 \r\n |
| 7715 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7716 | In the example above, we see that the backend "http-in" which has internal |
Willy Tarreau | e0c8a1a | 2009-03-04 16:33:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7717 | ID 2 has blocked an invalid response from its server s2 which has internal |
| 7718 | ID 1. The request was on session 54 initiated by source 127.0.0.1 and |
| 7719 | received by frontend fe-eth0 whose ID is 1. The total response length was |
| 7720 | 213 bytes when the error was detected, and the error was at byte 23. This |
| 7721 | is the slash ('/') in header name "header/bizarre", which is not a valid |
| 7722 | HTTP character for a header name. |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 2c6962c | 2008-03-02 02:42:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7723 | |
Willy Tarreau | 9a42c0d | 2009-09-22 19:31:03 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7724 | show info |
| 7725 | Dump info about haproxy status on current process. |
| 7726 | |
| 7727 | show sess |
| 7728 | Dump all known sessions. Avoid doing this on slow connections as this can |
Willy Tarreau | 6162db2 | 2009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7729 | be huge. This command is restricted and can only be issued on sockets |
| 7730 | configured for levels "operator" or "admin". |
| 7731 | |
Willy Tarreau | 9a42c0d | 2009-09-22 19:31:03 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7732 | |
| 7733 | show stat [<iid> <type> <sid>] |
| 7734 | Dump statistics in the CSV format. By passing <id>, <type> and <sid>, it is |
| 7735 | possible to dump only selected items : |
| 7736 | - <iid> is a proxy ID, -1 to dump everything |
| 7737 | - <type> selects the type of dumpable objects : 1 for frontends, 2 for |
| 7738 | backends, 4 for servers, -1 for everything. These values can be ORed, |
| 7739 | for example: |
| 7740 | 1 + 2 = 3 -> frontend + backend. |
| 7741 | 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 -> frontend + backend + server. |
| 7742 | - <sid> is a server ID, -1 to dump everything from the selected proxy. |
| 7743 | |
| 7744 | Example : |
| 7745 | >>> $ echo "show info;show stat" | socat stdio unix-connect:/tmp/sock1 |
| 7746 | Name: HAProxy |
| 7747 | Version: 1.4-dev2-49 |
| 7748 | Release_date: 2009/09/23 |
| 7749 | Nbproc: 1 |
| 7750 | Process_num: 1 |
| 7751 | (...) |
| 7752 | |
| 7753 | # pxname,svname,qcur,qmax,scur,smax,slim,stot,bin,bout,dreq, (...) |
| 7754 | stats,FRONTEND,,,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,0,,,,,OPEN,,,,,,,,,1,1,0, (...) |
| 7755 | stats,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,0,0,0,,0,250,(...) |
| 7756 | (...) |
| 7757 | www1,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,1,1,0,,0,250, (...) |
| 7758 | |
| 7759 | $ |
| 7760 | |
| 7761 | Here, two commands have been issued at once. That way it's easy to find |
| 7762 | which process the stats apply to in multi-process mode. Notice the empty |
| 7763 | line after the information output which marks the end of the first block. |
| 7764 | A similar empty line appears at the end of the second block (stats) so that |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f864533 | 2009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7765 | the reader knows the output has not been truncated. |
Willy Tarreau | 9a42c0d | 2009-09-22 19:31:03 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7766 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 719e726 | 2009-10-04 15:02:46 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7767 | clear counters |
Willy Tarreau | 2f6bf2b | 2009-10-10 15:26:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7768 | Clear the max values of the statistics counters in each proxy (frontend & |
| 7769 | backend) and in each server. The cumulated counters are not affected. This |
| 7770 | can be used to get clean counters after an incident, without having to |
Willy Tarreau | 6162db2 | 2009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7771 | restart nor to clear traffic counters. This command is restricted and can |
| 7772 | only be issued on sockets configured for levels "operator" or "admin". |
Willy Tarreau | 2f6bf2b | 2009-10-10 15:26:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7773 | |
| 7774 | clear counters all |
| 7775 | Clear all statistics counters in each proxy (frontend & backend) and in each |
Willy Tarreau | 6162db2 | 2009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7776 | server. This has the same effect as restarting. This command is restricted |
| 7777 | and can only be issued on sockets configured for level "admin". |
| 7778 | |
Cyril Bonté | cd19e51 | 2010-01-31 22:34:03 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7779 | disable server <backend>/<server> |
| 7780 | Mark the server DOWN for maintenance. In this mode, no more checks will be |
| 7781 | performed on the server until it leaves maintenance. |
| 7782 | If the server is tracked by other servers, those servers will be set to DOWN |
| 7783 | during the maintenance. |
| 7784 | |
Cyril Bonté | 0dae585 | 2010-02-03 00:26:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7785 | In the statistics page, a server DOWN for maintenance will appear with a |
| 7786 | "MAINT" status, its tracking servers with the "MAINT(via)" one. |
| 7787 | |
Cyril Bonté | cd19e51 | 2010-01-31 22:34:03 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7788 | Both the backend and the server may be specified either by their name or by |
| 7789 | their numeric ID, prefixed with a dash ('#'). |
| 7790 | |
| 7791 | This command is restricted and can only be issued on sockets configured for |
| 7792 | level "admin". |
| 7793 | |
| 7794 | enable server <backend>/<server> |
| 7795 | If the server was previously marked as DOWN for maintenance, this marks the |
| 7796 | server UP and checks are re-enabled. |
| 7797 | |
| 7798 | Both the backend and the server may be specified either by their name or by |
| 7799 | their numeric ID, prefixed with a dash ('#'). |
| 7800 | |
| 7801 | This command is restricted and can only be issued on sockets configured for |
| 7802 | level "admin". |
| 7803 | |
Willy Tarreau | 38338fa | 2009-10-10 18:37:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7804 | get weight <backend>/<server> |
| 7805 | Report the current weight and the initial weight of server <server> in |
| 7806 | backend <backend> or an error if either doesn't exist. The initial weight is |
| 7807 | the one that appears in the configuration file. Both are normally equal |
Willy Tarreau | cfeaa47 | 2009-10-10 22:33:08 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7808 | unless the current weight has been changed. Both the backend and the server |
| 7809 | may be specified either by their name or by their numeric ID, prefixed with a |
| 7810 | dash ('#'). |
Willy Tarreau | 38338fa | 2009-10-10 18:37:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7811 | |
Willy Tarreau | 7aabd11 | 2010-01-26 10:59:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7812 | set timeout cli <delay> |
| 7813 | Change the CLI interface timeout for current connection. This can be useful |
| 7814 | during long debugging sessions where the user needs to constantly inspect |
| 7815 | some indicators without being disconnected. The delay is passed in seconds. |
| 7816 | |
Willy Tarreau | 4483d43 | 2009-10-10 19:30:08 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7817 | set weight <backend>/<server> <weight>[%] |
| 7818 | Change a server's weight to the value passed in argument. If the value ends |
| 7819 | with the '%' sign, then the new weight will be relative to the initially |
| 7820 | configured weight. Relative weights are only permitted between 0 and 100%, |
| 7821 | and absolute weights are permitted between 0 and 256. Servers which are part |
| 7822 | of a farm running a static load-balancing algorithm have stricter limitations |
| 7823 | because the weight cannot change once set. Thus for these servers, the only |
| 7824 | accepted values are 0 and 100% (or 0 and the initial weight). Changes take |
| 7825 | effect immediately, though certain LB algorithms require a certain amount of |
| 7826 | requests to consider changes. A typical usage of this command is to disable |
| 7827 | a server during an update by setting its weight to zero, then to enable it |
| 7828 | again after the update by setting it back to 100%. This command is restricted |
Willy Tarreau | cfeaa47 | 2009-10-10 22:33:08 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7829 | and can only be issued on sockets configured for level "admin". Both the |
| 7830 | backend and the server may be specified either by their name or by their |
| 7831 | numeric ID, prefixed with a dash ('#'). |
Willy Tarreau | 4483d43 | 2009-10-10 19:30:08 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7832 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 719e726 | 2009-10-04 15:02:46 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7833 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 7834 | /* |
| 7835 | * Local variables: |
| 7836 | * fill-column: 79 |
| 7837 | * End: |
| 7838 | */ |